diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/CMakeLists.txt b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/CMakeLists.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 17385a4..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/CMakeLists.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ -set(QSC_PROJECT_NAME "QtScrcpyCore") - -set(CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON) -set(CMAKE_AUTOUIC ON) -set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON) -set(CMAKE_AUTORCC ON) -set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD 11) -set(CMAKE_CXX_STANDARD_REQUIRED ON) - -find_package(QT NAMES Qt6 Qt5 COMPONENTS Widgets Network REQUIRED) -find_package(Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR} COMPONENTS Widgets Network REQUIRED) - -# check arch -if(CMAKE_SIZEOF_VOID_P EQUAL 8) - set(QSC_CPU_ARCH x64) -else() - set(QSC_CPU_ARCH x86) -endif() -message(STATUS "[${PROJECT_NAME}] QSC_CPU_ARCH:${QSC_CPU_ARCH}") - -if(NOT DEFINED QSC_DEPLOY_PATH) - message(FATAL_ERROR "-- [QtScrcpyCore] need QSC_DEPLOY_PATH") -endif() - -message("-- [QtScrcpyCore] QSC_DEPLOY_PATH: ${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}") - -# -# Sources -# - -# adb -set(QSC_ADB_SOURCES - src/adb/adbprocessimpl.h - src/adb/adbprocessimpl.cpp - src/adb/adbprocess.cpp -) -source_group(src/adb FILES ${QSC_ADB_SOURCES}) - -# common -set(QSC_COMMON_SOURCES - src/common/qscrcpyevent.h -) -source_group(src/common FILES ${QSC_COMMON_SOURCES}) - -# include -set(QSC_INCLUDE_SOURCES - include/QtScrcpyCore.h - include/QtScrcpyCoreDef.h - include/adbprocess.h -) -source_group(include FILES ${QSC_INCLUDE_SOURCES}) - -# device -set(QSC_DEVICE_SOURCES - src/device/device.h - src/device/device.cpp - src/device/compat.h - src/device/android/input.h - src/device/android/keycodes.h - src/device/controller/controller.h - src/device/controller/controller.cpp - src/device/controller/bufferutil.h - src/device/controller/bufferutil.cpp - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.h - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.cpp - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.h - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.cpp - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.h - src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.cpp - src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.h - src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.cpp - src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.h - src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.cpp - src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.h - src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.cpp - src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.h - src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.cpp - src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.h - src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.cpp - src/device/decoder/decoder.h - src/device/decoder/decoder.cpp - src/device/decoder/fpscounter.h - src/device/decoder/fpscounter.cpp - src/device/decoder/videobuffer.h - src/device/decoder/videobuffer.cpp - src/device/filehandler/filehandler.h - src/device/filehandler/filehandler.cpp - src/device/recorder/recorder.h - src/device/recorder/recorder.cpp - src/device/server/server.h - src/device/server/server.cpp - src/device/server/tcpserver.h - src/device/server/tcpserver.cpp - src/device/server/videosocket.h - src/device/server/videosocket.cpp - src/device/stream/stream.h - src/device/stream/stream.cpp -) -source_group(src/device FILES ${QSC_DEVICE_SOURCES}) - -# devicemanage -set(QSC_DEVICEMANAGE_SOURCES - src/devicemanage/devicemanage.h - src/devicemanage/devicemanage.cpp -) -source_group(src/devicemanage FILES ${QSC_DEVICEMANAGE_SOURCES}) - -add_library(QtScrcpyCore STATIC - ${QSC_ADB_SOURCES} - ${QSC_COMMON_SOURCES} - ${QSC_INCLUDE_SOURCES} - ${QSC_DEVICE_SOURCES} - ${QSC_DEVICEMANAGE_SOURCES} -) - -target_link_libraries(QtScrcpyCore PRIVATE - Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR}::Widgets - Qt${QT_VERSION_MAJOR}::Network -) - -set_target_properties(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PROPERTIES - ARCHIVE_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/$<0:>" -) - -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/adb) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/common) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/filehandler) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/android) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/decoder) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/controller) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/controller/receiver) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/controller/inputconvert) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/server) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/stream) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/ui) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/device/recorder) -target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/devicemanage) - -# -# plantform deps -# - -# windows -if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Windows") - # ffmpeg - # include - target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include) - # link - set(FFMPEG_LIB_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/${QSC_CPU_ARCH}") - target_link_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${FFMPEG_LIB_PATH}) - target_link_libraries(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE - avformat - avcodec - avutil - swscale - ) - # copy - set(THIRD_PARTY_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party") - set(FFMPEG_BIN_PATH "${THIRD_PARTY_PATH}/ffmpeg/bin/${QSC_CPU_ARCH}") - add_custom_command(TARGET ${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} POST_BUILD - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${FFMPEG_BIN_PATH}/avcodec-58.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${FFMPEG_BIN_PATH}/avformat-58.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${FFMPEG_BIN_PATH}/avutil-56.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${FFMPEG_BIN_PATH}/swscale-5.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${FFMPEG_BIN_PATH}/swresample-3.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${THIRD_PARTY_PATH}/adb/win/adb.exe" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${THIRD_PARTY_PATH}/adb/win/AdbWinApi.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${THIRD_PARTY_PATH}/adb/win/AdbWinUsbApi.dll" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${THIRD_PARTY_PATH}/scrcpy-server" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}" - ) -endif() - -# MacOS -if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Darwin") - # ffmpeg - # include - target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include) - # link - set(FFMPEG_LIB_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib") - target_link_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${FFMPEG_LIB_PATH}) - target_link_libraries(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE - avformat.58 - avcodec.58 - avutil.56 - swscale.5 - ) - - # copy bundle file - add_custom_command(TARGET ${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} POST_BUILD - # dylib,scrcpy-server,adb copy to Contents/MacOS - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/libavcodec.58.dylib" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/libavformat.58.dylib" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/libavutil.56.dylib" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/libswscale.5.dylib" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib/libswresample.3.dylib" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/scrcpy-server" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_if_different "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/adb/mac/adb" "${QSC_DEPLOY_PATH}/MacOS" - ) -endif() - -# Linux -if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "Linux") - # include - target_include_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include) - # link - set(FFMPEG_LIB_PATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/third_party/ffmpeg/lib") - target_link_directories(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC ${FFMPEG_LIB_PATH}) - target_link_libraries(${QSC_PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE - # ffmpeg - avformat - avcodec - avutil - swscale - ) - -endif() diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCore.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCore.h deleted file mode 100644 index c27ab4e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCore.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once -#include - -#include "QtScrcpyCoreDef.h" - -namespace qsc { - -class DeviceObserver { -protected: - DeviceObserver() { - - } - virtual ~DeviceObserver() { - - } - -public: - virtual void onFrame(int width, int height, uint8_t* dataY, uint8_t* dataU, uint8_t* dataV, int linesizeY, int linesizeU, int linesizeV) { - Q_UNUSED(width); - Q_UNUSED(height); - Q_UNUSED(dataY); - Q_UNUSED(dataU); - Q_UNUSED(dataV); - Q_UNUSED(linesizeY); - Q_UNUSED(linesizeU); - Q_UNUSED(linesizeV); - } - virtual void updateFPS(quint32 fps) { Q_UNUSED(fps); } - virtual void grabCursor(bool grab) {Q_UNUSED(grab);} - - virtual void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) { - Q_UNUSED(from); - Q_UNUSED(frameSize); - Q_UNUSED(showSize); - } - virtual void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) { - Q_UNUSED(from); - Q_UNUSED(frameSize); - Q_UNUSED(showSize); - } - virtual void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) { - Q_UNUSED(from); - Q_UNUSED(frameSize); - Q_UNUSED(showSize); - } - - virtual void postGoBack() {} - virtual void postGoHome() {} - virtual void postGoMenu() {} - virtual void postAppSwitch() {} - virtual void postPower() {} - virtual void postVolumeUp() {} - virtual void postVolumeDown() {} - virtual void postCopy() {} - virtual void postCut() {} - virtual void setScreenPowerMode(bool open) { Q_UNUSED(open); } - virtual void expandNotificationPanel() {} - virtual void collapsePanel() {} - virtual void postBackOrScreenOn(bool down) { Q_UNUSED(down); } - virtual void postTextInput(QString &text) { Q_UNUSED(text); } - virtual void requestDeviceClipboard() {} - virtual void setDeviceClipboard(bool pause = true) { Q_UNUSED(pause); } - virtual void clipboardPaste() {} - virtual void pushFileRequest(const QString &file, const QString &devicePath) { - Q_UNUSED(file); - Q_UNUSED(devicePath); - } - virtual void installApkRequest(const QString &apkFile) { Q_UNUSED(apkFile); } - virtual void screenshot() {} - virtual void showTouch(bool show) { Q_UNUSED(show); } -}; - -class IDevice : public QObject { - Q_OBJECT -public: - IDevice(QObject *parent = nullptr) : QObject(parent) {} - virtual ~IDevice(){} - -signals: - void deviceConnected(bool success, const QString& serial, const QString& deviceName, const QSize& size); - void deviceDisconnected(QString serial); - -public: - virtual void setUserData(void* data) = 0; - virtual void* getUserData() = 0; - virtual void registerDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver* observer) = 0; - virtual void deRegisterDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver* observer) = 0; - - virtual bool connectDevice() = 0; - virtual void disconnectDevice() = 0; - - virtual void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - virtual void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - virtual void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - - virtual void postGoBack() = 0; - virtual void postGoHome() = 0; - virtual void postGoMenu() = 0; - virtual void postAppSwitch() = 0; - virtual void postPower() = 0; - virtual void postVolumeUp() = 0; - virtual void postVolumeDown() = 0; - virtual void postCopy() = 0; - virtual void postCut() = 0; - virtual void setScreenPowerMode(bool open) = 0; - virtual void expandNotificationPanel() = 0; - virtual void collapsePanel() = 0; - virtual void postBackOrScreenOn(bool down) = 0; - virtual void postTextInput(QString &text) = 0; - virtual void requestDeviceClipboard() = 0; - virtual void setDeviceClipboard(bool pause = true) = 0; - virtual void clipboardPaste() = 0; - virtual void pushFileRequest(const QString &file, const QString &devicePath = "") = 0; - virtual void installApkRequest(const QString &apkFile) = 0; - - virtual void screenshot() = 0; - virtual void showTouch(bool show) = 0; - - virtual bool isReversePort(quint16 port) = 0; - virtual const QString &getSerial() = 0; - - virtual void updateScript(QString script) = 0; - virtual bool isCurrentCustomKeymap() = 0; -}; - -class IDeviceManage : public QObject { - Q_OBJECT -public: - static IDeviceManage& getInstance(); - virtual bool connectDevice(DeviceParams params) = 0; - virtual bool disconnectDevice(const QString &serial) = 0; - virtual void disconnectAllDevice() = 0; - virtual QPointer getDevice(const QString& serial) = 0; - -signals: - void deviceConnected(bool success, const QString& serial, const QString& deviceName, const QSize& size); - void deviceDisconnected(QString serial); -}; - -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCoreDef.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCoreDef.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9ae5078..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/QtScrcpyCoreDef.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once -#include - -namespace qsc { - -struct DeviceParams { - // necessary - QString serial = ""; // 设备序列号 - QString serverLocalPath = ""; // 本地安卓server路径 - - // optional - QString serverRemotePath = "/data/local/tmp/scrcpy-server.jar"; // 要推送到远端设备的server路径 - quint16 localPort = 27183; // reverse时本地监听端口 - quint16 maxSize = 720; // 视频分辨率 - quint32 bitRate = 2000000; // 视频比特率 - quint32 maxFps = 60; // 视频最大帧率 - bool useReverse = true; // true:先使用adb reverse，失败后自动使用adb forward；false:直接使用adb forward - int lockVideoOrientation = -1; // 是否锁定视频方向 - bool stayAwake = false; // 是否保持唤醒 - QString serverVersion = "1.21";// server版本 - QString logLevel = "info"; // log级别 debug/info/warn/error - // 编码选项 ""表示默认 - // 例如 CodecOptions="profile=1,level=2" - // 更多编码选项参考 https://d.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaFormat - QString codecOptions = ""; - // 指定编码器名称(必须是H.264编码器)，""表示默认 - // 例如 CodecName="OMX.qcom.video.encoder.avc" - QString codecName = ""; - - QString recordPath = ""; // 视频保存路径 - QString recordFileFormat = "mp4"; // 视频保存格式 mp4/mkv - bool recordFile = false; // 录制到文件 - - QString pushFilePath = "/sdcard/"; // 推送到安卓设备的文件保存路径（必须以/结尾） - - bool closeScreen = false; // 启动时自动息屏 - bool display = true; // 是否显示画面（或者仅仅后台录制） - bool renderExpiredFrames = false; // 是否渲染延迟视频帧 - QString gameScript = ""; // 游戏映射脚本 -}; - -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/adbprocess.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/adbprocess.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5bf1a4d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/include/adbprocess.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef ADBPROCESS_H -#define ADBPROCESS_H - -#include - -class AdbProcessImpl; -namespace qsc { - -class AdbProcess : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - enum ADB_EXEC_RESULT - { - AER_SUCCESS_START, // 启动成功 - AER_ERROR_START, // 启动失败 - AER_SUCCESS_EXEC, // 执行成功 - AER_ERROR_EXEC, // 执行失败 - AER_ERROR_MISSING_BINARY, // 找不到文件 - }; - - explicit AdbProcess(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~AdbProcess(); - - static void setAdbPath(const QString& adbPath); - - void execute(const QString &serial, const QStringList &args); - void forward(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort, const QString &deviceSocketName); - void forwardRemove(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort); - void reverse(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName, quint16 localPort); - void reverseRemove(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName); - void push(const QString &serial, const QString &local, const QString &remote); - void install(const QString &serial, const QString &local); - void removePath(const QString &serial, const QString &path); - bool isRuning(); - void setShowTouchesEnabled(const QString &serial, bool enabled); - void kill(); - QStringList arguments(); - QStringList getDevicesSerialFromStdOut(); - QString getDeviceIPFromStdOut(); - QString getDeviceIPByIpFromStdOut(); - QString getStdOut(); - QString getErrorOut(); - -signals: - void adbProcessResult(ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult); - -private: - AdbProcessImpl* m_adbImpl = nullptr; -}; - -} -#endif // ADBPROCESS_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocess.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocess.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 3758791..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocess.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "adbprocess.h" -#include "adbprocessimpl.h" - -QString g_adbPath; - -namespace qsc { - -AdbProcess::AdbProcess(QObject *parent) - : QObject(parent) - , m_adbImpl(new AdbProcessImpl()) -{ - connect(m_adbImpl, &AdbProcessImpl::adbProcessImplResult, this, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult); -} - -AdbProcess::~AdbProcess() -{ - delete m_adbImpl; -} - -void AdbProcess::setAdbPath(const QString &adbPath) -{ - g_adbPath = adbPath; -} - -void AdbProcess::execute(const QString &serial, const QStringList &args) -{ - m_adbImpl->execute(serial, args); -} - -bool AdbProcess::isRuning() -{ - return m_adbImpl->isRuning(); -} - -void AdbProcess::setShowTouchesEnabled(const QString &serial, bool enabled) -{ - m_adbImpl->setShowTouchesEnabled(serial, enabled); -} - -void AdbProcess::kill() -{ - m_adbImpl->kill(); -} - -QStringList AdbProcess::arguments() -{ - return m_adbImpl->arguments(); -} - -QStringList AdbProcess::getDevicesSerialFromStdOut() -{ - return m_adbImpl->getDevicesSerialFromStdOut(); -} - -QString AdbProcess::getDeviceIPFromStdOut() -{ - return m_adbImpl->getDeviceIPFromStdOut(); -} - -QString AdbProcess::getDeviceIPByIpFromStdOut() -{ - return m_adbImpl->getDeviceIPByIpFromStdOut(); -} - -QString AdbProcess::getStdOut() -{ - return m_adbImpl->getStdOut(); -} - -QString AdbProcess::getErrorOut() -{ - return m_adbImpl->getErrorOut(); -} - -void AdbProcess::forward(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort, const QString &deviceSocketName) -{ - m_adbImpl->forward(serial, localPort, deviceSocketName); -} - -void AdbProcess::forwardRemove(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort) -{ - m_adbImpl->forwardRemove(serial, localPort); -} - -void AdbProcess::reverse(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName, quint16 localPort) -{ - m_adbImpl->reverse(serial, deviceSocketName, localPort); -} - -void AdbProcess::reverseRemove(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName) -{ - m_adbImpl->reverseRemove(serial, deviceSocketName); -} - -void AdbProcess::push(const QString &serial, const QString &local, const QString &remote) -{ - m_adbImpl->push(serial, local, remote); -} - -void AdbProcess::install(const QString &serial, const QString &local) -{ - m_adbImpl->install(serial, local); -} - -void AdbProcess::removePath(const QString &serial, const QString &path) -{ - m_adbImpl->removePath(serial, path); -} - -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 8326e53..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "adbprocessimpl.h" - -QString AdbProcessImpl::s_adbPath = ""; -extern QString g_adbPath; - -AdbProcessImpl::AdbProcessImpl(QObject *parent) : QProcess(parent) -{ - initSignals(); -} - -AdbProcessImpl::~AdbProcessImpl() -{ - if (isRuning()) { - close(); - } -} - -const QString &AdbProcessImpl::getAdbPath() -{ - if (s_adbPath.isEmpty()) { - s_adbPath = QString::fromLocal8Bit(qgetenv("QTSCRCPY_ADB_PATH")); - QFileInfo fileInfo(s_adbPath); - if (s_adbPath.isEmpty() || !fileInfo.isFile()) { - s_adbPath = g_adbPath; - } - fileInfo = s_adbPath; - if (s_adbPath.isEmpty() || !fileInfo.isFile()) { - s_adbPath = QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath() + "/adb"; - } - qInfo("adb path: %s", QDir(s_adbPath).absolutePath().toUtf8().data()); - } - return s_adbPath; -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::initSignals() -{ - // aboutToQuit not exit event loop, so deletelater is ok - //connect(QCoreApplication::instance(), &QCoreApplication::aboutToQuit, this, &AdbProcessImpl::deleteLater); - - connect(this, static_cast(&QProcess::finished), this, [this](int exitCode, QProcess::ExitStatus exitStatus) { - if (NormalExit == exitStatus && 0 == exitCode) { - emit adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_EXEC); - } else { - //P7C0218510000537 unauthorized ,手机端此时弹出调试认证，要允许调试 - emit adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_EXEC); - } - qDebug() << "adb return " << exitCode << "exit status " << exitStatus; - }); - - connect(this, &QProcess::errorOccurred, this, [this](QProcess::ProcessError error) { - if (QProcess::FailedToStart == error) { - emit adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_MISSING_BINARY); - } else { - emit adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_START); - QString err = QString("qprocess start error:%1 %2").arg(program()).arg(arguments().join(" ")); - qCritical() << err.toStdString().c_str(); - } - }); - - connect(this, &QProcess::readyReadStandardError, this, [this]() { - QString tmp = QString::fromUtf8(readAllStandardError()).trimmed(); - m_errorOutput += tmp; - qWarning() << QString("AdbProcessImpl::error:%1").arg(tmp).toStdString().data(); - }); - - connect(this, &QProcess::readyReadStandardOutput, this, [this]() { - QString tmp = QString::fromUtf8(readAllStandardOutput()).trimmed(); - m_standardOutput += tmp; - qInfo() << QString("AdbProcessImpl::out:%1").arg(tmp).toStdString().data(); - }); - - connect(this, &QProcess::started, this, [this]() { emit adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START); }); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::execute(const QString &serial, const QStringList &args) -{ - m_standardOutput = ""; - m_errorOutput = ""; - QStringList adbArgs; - if (!serial.isEmpty()) { - adbArgs << "-s" << serial; - } - adbArgs << args; - qDebug() << getAdbPath() << adbArgs.join(" "); - start(getAdbPath(), adbArgs); -} - -bool AdbProcessImpl::isRuning() -{ - if (QProcess::NotRunning == state()) { - return false; - } else { - return true; - } -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::setShowTouchesEnabled(const QString &serial, bool enabled) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "shell" - << "settings" - << "put" - << "system" - << "show_touches"; - adbArgs << (enabled ? "1" : "0"); - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -QStringList AdbProcessImpl::getDevicesSerialFromStdOut() -{ - // get devices serial by adb devices - QStringList serials; -#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 15, 0) - QStringList devicesInfoList = m_standardOutput.split(QRegExp("\r\n|\n"), Qt::SkipEmptyParts); -#else - QStringList devicesInfoList = m_standardOutput.split(QRegExp("\r\n|\n"), QString::SkipEmptyParts); -#endif - for (QString deviceInfo : devicesInfoList) { -#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 15, 0) - QStringList deviceInfos = deviceInfo.split(QRegExp("\t"), Qt::SkipEmptyParts); -#else - QStringList deviceInfos = deviceInfo.split(QRegExp("\t"), QString::SkipEmptyParts); -#endif - if (2 == deviceInfos.count() && 0 == deviceInfos[1].compare("device")) { - serials << deviceInfos[0]; - } - } - return serials; -} - -QString AdbProcessImpl::getDeviceIPFromStdOut() -{ - QString ip = ""; -#if 0 - QString strIPExp = "inet [\\d.]*"; - QRegExp ipRegExp(strIPExp, Qt::CaseInsensitive); - if (ipRegExp.indexIn(m_standardOutput) != -1) { - ip = ipRegExp.cap(0); - ip = ip.right(ip.size() - 5); - } -#else - QString strIPExp = "inet addr:[\\d.]*"; - QRegExp ipRegExp(strIPExp, Qt::CaseInsensitive); - if (ipRegExp.indexIn(m_standardOutput) != -1) { - ip = ipRegExp.cap(0); - ip = ip.right(ip.size() - 10); - } -#endif - - return ip; -} - -QString AdbProcessImpl::getDeviceIPByIpFromStdOut() -{ - QString ip = ""; - - QString strIPExp = "wlan0 inet [\\d.]*"; - QRegExp ipRegExp(strIPExp, Qt::CaseInsensitive); - if (ipRegExp.indexIn(m_standardOutput) != -1) { - ip = ipRegExp.cap(0); - ip = ip.right(ip.size() - 14); - } - qDebug() << "get ip: " << ip; - return ip; -} - -QString AdbProcessImpl::getStdOut() -{ - return m_standardOutput; -} - -QString AdbProcessImpl::getErrorOut() -{ - return m_errorOutput; -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::forward(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort, const QString &deviceSocketName) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "forward"; - adbArgs << QString("tcp:%1").arg(localPort); - adbArgs << QString("localabstract:%1").arg(deviceSocketName); - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::forwardRemove(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "forward"; - adbArgs << "--remove"; - adbArgs << QString("tcp:%1").arg(localPort); - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::reverse(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName, quint16 localPort) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "reverse"; - adbArgs << QString("localabstract:%1").arg(deviceSocketName); - adbArgs << QString("tcp:%1").arg(localPort); - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::reverseRemove(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "reverse"; - adbArgs << "--remove"; - adbArgs << QString("localabstract:%1").arg(deviceSocketName); - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::push(const QString &serial, const QString &local, const QString &remote) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "push"; - adbArgs << local; - adbArgs << remote; - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::install(const QString &serial, const QString &local) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "install"; - adbArgs << "-r"; - adbArgs << local; - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} - -void AdbProcessImpl::removePath(const QString &serial, const QString &path) -{ - QStringList adbArgs; - adbArgs << "shell"; - adbArgs << "rm"; - adbArgs << path; - execute(serial, adbArgs); -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.h deleted file mode 100644 index a99412e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/adb/adbprocessimpl.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -#pragma once - -#include -#include "adbprocess.h" - -class AdbProcessImpl : public QProcess -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - explicit AdbProcessImpl(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~AdbProcessImpl(); - - void execute(const QString &serial, const QStringList &args); - void forward(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort, const QString &deviceSocketName); - void forwardRemove(const QString &serial, quint16 localPort); - void reverse(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName, quint16 localPort); - void reverseRemove(const QString &serial, const QString &deviceSocketName); - void push(const QString &serial, const QString &local, const QString &remote); - void install(const QString &serial, const QString &local); - void removePath(const QString &serial, const QString &path); - bool isRuning(); - void setShowTouchesEnabled(const QString &serial, bool enabled); - QStringList getDevicesSerialFromStdOut(); - QString getDeviceIPFromStdOut(); - QString getDeviceIPByIpFromStdOut(); - QString getStdOut(); - QString getErrorOut(); - - static const QString &getAdbPath(); - -signals: - void adbProcessImplResult(qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult); - -private: - void initSignals(); - -private: - QString m_standardOutput = ""; - QString m_errorOutput = ""; - static QString s_adbPath; -}; diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/common.pri b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/common.pri deleted file mode 100644 index 6bdf623..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/common.pri +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -HEADERS += \ - $$PWD/qscrcpyevent.h diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/qscrcpyevent.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/qscrcpyevent.h deleted file mode 100644 index e140a46..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/common/qscrcpyevent.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef QSCRCPYEVENT_H -#define QSCRCPYEVENT_H -#include - -class QScrcpyEvent : public QEvent -{ -public: - enum Type - { - VideoSocket = QEvent::User + 1, - Control, - }; - QScrcpyEvent(Type type) : QEvent(QEvent::Type(type)) {} -}; - -// VideoSocketEvent -class VideoSocketEvent : public QScrcpyEvent -{ -public: - VideoSocketEvent() : QScrcpyEvent(VideoSocket) {} -}; -#endif // QSCRCPYEVENT_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/input.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/input.h deleted file mode 100644 index 34b3e5d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/input.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,840 +0,0 @@ -// copied from -// blob 08299899b6305a0fe74d7d2b8471b7cd0af49dc7 -// (and modified) -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _ANDROID_INPUT_H -#define _ANDROID_INPUT_H - -/** - * Meta key / modifer state. - */ -enum AndroidMetastate -{ - /** No meta keys are pressed. */ - AMETA_NONE = 0, - - /** This mask is used to check whether one of the ALT meta keys is pressed. */ - AMETA_ALT_ON = 0x02, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the left ALT meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_ALT_LEFT_ON = 0x10, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the right ALT meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_ALT_RIGHT_ON = 0x20, - - /** This mask is used to check whether one of the SHIFT meta keys is pressed. */ - AMETA_SHIFT_ON = 0x01, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the left SHIFT meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_SHIFT_LEFT_ON = 0x40, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the right SHIFT meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_SHIFT_RIGHT_ON = 0x80, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the SYM meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_SYM_ON = 0x04, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the FUNCTION meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_FUNCTION_ON = 0x08, - - /** This mask is used to check whether one of the CTRL meta keys is pressed. */ - AMETA_CTRL_ON = 0x1000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the left CTRL meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_CTRL_LEFT_ON = 0x2000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the right CTRL meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_CTRL_RIGHT_ON = 0x4000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether one of the META meta keys is pressed. */ - AMETA_META_ON = 0x10000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the left META meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_META_LEFT_ON = 0x20000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the right META meta key is pressed. */ - AMETA_META_RIGHT_ON = 0x40000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the CAPS LOCK meta key is on. */ - AMETA_CAPS_LOCK_ON = 0x100000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the NUM LOCK meta key is on. */ - AMETA_NUM_LOCK_ON = 0x200000, - - /** This mask is used to check whether the SCROLL LOCK meta key is on. */ - AMETA_SCROLL_LOCK_ON = 0x400000, -}; - -/** - * Input event types. - */ -enum AndroidInputEventType -{ - /** Indicates that the input event is a key event. */ - AINPUT_EVENT_TYPE_KEY = 1, - /** Indicates that the input event is a motion event. */ - AINPUT_EVENT_TYPE_MOTION = 2 -}; - -/** - * Key event actions. - */ -enum AndroidKeyeventAction -{ - /** The key has been pressed down. */ - AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN = 0, - - /** The key has been released. */ - AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP = 1, - - /** - * Multiple duplicate key events have occurred in a row, or a - * complex string is being delivered. The repeat_count property - * of the key event contains the number of times the given key - * code should be executed. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_MULTIPLE = 2 -}; - -/** - * Key event flags. - */ -enum AndroidKeyeventFlags -{ - /** This mask is set if the device woke because of this key event. */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_WOKE_HERE = 0x1, - - /** This mask is set if the key event was generated by a software keyboard. */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_SOFT_KEYBOARD = 0x2, - - /** This mask is set if we don't want the key event to cause us to leave touch mode. */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_KEEP_TOUCH_MODE = 0x4, - - /** - * This mask is set if an event was known to come from a trusted - * part of the system. That is, the event is known to come from - * the user, and could not have been spoofed by a third party - * component. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_FROM_SYSTEM = 0x8, - - /** - * This mask is used for compatibility, to identify enter keys that are - * coming from an IME whose enter key has been auto-labelled "next" or - * "done". This allows TextView to dispatch these as normal enter keys - * for old applications, but still do the appropriate action when - * receiving them. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_EDITOR_ACTION = 0x10, - - /** - * When associated with up key events, this indicates that the key press - * has been canceled. Typically this is used with virtual touch screen - * keys, where the user can slide from the virtual key area on to the - * display: in that case, the application will receive a canceled up - * event and should not perform the action normally associated with the - * key. Note that for this to work, the application can not perform an - * action for a key until it receives an up or the long press timeout has - * expired. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_CANCELED = 0x20, - - /** - * This key event was generated by a virtual (on-screen) hard key area. - * Typically this is an area of the touchscreen, outside of the regular - * display, dedicated to "hardware" buttons. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_VIRTUAL_HARD_KEY = 0x40, - - /** - * This flag is set for the first key repeat that occurs after the - * long press timeout. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_LONG_PRESS = 0x80, - - /** - * Set when a key event has AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_CANCELED set because a long - * press action was executed while it was down. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_CANCELED_LONG_PRESS = 0x100, - - /** - * Set for AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP when this event's key code is still being - * tracked from its initial down. That is, somebody requested that tracking - * started on the key down and a long press has not caused - * the tracking to be canceled. - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_TRACKING = 0x200, - - /** - * Set when a key event has been synthesized to implement default behavior - * for an event that the application did not handle. - * Fallback key events are generated by unhandled trackball motions - * (to emulate a directional keypad) and by certain unhandled key presses - * that are declared in the key map (such as special function numeric keypad - * keys when numlock is off). - */ - AKEY_EVENT_FLAG_FALLBACK = 0x400, -}; - -/** - * Bit shift for the action bits holding the pointer index as - * defined by AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_MASK. - */ -#define AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_SHIFT 8 - -/** Motion event actions */ -enum AndroidMotioneventAction -{ - /** Bit mask of the parts of the action code that are the action itself. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MASK = 0xff, - - /** - * Bits in the action code that represent a pointer index, used with - * AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_DOWN and AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_UP. Shifting - * down by AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_SHIFT provides the actual pointer - * index where the data for the pointer going up or down can be found. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_MASK = 0xff00, - - /** A pressed gesture has started, the motion contains the initial starting location. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN = 0, - - /** - * A pressed gesture has finished, the motion contains the final release location - * as well as any intermediate points since the last down or move event. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP = 1, - - /** - * A change has happened during a press gesture (between AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN and - * AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP). The motion contains the most recent point, as well as - * any intermediate points since the last down or move event. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE = 2, - - /** - * The current gesture has been aborted. - * You will not receive any more points in it. You should treat this as - * an up event, but not perform any action that you normally would. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_CANCEL = 3, - - /** - * A movement has happened outside of the normal bounds of the UI element. - * This does not provide a full gesture, but only the initial location of the movement/touch. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_OUTSIDE = 4, - - /** - * A non-primary pointer has gone down. - * The bits in AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_MASK indicate which pointer changed. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_DOWN = 5, - - /** - * A non-primary pointer has gone up. - * The bits in AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_INDEX_MASK indicate which pointer changed. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_POINTER_UP = 6, - - /** - * A change happened but the pointer is not down (unlike AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE). - * The motion contains the most recent point, as well as any intermediate points since - * the last hover move event. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_HOVER_MOVE = 7, - - /** - * The motion event contains relative vertical and/or horizontal scroll offsets. - * Use getAxisValue to retrieve the information from AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_VSCROLL - * and AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_HSCROLL. - * The pointer may or may not be down when this event is dispatched. - * This action is always delivered to the winder under the pointer, which - * may not be the window currently touched. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_SCROLL = 8, - - /** The pointer is not down but has entered the boundaries of a window or view. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_HOVER_ENTER = 9, - - /** The pointer is not down but has exited the boundaries of a window or view. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_HOVER_EXIT = 10, - - /* One or more buttons have been pressed. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_BUTTON_PRESS = 11, - - /* One or more buttons have been released. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_BUTTON_RELEASE = 12, -}; - -/** - * Motion event flags. - */ -enum AndroidMotioneventFlags -{ - /** - * This flag indicates that the window that received this motion event is partly - * or wholly obscured by another visible window above it. This flag is set to true - * even if the event did not directly pass through the obscured area. - * A security sensitive application can check this flag to identify situations in which - * a malicious application may have covered up part of its content for the purpose - * of misleading the user or hijacking touches. An appropriate response might be - * to drop the suspect touches or to take additional precautions to confirm the user's - * actual intent. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_FLAG_WINDOW_IS_OBSCURED = 0x1, -}; - -/** - * Motion event edge touch flags. - */ -enum AndroidMotioneventEdgeTouchTlags -{ - /** No edges intersected. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_EDGE_FLAG_NONE = 0, - - /** Flag indicating the motion event intersected the top edge of the screen. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_EDGE_FLAG_TOP = 0x01, - - /** Flag indicating the motion event intersected the bottom edge of the screen. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_EDGE_FLAG_BOTTOM = 0x02, - - /** Flag indicating the motion event intersected the left edge of the screen. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_EDGE_FLAG_LEFT = 0x04, - - /** Flag indicating the motion event intersected the right edge of the screen. */ - AMOTION_EVENT_EDGE_FLAG_RIGHT = 0x08 -}; - -/** - * Constants that identify each individual axis of a motion event. - * @anchor AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS - */ -enum AndroidMotioneventAxis -{ - /** - * Axis constant: X axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the absolute X screen position of the center of - * the touch contact area. The units are display pixels. - * - For a touch pad, reports the absolute X surface position of the center of the touch - * contact area. The units are device-dependent. - * - For a mouse, reports the absolute X screen position of the mouse pointer. - * The units are display pixels. - * - For a trackball, reports the relative horizontal displacement of the trackball. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (left) to 1.0 (right). - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute X position of the joystick. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (left) to 1.0 (right). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_X = 0, - /** - * Axis constant: Y axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the absolute Y screen position of the center of - * the touch contact area. The units are display pixels. - * - For a touch pad, reports the absolute Y surface position of the center of the touch - * contact area. The units are device-dependent. - * - For a mouse, reports the absolute Y screen position of the mouse pointer. - * The units are display pixels. - * - For a trackball, reports the relative vertical displacement of the trackball. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (up) to 1.0 (down). - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute Y position of the joystick. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (up or far) to 1.0 (down or near). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_Y = 1, - /** - * Axis constant: Pressure axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen or touch pad, reports the approximate pressure applied to the surface - * by a finger or other tool. The value is normalized to a range from - * 0 (no pressure at all) to 1 (normal pressure), although values higher than 1 - * may be generated depending on the calibration of the input device. - * - For a trackball, the value is set to 1 if the trackball button is pressed - * or 0 otherwise. - * - For a mouse, the value is set to 1 if the primary mouse button is pressed - * or 0 otherwise. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_PRESSURE = 2, - /** - * Axis constant: Size axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen or touch pad, reports the approximate size of the contact area in - * relation to the maximum detectable size for the device. The value is normalized - * to a range from 0 (smallest detectable size) to 1 (largest detectable size), - * although it is not a linear scale. This value is of limited use. - * To obtain calibrated size information, see - * {@link AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOUCH_MAJOR} or {@link AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOOL_MAJOR}. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_SIZE = 3, - /** - * Axis constant: TouchMajor axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the length of the major axis of an ellipse that - * represents the touch area at the point of contact. - * The units are display pixels. - * - For a touch pad, reports the length of the major axis of an ellipse that - * represents the touch area at the point of contact. - * The units are device-dependent. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOUCH_MAJOR = 4, - /** - * Axis constant: TouchMinor axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the length of the minor axis of an ellipse that - * represents the touch area at the point of contact. - * The units are display pixels. - * - For a touch pad, reports the length of the minor axis of an ellipse that - * represents the touch area at the point of contact. - * The units are device-dependent. - * - * When the touch is circular, the major and minor axis lengths will be equal to one another. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOUCH_MINOR = 5, - /** - * Axis constant: ToolMajor axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the length of the major axis of an ellipse that - * represents the size of the approaching finger or tool used to make contact. - * - For a touch pad, reports the length of the major axis of an ellipse that - * represents the size of the approaching finger or tool used to make contact. - * The units are device-dependent. - * - * When the touch is circular, the major and minor axis lengths will be equal to one another. - * - * The tool size may be larger than the touch size since the tool may not be fully - * in contact with the touch sensor. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOOL_MAJOR = 6, - /** - * Axis constant: ToolMinor axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen, reports the length of the minor axis of an ellipse that - * represents the size of the approaching finger or tool used to make contact. - * - For a touch pad, reports the length of the minor axis of an ellipse that - * represents the size of the approaching finger or tool used to make contact. - * The units are device-dependent. - * - * When the touch is circular, the major and minor axis lengths will be equal to one another. - * - * The tool size may be larger than the touch size since the tool may not be fully - * in contact with the touch sensor. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOOL_MINOR = 7, - /** - * Axis constant: Orientation axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a touch screen or touch pad, reports the orientation of the finger - * or tool in radians relative to the vertical plane of the device. - * An angle of 0 radians indicates that the major axis of contact is oriented - * upwards, is perfectly circular or is of unknown orientation. A positive angle - * indicates that the major axis of contact is oriented to the right. A negative angle - * indicates that the major axis of contact is oriented to the left. - * The full range is from -PI/2 radians (finger pointing fully left) to PI/2 radians - * (finger pointing fully right). - * - For a stylus, the orientation indicates the direction in which the stylus - * is pointing in relation to the vertical axis of the current orientation of the screen. - * The range is from -PI radians to PI radians, where 0 is pointing up, - * -PI/2 radians is pointing left, -PI or PI radians is pointing down, and PI/2 radians - * is pointing right. See also {@link AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TILT}. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_ORIENTATION = 8, - /** - * Axis constant: Vertical Scroll axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a mouse, reports the relative movement of the vertical scroll wheel. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (down) to 1.0 (up). - * - * This axis should be used to scroll views vertically. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_VSCROLL = 9, - /** - * Axis constant: Horizontal Scroll axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a mouse, reports the relative movement of the horizontal scroll wheel. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (left) to 1.0 (right). - * - * This axis should be used to scroll views horizontally. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_HSCROLL = 10, - /** - * Axis constant: Z axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute Z position of the joystick. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (high) to 1.0 (low). - * On game pads with two analog joysticks, this axis is often reinterpreted - * to report the absolute X position of the second joystick instead. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_Z = 11, - /** - * Axis constant: X Rotation axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute rotation angle about the X axis. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (counter-clockwise) to 1.0 (clockwise). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RX = 12, - /** - * Axis constant: Y Rotation axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute rotation angle about the Y axis. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (counter-clockwise) to 1.0 (clockwise). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RY = 13, - /** - * Axis constant: Z Rotation axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute rotation angle about the Z axis. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (counter-clockwise) to 1.0 (clockwise). - * On game pads with two analog joysticks, this axis is often reinterpreted - * to report the absolute Y position of the second joystick instead. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RZ = 14, - /** - * Axis constant: Hat X axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute X position of the directional hat control. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (left) to 1.0 (right). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_HAT_X = 15, - /** - * Axis constant: Hat Y axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute Y position of the directional hat control. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (up) to 1.0 (down). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_HAT_Y = 16, - /** - * Axis constant: Left Trigger axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the left trigger control. - * The value is normalized to a range from 0.0 (released) to 1.0 (fully pressed). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_LTRIGGER = 17, - /** - * Axis constant: Right Trigger axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the right trigger control. - * The value is normalized to a range from 0.0 (released) to 1.0 (fully pressed). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RTRIGGER = 18, - /** - * Axis constant: Throttle axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the throttle control. - * The value is normalized to a range from 0.0 (fully open) to 1.0 (fully closed). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_THROTTLE = 19, - /** - * Axis constant: Rudder axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the rudder control. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (turn left) to 1.0 (turn right). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RUDDER = 20, - /** - * Axis constant: Wheel axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the steering wheel control. - * The value is normalized to a range from -1.0 (turn left) to 1.0 (turn right). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_WHEEL = 21, - /** - * Axis constant: Gas axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the gas (accelerator) control. - * The value is normalized to a range from 0.0 (no acceleration) - * to 1.0 (maximum acceleration). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GAS = 22, - /** - * Axis constant: Brake axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a joystick, reports the absolute position of the brake control. - * The value is normalized to a range from 0.0 (no braking) to 1.0 (maximum braking). - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_BRAKE = 23, - /** - * Axis constant: Distance axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a stylus, reports the distance of the stylus from the screen. - * A value of 0.0 indicates direct contact and larger values indicate increasing - * distance from the surface. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_DISTANCE = 24, - /** - * Axis constant: Tilt axis of a motion event. - * - * - For a stylus, reports the tilt angle of the stylus in radians where - * 0 radians indicates that the stylus is being held perpendicular to the - * surface, and PI/2 radians indicates that the stylus is being held flat - * against the surface. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TILT = 25, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic scroll axis of a motion event. - * - * - This is used for scroll axis motion events that can't be classified as strictly - * vertical or horizontal. The movement of a rotating scroller is an example of this. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_SCROLL = 26, - /** - * Axis constant: The movement of x position of a motion event. - * - * - For a mouse, reports a difference of x position between the previous position. - * This is useful when pointer is captured, in that case the mouse pointer doesn't - * change the location but this axis reports the difference which allows the app - * to see how the mouse is moved. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RELATIVE_X = 27, - /** - * Axis constant: The movement of y position of a motion event. - * - * Same as {@link RELATIVE_X}, but for y position. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_RELATIVE_Y = 28, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 1 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_1 = 32, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 2 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_2 = 33, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 3 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_3 = 34, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 4 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_4 = 35, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 5 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_5 = 36, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 6 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_6 = 37, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 7 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_7 = 38, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 8 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_8 = 39, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 9 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_9 = 40, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 10 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_10 = 41, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 11 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_11 = 42, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 12 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_12 = 43, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 13 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_13 = 44, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 14 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_14 = 45, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 15 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_15 = 46, - /** - * Axis constant: Generic 16 axis of a motion event. - * The interpretation of a generic axis is device-specific. - */ - AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_GENERIC_16 = 47, - - // NOTE: If you add a new axis here you must also add it to several other files. - // Refer to frameworks/base/core/java/android/view/MotionEvent.java for the full list. -}; - -/** - * Constants that identify buttons that are associated with motion events. - * Refer to the documentation on the MotionEvent class for descriptions of each button. - */ -enum AndroidMotioneventButtons -{ - /** primary */ - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_PRIMARY = 1 << 0, - /** secondary */ - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_SECONDARY = 1 << 1, - /** tertiary */ - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_TERTIARY = 1 << 2, - /** back */ - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_BACK = 1 << 3, - /** forward */ - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_FORWARD = 1 << 4, - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_STYLUS_PRIMARY = 1 << 5, - AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_STYLUS_SECONDARY = 1 << 6, -}; - -/** - * Constants that identify tool types. - * Refer to the documentation on the MotionEvent class for descriptions of each tool type. - */ -enum AndroidMotioneventToolType -{ - /** unknown */ - AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0, - /** finger */ - AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_FINGER = 1, - /** stylus */ - AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_STYLUS = 2, - /** mouse */ - AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_MOUSE = 3, - /** eraser */ - AMOTION_EVENT_TOOL_TYPE_ERASER = 4, -}; - -/** - * Input source masks. - * - * Refer to the documentation on android.view.InputDevice for more details about input sources - * and their correct interpretation. - */ -enum AndroidInputSourceClass -{ - /** mask */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_MASK = 0x000000ff, - - /** none */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NONE = 0x00000000, - /** button */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_BUTTON = 0x00000001, - /** pointer */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POINTER = 0x00000002, - /** navigation */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NAVIGATION = 0x00000004, - /** position */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POSITION = 0x00000008, - /** joystick */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_JOYSTICK = 0x00000010, -}; - -/** - * Input sources. - */ -enum AndroidInputSource -{ - /** unknown */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 0x00000000, - - /** keyboard */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_KEYBOARD = 0x00000100 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_BUTTON, - /** dpad */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_DPAD = 0x00000200 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_BUTTON, - /** gamepad */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_GAMEPAD = 0x00000400 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_BUTTON, - /** touchscreen */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN = 0x00001000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POINTER, - /** mouse */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_MOUSE = 0x00002000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POINTER, - /** stylus */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_STYLUS = 0x00004000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POINTER, - /** bluetooth stylus */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_BLUETOOTH_STYLUS = 0x00008000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_STYLUS, - /** trackball */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_TRACKBALL = 0x00010000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NAVIGATION, - /** mouse relative */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_MOUSE_RELATIVE = 0x00020000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NAVIGATION, - /** touchpad */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_TOUCHPAD = 0x00100000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_POSITION, - /** navigation */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION = 0x00200000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NONE, - /** joystick */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_JOYSTICK = 0x01000000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_JOYSTICK, - /** rotary encoder */ - AINPUT_SOURCE_ROTARY_ENCODER = 0x00400000 | AINPUT_SOURCE_CLASS_NONE, -}; - -/** - * Keyboard types. - * - * Refer to the documentation on android.view.InputDevice for more details. - */ -enum AndroidKeyboardType -{ - /** none */ - AINPUT_KEYBOARD_TYPE_NONE = 0, - /** non alphabetic */ - AINPUT_KEYBOARD_TYPE_NON_ALPHABETIC = 1, - /** alphabetic */ - AINPUT_KEYBOARD_TYPE_ALPHABETIC = 2, -}; - -/** - * Constants used to retrieve information about the range of motion for a particular - * coordinate of a motion event. - * - * Refer to the documentation on android.view.InputDevice for more details about input sources - * and their correct interpretation. - * - * @deprecated These constants are deprecated. Use {@link AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_*} constants instead. - */ -enum AndroidMotionRange -{ - /** x */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_X = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_X, - /** y */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_Y = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_Y, - /** pressure */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_PRESSURE = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_PRESSURE, - /** size */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_SIZE = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_SIZE, - /** touch major */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_TOUCH_MAJOR = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOUCH_MAJOR, - /** touch minor */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_TOUCH_MINOR = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOUCH_MINOR, - /** tool major */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_TOOL_MAJOR = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOOL_MAJOR, - /** tool minor */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_TOOL_MINOR = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_TOOL_MINOR, - /** orientation */ - AINPUT_MOTION_RANGE_ORIENTATION = AMOTION_EVENT_AXIS_ORIENTATION, -}; - -#endif // _ANDROID_INPUT_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/keycodes.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/keycodes.h deleted file mode 100644 index fdbb741..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/android/keycodes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,746 +0,0 @@ -// copied from -// blob 2164d6163e1646c22825e364cad4f3c47638effd -// (and modified) -/* - * Copyright (C) 2010 The Android Open Source Project - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _ANDROID_KEYCODES_H -#define _ANDROID_KEYCODES_H - -/** - * Key codes. - */ -enum AndroidKeycode -{ - /** Unknown key code. */ - AKEYCODE_UNKNOWN = 0, - /** Soft Left key. - * Usually situated below the display on phones and used as a multi-function - * feature key for selecting a software defined function shown on the bottom left - * of the display. */ - AKEYCODE_SOFT_LEFT = 1, - /** Soft Right key. - * Usually situated below the display on phones and used as a multi-function - * feature key for selecting a software defined function shown on the bottom right - * of the display. */ - AKEYCODE_SOFT_RIGHT = 2, - /** Home key. - * This key is handled by the framework and is never delivered to applications. */ - AKEYCODE_HOME = 3, - /** Back key. */ - AKEYCODE_BACK = 4, - /** Call key. */ - AKEYCODE_CALL = 5, - /** End Call key. */ - AKEYCODE_ENDCALL = 6, - /** '0' key. */ - AKEYCODE_0 = 7, - /** '1' key. */ - AKEYCODE_1 = 8, - /** '2' key. */ - AKEYCODE_2 = 9, - /** '3' key. */ - AKEYCODE_3 = 10, - /** '4' key. */ - AKEYCODE_4 = 11, - /** '5' key. */ - AKEYCODE_5 = 12, - /** '6' key. */ - AKEYCODE_6 = 13, - /** '7' key. */ - AKEYCODE_7 = 14, - /** '8' key. */ - AKEYCODE_8 = 15, - /** '9' key. */ - AKEYCODE_9 = 16, - /** '*' key. */ - AKEYCODE_STAR = 17, - /** '#' key. */ - AKEYCODE_POUND = 18, - /** Directional Pad Up key. - * May also be synthesized from trackball motions. */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_UP = 19, - /** Directional Pad Down key. - * May also be synthesized from trackball motions. */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_DOWN = 20, - /** Directional Pad Left key. - * May also be synthesized from trackball motions. */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_LEFT = 21, - /** Directional Pad Right key. - * May also be synthesized from trackball motions. */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_RIGHT = 22, - /** Directional Pad Center key. - * May also be synthesized from trackball motions. */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_CENTER = 23, - /** Volume Up key. - * Adjusts the speaker volume up. */ - AKEYCODE_VOLUME_UP = 24, - /** Volume Down key. - * Adjusts the speaker volume down. */ - AKEYCODE_VOLUME_DOWN = 25, - /** Power key. */ - AKEYCODE_POWER = 26, - /** Camera key. - * Used to launch a camera application or take pictures. */ - AKEYCODE_CAMERA = 27, - /** Clear key. */ - AKEYCODE_CLEAR = 28, - /** 'A' key. */ - AKEYCODE_A = 29, - /** 'B' key. */ - AKEYCODE_B = 30, - /** 'C' key. */ - AKEYCODE_C = 31, - /** 'D' key. */ - AKEYCODE_D = 32, - /** 'E' key. */ - AKEYCODE_E = 33, - /** 'F' key. */ - AKEYCODE_F = 34, - /** 'G' key. */ - AKEYCODE_G = 35, - /** 'H' key. */ - AKEYCODE_H = 36, - /** 'I' key. */ - AKEYCODE_I = 37, - /** 'J' key. */ - AKEYCODE_J = 38, - /** 'K' key. */ - AKEYCODE_K = 39, - /** 'L' key. */ - AKEYCODE_L = 40, - /** 'M' key. */ - AKEYCODE_M = 41, - /** 'N' key. */ - AKEYCODE_N = 42, - /** 'O' key. */ - AKEYCODE_O = 43, - /** 'P' key. */ - AKEYCODE_P = 44, - /** 'Q' key. */ - AKEYCODE_Q = 45, - /** 'R' key. */ - AKEYCODE_R = 46, - /** 'S' key. */ - AKEYCODE_S = 47, - /** 'T' key. */ - AKEYCODE_T = 48, - /** 'U' key. */ - AKEYCODE_U = 49, - /** 'V' key. */ - AKEYCODE_V = 50, - /** 'W' key. */ - AKEYCODE_W = 51, - /** 'X' key. */ - AKEYCODE_X = 52, - /** 'Y' key. */ - AKEYCODE_Y = 53, - /** 'Z' key. */ - AKEYCODE_Z = 54, - /** ',' key. */ - AKEYCODE_COMMA = 55, - /** '.' key. */ - AKEYCODE_PERIOD = 56, - /** Left Alt modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_ALT_LEFT = 57, - /** Right Alt modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_ALT_RIGHT = 58, - /** Left Shift modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_SHIFT_LEFT = 59, - /** Right Shift modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_SHIFT_RIGHT = 60, - /** Tab key. */ - AKEYCODE_TAB = 61, - /** Space key. */ - AKEYCODE_SPACE = 62, - /** Symbol modifier key. - * Used to enter alternate symbols. */ - AKEYCODE_SYM = 63, - /** Explorer special function key. - * Used to launch a browser application. */ - AKEYCODE_EXPLORER = 64, - /** Envelope special function key. - * Used to launch a mail application. */ - AKEYCODE_ENVELOPE = 65, - /** Enter key. */ - AKEYCODE_ENTER = 66, - /** Backspace key. - * Deletes characters before the insertion point, unlike {@link AKEYCODE_FORWARD_DEL}. */ - AKEYCODE_DEL = 67, - /** '`' (backtick) key. */ - AKEYCODE_GRAVE = 68, - /** '-'. */ - AKEYCODE_MINUS = 69, - /** '=' key. */ - AKEYCODE_EQUALS = 70, - /** '[' key. */ - AKEYCODE_LEFT_BRACKET = 71, - /** ']' key. */ - AKEYCODE_RIGHT_BRACKET = 72, - /** '\' key. */ - AKEYCODE_BACKSLASH = 73, - /** ';' key. */ - AKEYCODE_SEMICOLON = 74, - /** ''' (apostrophe) key. */ - AKEYCODE_APOSTROPHE = 75, - /** '/' key. */ - AKEYCODE_SLASH = 76, - /** '@' key. */ - AKEYCODE_AT = 77, - /** Number modifier key. - * Used to enter numeric symbols. - * This key is not {@link AKEYCODE_NUM_LOCK}; it is more like {@link AKEYCODE_ALT_LEFT}. */ - AKEYCODE_NUM = 78, - /** Headset Hook key. - * Used to hang up calls and stop media. */ - AKEYCODE_HEADSETHOOK = 79, - /** Camera Focus key. - * Used to focus the camera. */ - AKEYCODE_FOCUS = 80, - /** '+' key. */ - AKEYCODE_PLUS = 81, - /** Menu key. */ - AKEYCODE_MENU = 82, - /** Notification key. */ - AKEYCODE_NOTIFICATION = 83, - /** Search key. */ - AKEYCODE_SEARCH = 84, - /** Play/Pause media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE = 85, - /** Stop media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_STOP = 86, - /** Play Next media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_NEXT = 87, - /** Play Previous media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_PREVIOUS = 88, - /** Rewind media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_REWIND = 89, - /** Fast Forward media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD = 90, - /** Mute key. - * Mutes the microphone, unlike {@link AKEYCODE_VOLUME_MUTE}. */ - AKEYCODE_MUTE = 91, - /** Page Up key. */ - AKEYCODE_PAGE_UP = 92, - /** Page Down key. */ - AKEYCODE_PAGE_DOWN = 93, - /** Picture Symbols modifier key. - * Used to switch symbol sets (Emoji, Kao-moji). */ - AKEYCODE_PICTSYMBOLS = 94, - /** Switch Charset modifier key. - * Used to switch character sets (Kanji, Katakana). */ - AKEYCODE_SWITCH_CHARSET = 95, - /** A Button key. - * On a game controller, the A button should be either the button labeled A - * or the first button on the bottom row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_A = 96, - /** B Button key. - * On a game controller, the B button should be either the button labeled B - * or the second button on the bottom row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_B = 97, - /** C Button key. - * On a game controller, the C button should be either the button labeled C - * or the third button on the bottom row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_C = 98, - /** X Button key. - * On a game controller, the X button should be either the button labeled X - * or the first button on the upper row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_X = 99, - /** Y Button key. - * On a game controller, the Y button should be either the button labeled Y - * or the second button on the upper row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_Y = 100, - /** Z Button key. - * On a game controller, the Z button should be either the button labeled Z - * or the third button on the upper row of controller buttons. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_Z = 101, - /** L1 Button key. - * On a game controller, the L1 button should be either the button labeled L1 (or L) - * or the top left trigger button. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_L1 = 102, - /** R1 Button key. - * On a game controller, the R1 button should be either the button labeled R1 (or R) - * or the top right trigger button. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_R1 = 103, - /** L2 Button key. - * On a game controller, the L2 button should be either the button labeled L2 - * or the bottom left trigger button. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_L2 = 104, - /** R2 Button key. - * On a game controller, the R2 button should be either the button labeled R2 - * or the bottom right trigger button. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_R2 = 105, - /** Left Thumb Button key. - * On a game controller, the left thumb button indicates that the left (or only) - * joystick is pressed. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_THUMBL = 106, - /** Right Thumb Button key. - * On a game controller, the right thumb button indicates that the right - * joystick is pressed. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_THUMBR = 107, - /** Start Button key. - * On a game controller, the button labeled Start. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_START = 108, - /** Select Button key. - * On a game controller, the button labeled Select. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_SELECT = 109, - /** Mode Button key. - * On a game controller, the button labeled Mode. */ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_MODE = 110, - /** Escape key. */ - AKEYCODE_ESCAPE = 111, - /** Forward Delete key. - * Deletes characters ahead of the insertion point, unlike {@link AKEYCODE_DEL}. */ - AKEYCODE_FORWARD_DEL = 112, - /** Left Control modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_CTRL_LEFT = 113, - /** Right Control modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_CTRL_RIGHT = 114, - /** Caps Lock key. */ - AKEYCODE_CAPS_LOCK = 115, - /** Scroll Lock key. */ - AKEYCODE_SCROLL_LOCK = 116, - /** Left Meta modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_META_LEFT = 117, - /** Right Meta modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_META_RIGHT = 118, - /** Function modifier key. */ - AKEYCODE_FUNCTION = 119, - /** System Request / Print Screen key. */ - AKEYCODE_SYSRQ = 120, - /** Break / Pause key. */ - AKEYCODE_BREAK = 121, - /** Home Movement key. - * Used for scrolling or moving the cursor around to the start of a line - * or to the top of a list. */ - AKEYCODE_MOVE_HOME = 122, - /** End Movement key. - * Used for scrolling or moving the cursor around to the end of a line - * or to the bottom of a list. */ - AKEYCODE_MOVE_END = 123, - /** Insert key. - * Toggles insert / overwrite edit mode. */ - AKEYCODE_INSERT = 124, - /** Forward key. - * Navigates forward in the history stack. Complement of {@link AKEYCODE_BACK}. */ - AKEYCODE_FORWARD = 125, - /** Play media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_PLAY = 126, - /** Pause media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_PAUSE = 127, - /** Close media key. - * May be used to close a CD tray, for example. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_CLOSE = 128, - /** Eject media key. - * May be used to eject a CD tray, for example. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_EJECT = 129, - /** Record media key. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_RECORD = 130, - /** F1 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F1 = 131, - /** F2 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F2 = 132, - /** F3 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F3 = 133, - /** F4 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F4 = 134, - /** F5 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F5 = 135, - /** F6 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F6 = 136, - /** F7 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F7 = 137, - /** F8 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F8 = 138, - /** F9 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F9 = 139, - /** F10 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F10 = 140, - /** F11 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F11 = 141, - /** F12 key. */ - AKEYCODE_F12 = 142, - /** Num Lock key. - * This is the Num Lock key; it is different from {@link AKEYCODE_NUM}. - * This key alters the behavior of other keys on the numeric keypad. */ - AKEYCODE_NUM_LOCK = 143, - /** Numeric keypad '0' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_0 = 144, - /** Numeric keypad '1' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_1 = 145, - /** Numeric keypad '2' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_2 = 146, - /** Numeric keypad '3' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_3 = 147, - /** Numeric keypad '4' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_4 = 148, - /** Numeric keypad '5' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_5 = 149, - /** Numeric keypad '6' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_6 = 150, - /** Numeric keypad '7' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_7 = 151, - /** Numeric keypad '8' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_8 = 152, - /** Numeric keypad '9' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_9 = 153, - /** Numeric keypad '/' key (for division). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_DIVIDE = 154, - /** Numeric keypad '*' key (for multiplication). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY = 155, - /** Numeric keypad '-' key (for subtraction). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT = 156, - /** Numeric keypad '+' key (for addition). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_ADD = 157, - /** Numeric keypad '.' key (for decimals or digit grouping). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_DOT = 158, - /** Numeric keypad ',' key (for decimals or digit grouping). */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_COMMA = 159, - /** Numeric keypad Enter key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_ENTER = 160, - /** Numeric keypad '=' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_EQUALS = 161, - /** Numeric keypad '(' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_LEFT_PAREN = 162, - /** Numeric keypad ')' key. */ - AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_RIGHT_PAREN = 163, - /** Volume Mute key. - * Mutes the speaker, unlike {@link AKEYCODE_MUTE}. - * This key should normally be implemented as a toggle such that the first press - * mutes the speaker and the second press restores the original volume. */ - AKEYCODE_VOLUME_MUTE = 164, - /** Info key. - * Common on TV remotes to show additional information related to what is - * currently being viewed. */ - AKEYCODE_INFO = 165, - /** Channel up key. - * On TV remotes, increments the television channel. */ - AKEYCODE_CHANNEL_UP = 166, - /** Channel down key. - * On TV remotes, decrements the television channel. */ - AKEYCODE_CHANNEL_DOWN = 167, - /** Zoom in key. */ - AKEYCODE_ZOOM_IN = 168, - /** Zoom out key. */ - AKEYCODE_ZOOM_OUT = 169, - /** TV key. - * On TV remotes, switches to viewing live TV. */ - AKEYCODE_TV = 170, - /** Window key. - * On TV remotes, toggles picture-in-picture mode or other windowing functions. */ - AKEYCODE_WINDOW = 171, - /** Guide key. - * On TV remotes, shows a programming guide. */ - AKEYCODE_GUIDE = 172, - /** DVR key. - * On some TV remotes, switches to a DVR mode for recorded shows. */ - AKEYCODE_DVR = 173, - /** Bookmark key. - * On some TV remotes, bookmarks content or web pages. */ - AKEYCODE_BOOKMARK = 174, - /** Toggle captions key. - * Switches the mode for closed-captioning text, for example during television shows. */ - AKEYCODE_CAPTIONS = 175, - /** Settings key. - * Starts the system settings activity. */ - AKEYCODE_SETTINGS = 176, - /** TV power key. - * On TV remotes, toggles the power on a television screen. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_POWER = 177, - /** TV input key. - * On TV remotes, switches the input on a television screen. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT = 178, - /** Set-top-box power key. - * On TV remotes, toggles the power on an external Set-top-box. */ - AKEYCODE_STB_POWER = 179, - /** Set-top-box input key. - * On TV remotes, switches the input mode on an external Set-top-box. */ - AKEYCODE_STB_INPUT = 180, - /** A/V Receiver power key. - * On TV remotes, toggles the power on an external A/V Receiver. */ - AKEYCODE_AVR_POWER = 181, - /** A/V Receiver input key. - * On TV remotes, switches the input mode on an external A/V Receiver. */ - AKEYCODE_AVR_INPUT = 182, - /** Red "programmable" key. - * On TV remotes, acts as a contextual/programmable key. */ - AKEYCODE_PROG_RED = 183, - /** Green "programmable" key. - * On TV remotes, actsas a contextual/programmable key. */ - AKEYCODE_PROG_GREEN = 184, - /** Yellow "programmable" key. - * On TV remotes, acts as a contextual/programmable key. */ - AKEYCODE_PROG_YELLOW = 185, - /** Blue "programmable" key. - * On TV remotes, acts as a contextual/programmable key. */ - AKEYCODE_PROG_BLUE = 186, - /** App switch key. - * Should bring up the application switcher dialog. */ - AKEYCODE_APP_SWITCH = 187, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #1.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_1 = 188, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #2.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_2 = 189, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #3.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_3 = 190, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #4.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_4 = 191, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #5.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_5 = 192, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #6.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_6 = 193, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #7.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_7 = 194, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #8.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_8 = 195, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #9.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_9 = 196, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #10.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_10 = 197, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #11.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_11 = 198, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #12.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_12 = 199, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #13.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_13 = 200, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #14.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_14 = 201, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #15.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_15 = 202, - /** Generic Game Pad Button #16.*/ - AKEYCODE_BUTTON_16 = 203, - /** Language Switch key. - * Toggles the current input language such as switching between English and Japanese on - * a QWERTY keyboard. On some devices, the same function may be performed by - * pressing Shift+Spacebar. */ - AKEYCODE_LANGUAGE_SWITCH = 204, - /** Manner Mode key. - * Toggles silent or vibrate mode on and off to make the device behave more politely - * in certain settings such as on a crowded train. On some devices, the key may only - * operate when long-pressed. */ - AKEYCODE_MANNER_MODE = 205, - /** 3D Mode key. - * Toggles the display between 2D and 3D mode. */ - AKEYCODE_3D_MODE = 206, - /** Contacts special function key. - * Used to launch an address book application. */ - AKEYCODE_CONTACTS = 207, - /** Calendar special function key. - * Used to launch a calendar application. */ - AKEYCODE_CALENDAR = 208, - /** Music special function key. - * Used to launch a music player application. */ - AKEYCODE_MUSIC = 209, - /** Calculator special function key. - * Used to launch a calculator application. */ - AKEYCODE_CALCULATOR = 210, - /** Japanese full-width / half-width key. */ - AKEYCODE_ZENKAKU_HANKAKU = 211, - /** Japanese alphanumeric key. */ - AKEYCODE_EISU = 212, - /** Japanese non-conversion key. */ - AKEYCODE_MUHENKAN = 213, - /** Japanese conversion key. */ - AKEYCODE_HENKAN = 214, - /** Japanese katakana / hiragana key. */ - AKEYCODE_KATAKANA_HIRAGANA = 215, - /** Japanese Yen key. */ - AKEYCODE_YEN = 216, - /** Japanese Ro key. */ - AKEYCODE_RO = 217, - /** Japanese kana key. */ - AKEYCODE_KANA = 218, - /** Assist key. - * Launches the global assist activity. Not delivered to applications. */ - AKEYCODE_ASSIST = 219, - /** Brightness Down key. - * Adjusts the screen brightness down. */ - AKEYCODE_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN = 220, - /** Brightness Up key. - * Adjusts the screen brightness up. */ - AKEYCODE_BRIGHTNESS_UP = 221, - /** Audio Track key. - * Switches the audio tracks. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_AUDIO_TRACK = 222, - /** Sleep key. - * Puts the device to sleep. Behaves somewhat like {@link AKEYCODE_POWER} but it - * has no effect if the device is already asleep. */ - AKEYCODE_SLEEP = 223, - /** Wakeup key. - * Wakes up the device. Behaves somewhat like {@link AKEYCODE_POWER} but it - * has no effect if the device is already awake. */ - AKEYCODE_WAKEUP = 224, - /** Pairing key. - * Initiates peripheral pairing mode. Useful for pairing remote control - * devices or game controllers, especially if no other input mode is - * available. */ - AKEYCODE_PAIRING = 225, - /** Media Top Menu key. - * Goes to the top of media menu. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_TOP_MENU = 226, - /** '11' key. */ - AKEYCODE_11 = 227, - /** '12' key. */ - AKEYCODE_12 = 228, - /** Last Channel key. - * Goes to the last viewed channel. */ - AKEYCODE_LAST_CHANNEL = 229, - /** TV data service key. - * Displays data services like weather, sports. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_DATA_SERVICE = 230, - /** Voice Assist key. - * Launches the global voice assist activity. Not delivered to applications. */ - AKEYCODE_VOICE_ASSIST = 231, - /** Radio key. - * Toggles TV service / Radio service. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_RADIO_SERVICE = 232, - /** Teletext key. - * Displays Teletext service. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_TELETEXT = 233, - /** Number entry key. - * Initiates to enter multi-digit channel nubmber when each digit key is assigned - * for selecting separate channel. Corresponds to Number Entry Mode (0x1D) of CEC - * User Control Code. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_NUMBER_ENTRY = 234, - /** Analog Terrestrial key. - * Switches to analog terrestrial broadcast service. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_TERRESTRIAL_ANALOG = 235, - /** Digital Terrestrial key. - * Switches to digital terrestrial broadcast service. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_TERRESTRIAL_DIGITAL = 236, - /** Satellite key. - * Switches to digital satellite broadcast service. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_SATELLITE = 237, - /** BS key. - * Switches to BS digital satellite broadcasting service available in Japan. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_SATELLITE_BS = 238, - /** CS key. - * Switches to CS digital satellite broadcasting service available in Japan. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_SATELLITE_CS = 239, - /** BS/CS key. - * Toggles between BS and CS digital satellite services. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_SATELLITE_SERVICE = 240, - /** Toggle Network key. - * Toggles selecting broacast services. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_NETWORK = 241, - /** Antenna/Cable key. - * Toggles broadcast input source between antenna and cable. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_ANTENNA_CABLE = 242, - /** HDMI #1 key. - * Switches to HDMI input #1. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_HDMI_1 = 243, - /** HDMI #2 key. - * Switches to HDMI input #2. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_HDMI_2 = 244, - /** HDMI #3 key. - * Switches to HDMI input #3. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_HDMI_3 = 245, - /** HDMI #4 key. - * Switches to HDMI input #4. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_HDMI_4 = 246, - /** Composite #1 key. - * Switches to composite video input #1. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_COMPOSITE_1 = 247, - /** Composite #2 key. - * Switches to composite video input #2. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_COMPOSITE_2 = 248, - /** Component #1 key. - * Switches to component video input #1. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_COMPONENT_1 = 249, - /** Component #2 key. - * Switches to component video input #2. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_COMPONENT_2 = 250, - /** VGA #1 key. - * Switches to VGA (analog RGB) input #1. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_INPUT_VGA_1 = 251, - /** Audio description key. - * Toggles audio description off / on. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_AUDIO_DESCRIPTION = 252, - /** Audio description mixing volume up key. - * Louden audio description volume as compared with normal audio volume. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_AUDIO_DESCRIPTION_MIX_UP = 253, - /** Audio description mixing volume down key. - * Lessen audio description volume as compared with normal audio volume. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_AUDIO_DESCRIPTION_MIX_DOWN = 254, - /** Zoom mode key. - * Changes Zoom mode (Normal, Full, Zoom, Wide-zoom, etc.) */ - AKEYCODE_TV_ZOOM_MODE = 255, - /** Contents menu key. - * Goes to the title list. Corresponds to Contents Menu (0x0B) of CEC User Control - * Code */ - AKEYCODE_TV_CONTENTS_MENU = 256, - /** Media context menu key. - * Goes to the context menu of media contents. Corresponds to Media Context-sensitive - * Menu (0x11) of CEC User Control Code. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_MEDIA_CONTEXT_MENU = 257, - /** Timer programming key. - * Goes to the timer recording menu. Corresponds to Timer Programming (0x54) of - * CEC User Control Code. */ - AKEYCODE_TV_TIMER_PROGRAMMING = 258, - /** Help key. */ - AKEYCODE_HELP = 259, - AKEYCODE_NAVIGATE_PREVIOUS = 260, - AKEYCODE_NAVIGATE_NEXT = 261, - AKEYCODE_NAVIGATE_IN = 262, - AKEYCODE_NAVIGATE_OUT = 263, - /** Primary stem key for Wear - * Main power/reset button on watch. */ - AKEYCODE_STEM_PRIMARY = 264, - /** Generic stem key 1 for Wear */ - AKEYCODE_STEM_1 = 265, - /** Generic stem key 2 for Wear */ - AKEYCODE_STEM_2 = 266, - /** Generic stem key 3 for Wear */ - AKEYCODE_STEM_3 = 267, - /** Directional Pad Up-Left */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_UP_LEFT = 268, - /** Directional Pad Down-Left */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_DOWN_LEFT = 269, - /** Directional Pad Up-Right */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_UP_RIGHT = 270, - /** Directional Pad Down-Right */ - AKEYCODE_DPAD_DOWN_RIGHT = 271, - /** Skip forward media key */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_SKIP_FORWARD = 272, - /** Skip backward media key */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_SKIP_BACKWARD = 273, - /** Step forward media key. - * Steps media forward one from at a time. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_STEP_FORWARD = 274, - /** Step backward media key. - * Steps media backward one from at a time. */ - AKEYCODE_MEDIA_STEP_BACKWARD = 275, - /** Put device to sleep unless a wakelock is held. */ - AKEYCODE_SOFT_SLEEP = 276, - /** Cut key. */ - AKEYCODE_CUT = 277, - /** Copy key. */ - AKEYCODE_COPY = 278, - /** Paste key. */ - AKEYCODE_PASTE = 279, - /** fingerprint navigation key, up. */ - AKEYCODE_SYSTEM_NAVIGATION_UP = 280, - /** fingerprint navigation key, down. */ - AKEYCODE_SYSTEM_NAVIGATION_DOWN = 281, - /** fingerprint navigation key, left. */ - AKEYCODE_SYSTEM_NAVIGATION_LEFT = 282, - /** fingerprint navigation key, right. */ - AKEYCODE_SYSTEM_NAVIGATION_RIGHT = 283, - /** all apps */ - AKEYCODE_ALL_APPS = 284 -}; - -#endif // _ANDROID_KEYCODES_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/compat.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/compat.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8277728..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/compat.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef COMPAT_H -#define COMPAT_H -#include "libavcodec/version.h" -#include "libavformat/version.h" - -// In ffmpeg/doc/APIchanges: -// 2016-04-11 - 6f69f7a / 9200514 - lavf 57.33.100 / 57.5.0 - avformat.h -// Add AVStream.codecpar, deprecate AVStream.codec. -#if (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO >= 100 /* FFmpeg */ && LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(57, 33, 100)) \ - || (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO < 100 && /* Libav */ \ - LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(57, 5, 0)) -#define QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_CODEC_PARAMS_API -#endif - -// In ffmpeg/doc/APIchanges: -// 2018-02-06 - 0694d87024 - lavf 58.9.100 - avformat.h -// Deprecate use of av_register_input_format(), av_register_output_format(), -// av_register_all(), av_iformat_next(), av_oformat_next(). -// Add av_demuxer_iterate(), and av_muxer_iterate(). -#if LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(58, 9, 100) -#define QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_MUXER_ITERATOR_API -#else -#define QTSCRCPY_LAVF_REQUIRES_REGISTER_ALL -#endif - -// In ffmpeg/doc/APIchanges: -// 2016-04-21 - 7fc329e - lavc 57.37.100 - avcodec.h -// Add a new audio/video encoding and decoding API with decoupled input -// and output -- avcodec_send_packet(), avcodec_receive_frame(), -// avcodec_send_frame() and avcodec_receive_packet(). -#if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT >= AV_VERSION_INT(57, 37, 100) -#define QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_ENCODING_DECODING_API -#endif - -#endif // COMPAT_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9103ccf..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -#include "bufferutil.h" - -void BufferUtil::write32(QBuffer &buffer, quint32 value) -{ - buffer.putChar(value >> 24); - buffer.putChar(value >> 16); - buffer.putChar(value >> 8); - buffer.putChar(value); -} - -void BufferUtil::write64(QBuffer &buffer, quint64 value) -{ - write32(buffer, value >> 32); - write32(buffer, (quint32)value); -} - -void BufferUtil::write16(QBuffer &buffer, quint32 value) -{ - buffer.putChar(value >> 8); - buffer.putChar(value); -} - -quint16 BufferUtil::read16(QBuffer &buffer) -{ - uchar c; - quint16 ret = 0; - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= (c << 8); - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= c; - - return ret; -} - -quint32 BufferUtil::read32(QBuffer &buffer) -{ - uchar c; - quint32 ret = 0; - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= (c << 24); - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= (c << 16); - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= (c << 8); - buffer.getChar(reinterpret_cast(&c)); - ret |= c; - - return ret; -} - -quint64 BufferUtil::read64(QBuffer &buffer) -{ - quint32 msb = read32(buffer); - quint32 lsb = read32(buffer); - - return ((quint64)msb << 32) | lsb; - ; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3c17f1..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/bufferutil.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef BUFFERUTIL_H -#define BUFFERUTIL_H -#include - -class BufferUtil -{ -public: - static void write16(QBuffer &buffer, quint32 value); - static void write32(QBuffer &buffer, quint32 value); - static void write64(QBuffer &buffer, quint64 value); - static quint16 read16(QBuffer &buffer); - static quint32 read32(QBuffer &buffer); - static quint64 read64(QBuffer &buffer); -}; - -#endif // BUFFERUTIL_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 8800d86..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,262 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -#include "controller.h" -#include "controlmsg.h" -#include "inputconvertgame.h" -#include "receiver.h" -#include "videosocket.h" - -Controller::Controller(std::function sendData, QString gameScript, QObject *parent) - : QObject(parent) - , m_sendData(sendData) -{ - m_receiver = new Receiver(this); - Q_ASSERT(m_receiver); - - updateScript(gameScript); -} - -Controller::~Controller() {} - -void Controller::postControlMsg(ControlMsg *controlMsg) -{ - if (controlMsg) { - QCoreApplication::postEvent(this, controlMsg); - } -} - -void Controller::recvDeviceMsg(DeviceMsg *deviceMsg) -{ - if (!m_receiver) { - return; - } - - m_receiver->recvDeviceMsg(deviceMsg); -} - -void Controller::test(QRect rc) -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_TOUCH); - controlMsg->setInjectTouchMsgData(static_cast(POINTER_ID_MOUSE), AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN, AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_PRIMARY, rc, 1.0f); - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::updateScript(QString gameScript) -{ - if (m_inputConvert) { - delete m_inputConvert; - } - if (!gameScript.isEmpty()) { - InputConvertGame *convertgame = new InputConvertGame(this); - convertgame->loadKeyMap(gameScript); - m_inputConvert = convertgame; - } else { - m_inputConvert = new InputConvertNormal(this); - } - Q_ASSERT(m_inputConvert); - connect(m_inputConvert, &InputConvertBase::grabCursor, this, &Controller::grabCursor); -} - -bool Controller::isCurrentCustomKeymap() -{ - if (!m_inputConvert) { - return false; - } - - return m_inputConvert->isCurrentCustomKeymap(); -} - -void Controller::postBackOrScreenOn(bool down) -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_BACK_OR_SCREEN_ON); - controlMsg->setBackOrScreenOnData(down); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::postGoHome() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_HOME); -} - -void Controller::postGoMenu() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_MENU); -} - -void Controller::postGoBack() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_BACK); -} - -void Controller::postAppSwitch() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_APP_SWITCH); -} - -void Controller::postPower() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_POWER); -} - -void Controller::postVolumeUp() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_VOLUME_UP); -} - -void Controller::postVolumeDown() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_VOLUME_DOWN); -} - -void Controller::copy() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_COPY); -} - -void Controller::cut() -{ - postKeyCodeClick(AKEYCODE_CUT); -} - -void Controller::expandNotificationPanel() -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_EXPAND_NOTIFICATION_PANEL); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::collapsePanel() -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_COLLAPSE_PANELS); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::requestDeviceClipboard() -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_GET_CLIPBOARD); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::getDeviceClipboard(bool cut) -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_GET_CLIPBOARD); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - ControlMsg::GetClipboardCopyKey copyKey = cut ? ControlMsg::GCCK_CUT : ControlMsg::GCCK_COPY; - controlMsg->setGetClipboardMsgData(copyKey); - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::setDeviceClipboard(bool pause) -{ - QClipboard *board = QApplication::clipboard(); - QString text = board->text(); - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_SET_CLIPBOARD); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - controlMsg->setSetClipboardMsgData(text, pause); - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::clipboardPaste() -{ - QClipboard *board = QApplication::clipboard(); - QString text = board->text(); - postTextInput(text); -} - -void Controller::postTextInput(QString &text) -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_TEXT); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - controlMsg->setInjectTextMsgData(text); - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::setScreenPowerMode(ControlMsg::ScreenPowerMode mode) -{ - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_SET_SCREEN_POWER_MODE); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - controlMsg->setSetScreenPowerModeData(mode); - postControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void Controller::mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (m_inputConvert) { - m_inputConvert->mouseEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -void Controller::wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (m_inputConvert) { - m_inputConvert->wheelEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -void Controller::keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (m_inputConvert) { - m_inputConvert->keyEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -bool Controller::event(QEvent *event) -{ - if (event && static_cast(event->type()) == ControlMsg::Control) { - ControlMsg *controlMsg = dynamic_cast(event); - if (controlMsg) { - sendControl(controlMsg->serializeData()); - } - return true; - } - return QObject::event(event); -} - -bool Controller::sendControl(const QByteArray &buffer) -{ - if (buffer.isEmpty()) { - return false; - } - qint32 len = 0; - if (m_sendData) { - len = static_cast(m_sendData(buffer)); - } - return len == buffer.length() ? true : false; -} - -void Controller::postKeyCodeClick(AndroidKeycode keycode) -{ - ControlMsg *controlEventDown = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_KEYCODE); - if (!controlEventDown) { - return; - } - controlEventDown->setInjectKeycodeMsgData(AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN, keycode, 0, AMETA_NONE); - postControlMsg(controlEventDown); - - ControlMsg *controlEventUp = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_KEYCODE); - if (!controlEventUp) { - return; - } - controlEventUp->setInjectKeycodeMsgData(AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP, keycode, 0, AMETA_NONE); - postControlMsg(controlEventUp); -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3de3b6b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/controller.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ - -#ifndef CONTROLLER_H -#define CONTROLLER_H - -#include -#include - -#include "inputconvertbase.h" - -class QTcpSocket; -class Receiver; -class InputConvertBase; -class DeviceMsg; -class Controller : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - Controller(std::function sendData, QString gameScript = "", QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~Controller(); - - void postControlMsg(ControlMsg *controlMsg); - void recvDeviceMsg(DeviceMsg *deviceMsg); - void test(QRect rc); - - void updateScript(QString gameScript = ""); - bool isCurrentCustomKeymap(); - - void postGoBack(); - void postGoHome(); - void postGoMenu(); - void postAppSwitch(); - void postPower(); - void postVolumeUp(); - void postVolumeDown(); - void copy(); - void cut(); - void expandNotificationPanel(); - void collapsePanel(); - void setScreenPowerMode(ControlMsg::ScreenPowerMode mode); - - // for input convert - void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - - // turn the screen on if it was off, press BACK otherwise - // If the screen is off, it is turned on only on down - void postBackOrScreenOn(bool down); - void requestDeviceClipboard(); - void getDeviceClipboard(bool cut = false); - void setDeviceClipboard(bool pause = true); - void clipboardPaste(); - void postTextInput(QString &text); - -signals: - void grabCursor(bool grab); - -protected: - bool event(QEvent *event); - -private: - bool sendControl(const QByteArray &buffer); - void postKeyCodeClick(AndroidKeycode keycode); - -private: - QPointer m_receiver; - QPointer m_inputConvert; - std::function m_sendData = Q_NULLPTR; -}; - -#endif // CONTROLLER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1ebfb4e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -#include - -#include "bufferutil.h" -#include "controlmsg.h" - -ControlMsg::ControlMsg(ControlMsgType controlMsgType) : QScrcpyEvent(Control) -{ - m_data.type = controlMsgType; -} - -ControlMsg::~ControlMsg() -{ - if (CMT_SET_CLIPBOARD == m_data.type && Q_NULLPTR != m_data.setClipboard.text) { - delete m_data.setClipboard.text; - m_data.setClipboard.text = Q_NULLPTR; - } else if (CMT_INJECT_TEXT == m_data.type && Q_NULLPTR != m_data.injectText.text) { - delete m_data.injectText.text; - m_data.injectText.text = Q_NULLPTR; - } -} - -void ControlMsg::setInjectKeycodeMsgData(AndroidKeyeventAction action, AndroidKeycode keycode, quint32 repeat, AndroidMetastate metastate) -{ - m_data.injectKeycode.action = action; - m_data.injectKeycode.keycode = keycode; - m_data.injectKeycode.repeat = repeat; - m_data.injectKeycode.metastate = metastate; -} - -void ControlMsg::setInjectTextMsgData(QString &text) -{ - // write length (2 byte) + string (non nul-terminated) - if (CONTROL_MSG_INJECT_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH < text.length()) { - // injecting a text takes time, so limit the text length - text = text.left(CONTROL_MSG_INJECT_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH); - } - QByteArray tmp = text.toUtf8(); - m_data.injectText.text = new char[tmp.length() + 1]; - memcpy(m_data.injectText.text, tmp.data(), tmp.length()); - m_data.injectText.text[tmp.length()] = '\0'; -} - -void ControlMsg::setInjectTouchMsgData(quint64 id, AndroidMotioneventAction action, AndroidMotioneventButtons buttons, QRect position, float pressure) -{ - m_data.injectTouch.id = id; - m_data.injectTouch.action = action; - m_data.injectTouch.buttons = buttons; - m_data.injectTouch.position = position; - m_data.injectTouch.pressure = pressure; -} - -void ControlMsg::setInjectScrollMsgData(QRect position, qint32 hScroll, qint32 vScroll) -{ - m_data.injectScroll.position = position; - m_data.injectScroll.hScroll = hScroll; - m_data.injectScroll.vScroll = vScroll; -} - -void ControlMsg::setGetClipboardMsgData(ControlMsg::GetClipboardCopyKey copyKey) -{ - m_data.getClipboard.copyKey = copyKey; -} - -void ControlMsg::setSetClipboardMsgData(QString &text, bool paste) -{ - if (text.isEmpty()) { - return; - } - if (CONTROL_MSG_CLIPBOARD_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH < text.length()) { - text = text.left(CONTROL_MSG_CLIPBOARD_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH); - } - - QByteArray tmp = text.toUtf8(); - m_data.setClipboard.text = new char[tmp.length() + 1]; - memcpy(m_data.setClipboard.text, tmp.data(), tmp.length()); - m_data.setClipboard.text[tmp.length()] = '\0'; - m_data.setClipboard.paste = paste; - m_data.setClipboard.sequence = 0; -} - -void ControlMsg::setSetScreenPowerModeData(ControlMsg::ScreenPowerMode mode) -{ - m_data.setScreenPowerMode.mode = mode; -} - -void ControlMsg::setBackOrScreenOnData(bool down) -{ - m_data.backOrScreenOn.action = down ? AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN : AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP; -} - -void ControlMsg::writePosition(QBuffer &buffer, const QRect &value) -{ - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, value.left()); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, value.top()); - BufferUtil::write16(buffer, value.width()); - BufferUtil::write16(buffer, value.height()); -} - -quint16 ControlMsg::toFixedPoint16(float f) -{ - Q_ASSERT(f >= 0.0f && f <= 1.0f); - quint32 u = f * 0x1p16f; // 2^16 - if (u >= 0xffff) { - u = 0xffff; - } - return (quint16)u; -} - -QByteArray ControlMsg::serializeData() -{ - QByteArray byteArray; - QBuffer buffer(&byteArray); - buffer.open(QBuffer::WriteOnly); - buffer.putChar(m_data.type); - - switch (m_data.type) { - case CMT_INJECT_KEYCODE: - buffer.putChar(m_data.injectKeycode.action); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectKeycode.keycode); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectKeycode.repeat); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectKeycode.metastate); - break; - case CMT_INJECT_TEXT: - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, static_cast(strlen(m_data.injectText.text))); - buffer.write(m_data.injectText.text, strlen(m_data.injectText.text)); - break; - case CMT_INJECT_TOUCH: { - buffer.putChar(m_data.injectTouch.action); - BufferUtil::write64(buffer, m_data.injectTouch.id); - writePosition(buffer, m_data.injectTouch.position); - quint16 pressure = toFixedPoint16(m_data.injectTouch.pressure); - BufferUtil::write16(buffer, pressure); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectTouch.buttons); - } break; - case CMT_INJECT_SCROLL: - writePosition(buffer, m_data.injectScroll.position); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectScroll.hScroll); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, m_data.injectScroll.vScroll); - break; - case CMT_BACK_OR_SCREEN_ON: - buffer.putChar(m_data.backOrScreenOn.action); - break; - case CMT_GET_CLIPBOARD: - buffer.putChar(m_data.getClipboard.copyKey); - break; - case CMT_SET_CLIPBOARD: - BufferUtil::write64(buffer, m_data.setClipboard.sequence); - buffer.putChar(!!m_data.setClipboard.paste); - BufferUtil::write32(buffer, static_cast(strlen(m_data.setClipboard.text))); - buffer.write(m_data.setClipboard.text, strlen(m_data.setClipboard.text)); - break; - case CMT_SET_SCREEN_POWER_MODE: - buffer.putChar(m_data.setScreenPowerMode.mode); - break; - case CMT_EXPAND_NOTIFICATION_PANEL: - case CMT_EXPAND_SETTINGS_PANEL: - case CMT_COLLAPSE_PANELS: - case CMT_ROTATE_DEVICE: - break; - default: - qDebug() << "Unknown event type:" << m_data.type; - break; - } - buffer.close(); - return byteArray; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93a7e2f..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/controlmsg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef CONTROLMSG_H -#define CONTROLMSG_H - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "input.h" -#include "keycodes.h" -#include "qscrcpyevent.h" - -#define CONTROL_MSG_MAX_SIZE (1 << 18) // 256k - -#define CONTROL_MSG_INJECT_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH 300 -// type: 1 byte; paste flag: 1 byte; length: 4 bytes -#define CONTROL_MSG_CLIPBOARD_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH \ - (CONTROL_MSG_MAX_SIZE - 6) - -#define POINTER_ID_MOUSE static_cast(-1) -#define POINTER_ID_VIRTUAL_FINGER UINT64_C(-2) - -// ControlMsg -class ControlMsg : public QScrcpyEvent -{ -public: - enum ControlMsgType - { - CMT_NULL = -1, - CMT_INJECT_KEYCODE = 0, - CMT_INJECT_TEXT, - CMT_INJECT_TOUCH, - CMT_INJECT_SCROLL, - CMT_BACK_OR_SCREEN_ON, - CMT_EXPAND_NOTIFICATION_PANEL, - CMT_EXPAND_SETTINGS_PANEL, - CMT_COLLAPSE_PANELS, - CMT_GET_CLIPBOARD, - CMT_SET_CLIPBOARD, - CMT_SET_SCREEN_POWER_MODE, - CMT_ROTATE_DEVICE - }; - - enum ScreenPowerMode - { - // see - SPM_OFF = 0, - SPM_NORMAL = 2, - }; - - enum GetClipboardCopyKey { - GCCK_NONE, - GCCK_COPY, - GCCK_CUT, - }; - - ControlMsg(ControlMsgType controlMsgType); - virtual ~ControlMsg(); - - void setInjectKeycodeMsgData(AndroidKeyeventAction action, AndroidKeycode keycode, quint32 repeat, AndroidMetastate metastate); - void setInjectTextMsgData(QString &text); - // id 代表一个触摸点，最多支持10个触摸点[0,9] - // action 只能是AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN，AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP，AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE - // position action动作对应的位置 - void setInjectTouchMsgData(quint64 id, AndroidMotioneventAction action, AndroidMotioneventButtons buttons, QRect position, float pressure); - void setInjectScrollMsgData(QRect position, qint32 hScroll, qint32 vScroll); - void setGetClipboardMsgData(ControlMsg::GetClipboardCopyKey copyKey); - void setSetClipboardMsgData(QString &text, bool paste); - void setSetScreenPowerModeData(ControlMsg::ScreenPowerMode mode); - void setBackOrScreenOnData(bool down); - - QByteArray serializeData(); - -private: - void writePosition(QBuffer &buffer, const QRect &value); - quint16 toFixedPoint16(float f); - -private: - struct ControlMsgData - { - ControlMsgType type = CMT_NULL; - union - { - struct - { - AndroidKeyeventAction action; - AndroidKeycode keycode; - quint32 repeat; - AndroidMetastate metastate; - } injectKeycode; - struct - { - char *text = Q_NULLPTR; - } injectText; - struct - { - quint64 id; - AndroidMotioneventAction action; - AndroidMotioneventButtons buttons; - QRect position; - float pressure; - } injectTouch; - struct - { - QRect position; - qint32 hScroll; - qint32 vScroll; - } injectScroll; - struct - { - AndroidKeyeventAction action; // action for the BACK key - // screen may only be turned on on ACTION_DOWN - } backOrScreenOn; - struct - { - enum GetClipboardCopyKey copyKey; - } getClipboard; - struct - { - uint64_t sequence = 0; - char *text = Q_NULLPTR; - bool paste = true; - } setClipboard; - struct - { - ScreenPowerMode mode; - } setScreenPowerMode; - }; - - ControlMsgData() {} - ~ControlMsgData() {} - }; - - ControlMsgData m_data; -}; - -#endif // CONTROLMSG_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 25203be..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -#include "inputconvertbase.h" -#include "controller.h" - -InputConvertBase::InputConvertBase(Controller *controller) : QObject(controller), m_controller(controller) -{ - Q_ASSERT(controller); -} - -InputConvertBase::~InputConvertBase() {} - -void InputConvertBase::sendControlMsg(ControlMsg *msg) -{ - if (msg && m_controller) { - m_controller->postControlMsg(msg); - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.h deleted file mode 100644 index d9f8dc5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertbase.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef INPUTCONVERTBASE_H -#define INPUTCONVERTBASE_H - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "controlmsg.h" - -class Controller; -class InputConvertBase : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - InputConvertBase(Controller *controller); - virtual ~InputConvertBase(); - - // the frame size may be different from the real device size, so we need the size - // to which the absolute position apply, to scale it accordingly - virtual void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - virtual void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - virtual void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) = 0; - virtual bool isCurrentCustomKeymap() - { - return false; - } - -signals: - void grabCursor(bool grab); - -protected: - void sendControlMsg(ControlMsg *msg); - - QPointer m_controller; - // Qt reports repeated events as a boolean, but Android expects the actual - // number of repetitions. This variable keeps track of the count. - unsigned m_repeat = 0; -}; - -#endif // INPUTCONVERTBASE_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 88b584e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,665 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "inputconvertgame.h" - -#define CURSOR_POS_CHECK 50 - -InputConvertGame::InputConvertGame(Controller *controller) : InputConvertNormal(controller) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer = new QTimer(this); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &InputConvertGame::onSteerWheelTimer); -} - -InputConvertGame::~InputConvertGame() {} - -void InputConvertGame::mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - // 处理开关按键 - if (m_keyMap.isSwitchOnKeyboard() == false && m_keyMap.getSwitchKey() == static_cast(from->button())) { - if (from->type() != QEvent::MouseButtonPress) { - return; - } - if (!switchGameMap()) { - m_needBackMouseMove = false; - } - return; - } - - if (!m_needBackMouseMove && m_gameMap) { - updateSize(frameSize, showSize); - // mouse move - if (m_keyMap.isValidMouseMoveMap()) { - if (processMouseMove(from)) { - return; - } - } - // mouse click - if (processMouseClick(from)) { - return; - } - } - InputConvertNormal::mouseEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); -} - -void InputConvertGame::wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (m_gameMap) { - updateSize(frameSize, showSize); - } else { - InputConvertNormal::wheelEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -void InputConvertGame::keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - // 处理开关按键 - if (m_keyMap.isSwitchOnKeyboard() && m_keyMap.getSwitchKey() == from->key()) { - if (QEvent::KeyPress != from->type()) { - return; - } - if (!switchGameMap()) { - m_needBackMouseMove = false; - } - return; - } - - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &node = m_keyMap.getKeyMapNodeKey(from->key()); - // 处理特殊按键：可以释放出鼠标的按键 - if (m_needBackMouseMove && KeyMap::KMT_CLICK == node.type && node.data.click.switchMap) { - updateSize(frameSize, showSize); - // Qt::Key_Tab Qt::Key_M for PUBG mobile - processKeyClick(node.data.click.keyNode.pos, false, node.data.click.switchMap, from); - return; - } - - if (m_gameMap) { - updateSize(frameSize, showSize); - if (!from || from->isAutoRepeat()) { - return; - } - - // small eyes - if (m_keyMap.isValidMouseMoveMap() && from->key() == m_keyMap.getMouseMoveMap().data.mouseMove.smallEyes.key) { - m_ctrlMouseMove.smallEyes = (QEvent::KeyPress == from->type()); - - if (QEvent::KeyPress == from->type()) { - m_processMouseMove = false; - int delay = 30; - QTimer::singleShot(delay, this, [this]() { mouseMoveStopTouch(); }); - QTimer::singleShot(delay * 2, this, [this]() { - mouseMoveStartTouch(nullptr); - m_processMouseMove = true; - }); - - stopMouseMoveTimer(); - } else { - mouseMoveStopTouch(); - mouseMoveStartTouch(nullptr); - } - return; - } - - switch (node.type) { - // 处理方向盘 - case KeyMap::KMT_STEER_WHEEL: - processSteerWheel(node, from); - return; - // 处理普通按键 - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK: - processKeyClick(node.data.click.keyNode.pos, false, node.data.click.switchMap, from); - return; - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK_TWICE: - processKeyClick(node.data.clickTwice.keyNode.pos, true, false, from); - return; - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK_MULTI: - processKeyClickMulti(node.data.clickMulti.keyNode.delayClickNodes, node.data.clickMulti.keyNode.delayClickNodesCount, from); - return; - case KeyMap::KMT_DRAG: - processKeyDrag(node.data.drag.keyNode.pos, node.data.drag.keyNode.extendPos, from); - return; - default: - break; - } - } else { - InputConvertNormal::keyEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -bool InputConvertGame::isCurrentCustomKeymap() -{ - return m_gameMap; -} - -void InputConvertGame::loadKeyMap(const QString &json) -{ - m_keyMap.loadKeyMap(json); -} - -void InputConvertGame::updateSize(const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (showSize != m_showSize) { - if (m_gameMap && m_keyMap.isValidMouseMoveMap()) { -#ifdef QT_NO_DEBUG - // show size change, resize grab cursor - emit grabCursor(true); -#endif - } - } - m_frameSize = frameSize; - m_showSize = showSize; -} - -void InputConvertGame::sendTouchDownEvent(int id, QPointF pos) -{ - sendTouchEvent(id, pos, AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN); -} - -void InputConvertGame::sendTouchMoveEvent(int id, QPointF pos) -{ - sendTouchEvent(id, pos, AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE); -} - -void InputConvertGame::sendTouchUpEvent(int id, QPointF pos) -{ - sendTouchEvent(id, pos, AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP); -} - -void InputConvertGame::sendTouchEvent(int id, QPointF pos, AndroidMotioneventAction action) -{ - if (0 > id || MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM - 1 < id) { - Q_ASSERT(0); - return; - } - //qDebug() << "id:" << id << " pos:" << pos << " action" << action; - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_TOUCH); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - - QPoint absolutePos = calcFrameAbsolutePos(pos).toPoint(); - static QPoint lastAbsolutePos = absolutePos; - if (AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE == action && lastAbsolutePos == absolutePos) { - delete controlMsg; - return; - } - lastAbsolutePos = absolutePos; - - controlMsg->setInjectTouchMsgData(static_cast(id), action, - static_cast(0), - QRect(absolutePos, m_frameSize), - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN == action? 1.0f : 0.0f); - sendControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -QPointF InputConvertGame::calcFrameAbsolutePos(QPointF relativePos) -{ - QPointF absolutePos; - absolutePos.setX(m_frameSize.width() * relativePos.x()); - absolutePos.setY(m_frameSize.height() * relativePos.y()); - return absolutePos; -} - -QPointF InputConvertGame::calcScreenAbsolutePos(QPointF relativePos) -{ - QPointF absolutePos; - absolutePos.setX(m_showSize.width() * relativePos.x()); - absolutePos.setY(m_showSize.height() * relativePos.y()); - return absolutePos; -} - -int InputConvertGame::attachTouchID(int key) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM; i++) { - if (0 == m_multiTouchID[i]) { - m_multiTouchID[i] = key; - return i; - } - } - return -1; -} - -void InputConvertGame::detachTouchID(int key) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM; i++) { - if (key == m_multiTouchID[i]) { - m_multiTouchID[i] = 0; - return; - } - } -} - -int InputConvertGame::getTouchID(int key) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM; i++) { - if (key == m_multiTouchID[i]) { - return i; - } - } - return -1; -} - -// -------- steer wheel event -------- - -void InputConvertGame::getDelayQueue(const QPointF& start, const QPointF& end, - const double& distanceStep, const double& posStepconst, - quint32 lowestTimer, quint32 highestTimer, - QQueue& queuePos, QQueue& queueTimer) { - double x1 = start.x(); - double y1 = start.y(); - double x2 = end.x(); - double y2 = end.y(); - - double dx=x2-x1; - double dy=y2-y1; - double e=(fabs(dx)>fabs(dy))?fabs(dx):fabs(dy); - e /= distanceStep; - dx/=e; - dy/=e; - - QQueue queue; - QQueue queue2; - for(int i=1;i<=e;i++) { - QPointF pos(x1+(QRandomGenerator::global()->bounded(posStepconst*2)-posStepconst), y1+(QRandomGenerator::global()->bounded(posStepconst*2)-posStepconst)); - queue.enqueue(pos); - queue2.enqueue(QRandomGenerator::global()->bounded(lowestTimer, highestTimer)); - x1+=dx; - y1+=dy; - } - - queuePos = queue; - queueTimer = queue2; -} - -void InputConvertGame::onSteerWheelTimer() { - if(m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.empty()) { - return; - } - int id = getTouchID(m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.currentPos = m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.dequeue(); - sendTouchMoveEvent(id, m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.currentPos); - - if(m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.empty() && m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.pressedNum == 0) { - sendTouchUpEvent(id, m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.currentPos); - detachTouchID(m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey); - return; - } - - if(!m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.empty()) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->start(m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queueTimer.dequeue()); - } -} - -void InputConvertGame::processSteerWheel(const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &node, const QKeyEvent *from) -{ - int key = from->key(); - bool flag = from->type() == QEvent::KeyPress; - // identify keys - if (key == node.data.steerWheel.up.key) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedUp = flag; - } else if (key == node.data.steerWheel.right.key) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedRight = flag; - } else if (key == node.data.steerWheel.down.key) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedDown = flag; - } else { // left - m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedLeft = flag; - } - - // calc offset and pressed number - QPointF offset(0.0, 0.0); - int pressedNum = 0; - if (m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedUp) { - ++pressedNum; - offset.ry() -= node.data.steerWheel.up.extendOffset; - } - if (m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedRight) { - ++pressedNum; - offset.rx() += node.data.steerWheel.right.extendOffset; - } - if (m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedDown) { - ++pressedNum; - offset.ry() += node.data.steerWheel.down.extendOffset; - } - if (m_ctrlSteerWheel.pressedLeft) { - ++pressedNum; - offset.rx() -= node.data.steerWheel.left.extendOffset; - } - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.pressedNum = pressedNum; - - // last key release and timer no active, active timer to detouch - if (pressedNum == 0) { - if (m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->isActive()) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->stop(); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queueTimer.clear(); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.clear(); - } - - sendTouchUpEvent(getTouchID(m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey), m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.currentPos); - detachTouchID(m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey); - return; - } - - // process steer wheel key event - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->stop(); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queueTimer.clear(); - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos.clear(); - - // first press, get key and touch down - if (pressedNum == 1 && flag) { - m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey = from->key(); - int id = attachTouchID(m_ctrlSteerWheel.touchKey); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, node.data.steerWheel.centerPos); - - getDelayQueue(node.data.steerWheel.centerPos, node.data.steerWheel.centerPos+offset, - 0.01f, 0.002f, 2, 8, - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos, - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queueTimer); - } else { - getDelayQueue(m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.currentPos, node.data.steerWheel.centerPos+offset, - 0.01f, 0.002f, 2, 8, - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queuePos, - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.queueTimer); - } - m_ctrlSteerWheel.delayData.timer->start(); - return; -} - -// -------- key event -------- - -void InputConvertGame::processKeyClick(const QPointF &clickPos, bool clickTwice, bool switchMap, const QKeyEvent *from) -{ - if (switchMap && QEvent::KeyRelease == from->type()) { - m_needBackMouseMove = !m_needBackMouseMove; - hideMouseCursor(!m_needBackMouseMove); - } - - if (QEvent::KeyPress == from->type()) { - int id = attachTouchID(from->key()); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, clickPos); - if (clickTwice) { - sendTouchUpEvent(getTouchID(from->key()), clickPos); - detachTouchID(from->key()); - } - } else if (QEvent::KeyRelease == from->type()) { - if (clickTwice) { - int id = attachTouchID(from->key()); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, clickPos); - } - sendTouchUpEvent(getTouchID(from->key()), clickPos); - detachTouchID(from->key()); - } -} - -void InputConvertGame::processKeyClickMulti(const KeyMap::DelayClickNode *nodes, const int count, const QKeyEvent *from) -{ - if (QEvent::KeyPress != from->type()) { - return; - } - - int key = from->key(); - int delay = 0; - QPointF clickPos; - - for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) { - delay += nodes[i].delay; - clickPos = nodes[i].pos; - QTimer::singleShot(delay, this, [this, key, clickPos]() { - int id = attachTouchID(key); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, clickPos); - }); - - // Don't up it too fast - delay += 20; - QTimer::singleShot(delay, this, [this, key, clickPos]() { - int id = getTouchID(key); - sendTouchUpEvent(id, clickPos); - detachTouchID(key); - }); - } -} - -void InputConvertGame::onDragTimer() { - if(m_dragDelayData.queuePos.empty()) { - return; - } - int id = getTouchID(m_dragDelayData.pressKey); - m_dragDelayData.currentPos = m_dragDelayData.queuePos.dequeue(); - sendTouchMoveEvent(id, m_dragDelayData.currentPos); - - if(m_dragDelayData.queuePos.empty()) { - delete m_dragDelayData.timer; - m_dragDelayData.timer = nullptr; - - sendTouchUpEvent(id, m_dragDelayData.currentPos); - detachTouchID(m_dragDelayData.pressKey); - - m_dragDelayData.currentPos = QPointF(); - m_dragDelayData.pressKey = 0; - return; - } - - if(!m_dragDelayData.queuePos.empty()) { - m_dragDelayData.timer->start(m_dragDelayData.queueTimer.dequeue()); - } -} - -void InputConvertGame::processKeyDrag(const QPointF &startPos, QPointF endPos, const QKeyEvent *from) -{ - if (QEvent::KeyPress == from->type()) { - // stop last - if (m_dragDelayData.timer && m_dragDelayData.timer->isActive()) { - m_dragDelayData.timer->stop(); - delete m_dragDelayData.timer; - m_dragDelayData.timer = nullptr; - m_dragDelayData.queuePos.clear(); - m_dragDelayData.queueTimer.clear(); - - sendTouchUpEvent(getTouchID(m_dragDelayData.pressKey), m_dragDelayData.currentPos); - detachTouchID(m_dragDelayData.pressKey); - - m_dragDelayData.currentPos = QPointF(); - m_dragDelayData.pressKey = 0; - } - - // start this - int id = attachTouchID(from->key()); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, startPos); - - m_dragDelayData.timer = new QTimer(this); - m_dragDelayData.timer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(m_dragDelayData.timer, &QTimer::timeout, this, &InputConvertGame::onDragTimer); - m_dragDelayData.pressKey = from->key(); - m_dragDelayData.currentPos = startPos; - m_dragDelayData.queuePos.clear(); - m_dragDelayData.queueTimer.clear(); - getDelayQueue(startPos, endPos, - 0.01f, 0.002f, 0, 2, - m_dragDelayData.queuePos, - m_dragDelayData.queueTimer); - m_dragDelayData.timer->start(); - } -} - -// -------- mouse event -------- - -bool InputConvertGame::processMouseClick(const QMouseEvent *from) -{ - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &node = m_keyMap.getKeyMapNodeMouse(from->button()); - if (KeyMap::KMT_INVALID == node.type) { - return false; - } - - if (QEvent::MouseButtonPress == from->type() || QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick == from->type()) { - int id = attachTouchID(from->button()); - sendTouchDownEvent(id, node.data.click.keyNode.pos); - return true; - } - if (QEvent::MouseButtonRelease == from->type()) { - int id = getTouchID(from->button()); - sendTouchUpEvent(id, node.data.click.keyNode.pos); - detachTouchID(from->button()); - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool InputConvertGame::processMouseMove(const QMouseEvent *from) -{ - if (QEvent::MouseMove != from->type()) { - return false; - } - - if (checkCursorPos(from)) { - m_ctrlMouseMove.lastPos = QPointF(0.0, 0.0); - return true; - } - - if (!m_ctrlMouseMove.lastPos.isNull() && m_processMouseMove) { - QPointF distance_raw{from->localPos() - m_ctrlMouseMove.lastPos}; - QPointF speedRatio {m_keyMap.getMouseMoveMap().data.mouseMove.speedRatio}; - QPointF distance {distance_raw.x() / speedRatio.x(), distance_raw.y() / speedRatio.y()}; - - mouseMoveStartTouch(from); - startMouseMoveTimer(); - - m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.setX(m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.x() + distance.x() / m_showSize.width()); - m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.setY(m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.y() + distance.y() / m_showSize.height()); - - if (m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.x() < 0.05 || m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.x() > 0.95 || m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.y() < 0.05 - || m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos.y() > 0.95) { - if (m_ctrlMouseMove.smallEyes) { - m_processMouseMove = false; - int delay = 30; - QTimer::singleShot(delay, this, [this]() { mouseMoveStopTouch(); }); - QTimer::singleShot(delay * 2, this, [this]() { - mouseMoveStartTouch(nullptr); - m_processMouseMove = true; - }); - } else { - mouseMoveStopTouch(); - mouseMoveStartTouch(from); - } - } - - sendTouchMoveEvent(getTouchID(Qt::ExtraButton24), m_ctrlMouseMove.lastConverPos); - } - m_ctrlMouseMove.lastPos = from->localPos(); - return true; -} - -bool InputConvertGame::checkCursorPos(const QMouseEvent *from) -{ - bool moveCursor = false; - QPoint pos = from->pos(); - if (pos.x() < CURSOR_POS_CHECK) { - pos.setX(m_showSize.width() - CURSOR_POS_CHECK); - moveCursor = true; - } else if (pos.x() > m_showSize.width() - CURSOR_POS_CHECK) { - pos.setX(CURSOR_POS_CHECK); - moveCursor = true; - } else if (pos.y() < CURSOR_POS_CHECK) { - pos.setY(m_showSize.height() - CURSOR_POS_CHECK); - moveCursor = true; - } else if (pos.y() > m_showSize.height() - CURSOR_POS_CHECK) { - pos.setY(CURSOR_POS_CHECK); - moveCursor = true; - } - - if (moveCursor) { - moveCursorTo(from, pos); - } - - return moveCursor; -} - -void InputConvertGame::moveCursorTo(const QMouseEvent *from, const QPoint &localPosPixel) -{ - QPoint posOffset = from->pos() - localPosPixel; - QPoint globalPos = from->globalPos(); - globalPos -= posOffset; - //qDebug()<<"move cursor to "<timerId()) { - stopMouseMoveTimer(); - mouseMoveStopTouch(); - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8ff4d1..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertgame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef INPUTCONVERTGAME_H -#define INPUTCONVERTGAME_H - -#include -#include - -#include "inputconvertnormal.h" -#include "keymap.h" - -#define MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM 10 -class InputConvertGame : public InputConvertNormal -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - InputConvertGame(Controller *controller); - virtual ~InputConvertGame(); - - virtual void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - virtual void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - virtual void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - virtual bool isCurrentCustomKeymap(); - - void loadKeyMap(const QString &json); - -protected: - void updateSize(const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - void sendTouchDownEvent(int id, QPointF pos); - void sendTouchMoveEvent(int id, QPointF pos); - void sendTouchUpEvent(int id, QPointF pos); - void sendTouchEvent(int id, QPointF pos, AndroidMotioneventAction action); - QPointF calcFrameAbsolutePos(QPointF relativePos); - QPointF calcScreenAbsolutePos(QPointF relativePos); - - // multi touch id - int attachTouchID(int key); - void detachTouchID(int key); - int getTouchID(int key); - - // steer wheel - void processSteerWheel(const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &node, const QKeyEvent *from); - - // click - void processKeyClick(const QPointF &clickPos, bool clickTwice, bool switchMap, const QKeyEvent *from); - - // click mutil - void processKeyClickMulti(const KeyMap::DelayClickNode *nodes, const int count, const QKeyEvent *from); - - // drag - void processKeyDrag(const QPointF &startPos, QPointF endPos, const QKeyEvent *from); - - // mouse - bool processMouseClick(const QMouseEvent *from); - bool processMouseMove(const QMouseEvent *from); - void moveCursorTo(const QMouseEvent *from, const QPoint &localPosPixel); - void mouseMoveStartTouch(const QMouseEvent *from); - void mouseMoveStopTouch(); - void startMouseMoveTimer(); - void stopMouseMoveTimer(); - - bool switchGameMap(); - bool checkCursorPos(const QMouseEvent *from); - void hideMouseCursor(bool hide); - - void getDelayQueue(const QPointF& start, const QPointF& end, - const double& distanceStep, const double& posStepconst, - quint32 lowestTimer, quint32 highestTimer, - QQueue& queuePos, QQueue& queueTimer); - -protected: - void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event); - -private slots: - void onSteerWheelTimer(); - void onDragTimer(); - -private: - QSize m_frameSize; - QSize m_showSize; - bool m_gameMap = false; - bool m_needBackMouseMove = false; - int m_multiTouchID[MULTI_TOUCH_MAX_NUM] = { 0 }; - KeyMap m_keyMap; - - bool m_processMouseMove = true; - - // steer wheel - struct - { - // the first key pressed - int touchKey = Qt::Key_unknown; - bool pressedUp = false; - bool pressedDown = false; - bool pressedLeft = false; - bool pressedRight = false; - - // for delay - struct { - QPointF currentPos; - QTimer* timer = nullptr; - QQueue queuePos; - QQueue queueTimer; - int pressedNum = 0; - } delayData; - } m_ctrlSteerWheel; - - // mouse move - struct - { - QPointF lastConverPos; - QPointF lastPos = { 0.0, 0.0 }; - bool touching = false; - int timer = 0; - bool smallEyes = false; - } m_ctrlMouseMove; - - // for drag delay - struct { - QPointF currentPos; - QTimer* timer = nullptr; - QQueue queuePos; - QQueue queueTimer; - int pressKey = 0; - } m_dragDelayData; -}; - -#endif // INPUTCONVERTGAME_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d90862c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,423 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -#include "inputconvertnormal.h" -#include "controller.h" - -InputConvertNormal::InputConvertNormal(Controller *controller) : InputConvertBase(controller) {} - -InputConvertNormal::~InputConvertNormal() {} - -void InputConvertNormal::mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (!from) { - return; - } - - // action - AndroidMotioneventAction action; - switch (from->type()) { - case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: - action = AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN; - break; - case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: - action = AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_UP; - break; - case QEvent::MouseMove: - // only support left button drag - if (!(from->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton)) { - return; - } - action = AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_MOVE; - break; - default: - return; - } - - // pos - QPointF pos = from->localPos(); - // convert pos - pos.setX(pos.x() * frameSize.width() / showSize.width()); - pos.setY(pos.y() * frameSize.height() / showSize.height()); - - // set data - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_TOUCH); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - controlMsg->setInjectTouchMsgData( - static_cast(POINTER_ID_MOUSE), action, - convertMouseButtons(from->buttons()), - QRect(pos.toPoint(), frameSize), - AMOTION_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN == action ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - sendControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void InputConvertNormal::wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (!from || from->angleDelta().isNull()) { - return; - } - - // delta - qint32 hScroll = from->angleDelta().x() == 0 ? 0 : from->angleDelta().x() / abs(from->angleDelta().x()) * 2; - qint32 vScroll = from->angleDelta().y() == 0 ? 0 : from->angleDelta().y() / abs(from->angleDelta().y()) * 2; - - // pos -#if QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 15, 0) - QPointF pos = from->position(); -#else - QPointF pos = from->posF(); -#endif - // convert pos - pos.setX(pos.x() * frameSize.width() / showSize.width()); - pos.setY(pos.y() * frameSize.height() / showSize.height()); - - // set data - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_SCROLL); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - controlMsg->setInjectScrollMsgData(QRect(pos.toPoint(), frameSize), hScroll, vScroll); - sendControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -void InputConvertNormal::keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - Q_UNUSED(frameSize) - Q_UNUSED(showSize) - if (!from) { - return; - } - - bool repeat = from->isAutoRepeat(); - - // action - AndroidKeyeventAction action; - switch (from->type()) { - case QEvent::KeyPress: - action = AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_DOWN; - break; - case QEvent::KeyRelease: - action = AKEY_EVENT_ACTION_UP; - break; - default: - return; - } - - // key code - AndroidKeycode keyCode = convertKeyCode(from->key(), from->modifiers()); - if (AKEYCODE_UNKNOWN == keyCode) { - return; - } - - // set data - ControlMsg *controlMsg = new ControlMsg(ControlMsg::CMT_INJECT_KEYCODE); - if (!controlMsg) { - return; - } - - if (repeat) { - m_repeat++; - } else { - m_repeat = 0; - } - - controlMsg->setInjectKeycodeMsgData(action, keyCode, m_repeat, convertMetastate(from->modifiers())); - sendControlMsg(controlMsg); -} - -AndroidMotioneventButtons InputConvertNormal::convertMouseButtons(Qt::MouseButtons buttonState) -{ - quint32 buttons = 0; - if (buttonState & Qt::LeftButton) { - buttons |= AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_PRIMARY; - } - if (buttonState & Qt::RightButton) { - buttons |= AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_SECONDARY; - } -#if (QT_VERSION >= QT_VERSION_CHECK(5, 15, 0)) - if (buttonState & Qt::MiddleButton) { -#else - if (buttonState & Qt::MidButton) { -#endif - buttons |= AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_TERTIARY; - } - if (buttonState & Qt::XButton1) { - buttons |= AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_BACK; - } - if (buttonState & Qt::XButton2) { - buttons |= AMOTION_EVENT_BUTTON_FORWARD; - } - return static_cast(buttons); -} - -AndroidKeycode InputConvertNormal::convertKeyCode(int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) -{ - AndroidKeycode keyCode = AKEYCODE_UNKNOWN; - // functional keys - switch (key) { - case Qt::Key_Return: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_ENTER; - break; - case Qt::Key_Enter: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_ENTER; - break; - case Qt::Key_Escape: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_ESCAPE; - break; - case Qt::Key_Backspace: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_DEL; - break; - case Qt::Key_Delete: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_FORWARD_DEL; - break; - case Qt::Key_Tab: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_TAB; - break; - case Qt::Key_Home: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_MOVE_HOME; - break; - case Qt::Key_End: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_MOVE_END; - break; - case Qt::Key_PageUp: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_PAGE_UP; - break; - case Qt::Key_PageDown: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_PAGE_DOWN; - break; - case Qt::Key_Left: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_DPAD_LEFT; - break; - case Qt::Key_Right: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_DPAD_RIGHT; - break; - case Qt::Key_Up: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_DPAD_UP; - break; - case Qt::Key_Down: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_DPAD_DOWN; - break; - } - if (AKEYCODE_UNKNOWN != keyCode) { - return keyCode; - } - - // if ALT and META are pressed, dont handle letters and space - if (modifiers & (Qt::AltModifier | Qt::MetaModifier)) { - return keyCode; - } - - // character keys - switch (key) { - case Qt::Key_A: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_A; - break; - case Qt::Key_B: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_B; - break; - case Qt::Key_C: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_C; - break; - case Qt::Key_D: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_D; - break; - case Qt::Key_E: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_E; - break; - case Qt::Key_F: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_F; - break; - case Qt::Key_G: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_G; - break; - case Qt::Key_H: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_H; - break; - case Qt::Key_I: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_I; - break; - case Qt::Key_J: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_J; - break; - case Qt::Key_K: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_K; - break; - case Qt::Key_L: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_L; - break; - case Qt::Key_M: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_M; - break; - case Qt::Key_N: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_N; - break; - case Qt::Key_O: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_O; - break; - case Qt::Key_P: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_P; - break; - case Qt::Key_Q: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_Q; - break; - case Qt::Key_R: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_R; - break; - case Qt::Key_S: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_S; - break; - case Qt::Key_T: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_T; - break; - case Qt::Key_U: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_U; - break; - case Qt::Key_V: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_V; - break; - case Qt::Key_W: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_W; - break; - case Qt::Key_X: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_X; - break; - case Qt::Key_Y: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_Y; - break; - case Qt::Key_Z: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_Z; - break; - case Qt::Key_0: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_0; - break; - case Qt::Key_1: - case Qt::Key_Exclam: // ! - keyCode = AKEYCODE_1; - break; - case Qt::Key_2: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_2; - break; - case Qt::Key_3: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_3; - break; - case Qt::Key_4: - case Qt::Key_Dollar: //$ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_4; - break; - case Qt::Key_5: - case Qt::Key_Percent: // % - keyCode = AKEYCODE_5; - break; - case Qt::Key_6: - case Qt::Key_AsciiCircum: //^ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_6; - break; - case Qt::Key_7: - case Qt::Key_Ampersand: //& - keyCode = AKEYCODE_7; - break; - case Qt::Key_8: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_8; - break; - case Qt::Key_9: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_9; - break; - case Qt::Key_Space: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_SPACE; - break; - case Qt::Key_Comma: //, - case Qt::Key_Less: //< - keyCode = AKEYCODE_COMMA; - break; - case Qt::Key_Period: //. - case Qt::Key_Greater: //> - keyCode = AKEYCODE_PERIOD; - break; - case Qt::Key_Minus: //- - case Qt::Key_Underscore: //_ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_MINUS; - break; - case Qt::Key_Equal: //= - keyCode = AKEYCODE_EQUALS; - break; - case Qt::Key_BracketLeft: //[ - case Qt::Key_BraceLeft: //{ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_LEFT_BRACKET; - break; - case Qt::Key_BracketRight: //] - case Qt::Key_BraceRight: //} - keyCode = AKEYCODE_RIGHT_BRACKET; - break; - case Qt::Key_Backslash: // \ ???? - case Qt::Key_Bar: //| - keyCode = AKEYCODE_BACKSLASH; - break; - case Qt::Key_Semicolon: //; - case Qt::Key_Colon: //: - keyCode = AKEYCODE_SEMICOLON; - break; - case Qt::Key_Apostrophe: //' - case Qt::Key_QuoteDbl: //" - keyCode = AKEYCODE_APOSTROPHE; - break; - case Qt::Key_Slash: // / - case Qt::Key_Question: //? - keyCode = AKEYCODE_SLASH; - break; - case Qt::Key_At: //@ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_AT; - break; - case Qt::Key_Plus: //+ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_PLUS; - break; - case Qt::Key_QuoteLeft: //` - case Qt::Key_AsciiTilde: //~ - keyCode = AKEYCODE_GRAVE; - break; - case Qt::Key_NumberSign: //# - keyCode = AKEYCODE_POUND; - break; - case Qt::Key_ParenLeft: //( - keyCode = AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_LEFT_PAREN; - break; - case Qt::Key_ParenRight: //) - keyCode = AKEYCODE_NUMPAD_RIGHT_PAREN; - break; - case Qt::Key_Asterisk: //* - keyCode = AKEYCODE_STAR; - break; - } - return keyCode; -} - -AndroidMetastate InputConvertNormal::convertMetastate(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) -{ - int metastate = AMETA_NONE; - - if (modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier) { - metastate |= AMETA_SHIFT_ON; - } - if (modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) { - metastate |= AMETA_CTRL_ON; - } - if (modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) { - metastate |= AMETA_ALT_ON; - } - if (modifiers & Qt::MetaModifier) { - metastate |= AMETA_META_ON; - } - /* - if (mod & KMOD_NUM) { - metastate |= AMETA_NUM_LOCK_ON; - } - if (mod & KMOD_CAPS) { - metastate |= AMETA_CAPS_LOCK_ON; - } - if (mod & KMOD_MODE) { // Alt Gr - // no mapping? - } - */ - return static_cast(metastate); -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3b13db0..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/inputconvertnormal.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef INPUTCONVERT_H -#define INPUTCONVERT_H - -#include "inputconvertbase.h" - -class InputConvertNormal : public InputConvertBase -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - InputConvertNormal(Controller *controller); - virtual ~InputConvertNormal(); - - virtual void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - virtual void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - virtual void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize); - -private: - AndroidMotioneventButtons convertMouseButtons(Qt::MouseButtons buttonState); - AndroidKeycode convertKeyCode(int key, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers); - AndroidMetastate convertMetastate(Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers); -}; - -#endif // INPUTCONVERT_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2e810fd..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,519 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "keymap.h" - -KeyMap::KeyMap(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) {} - -KeyMap::~KeyMap() {} - -void KeyMap::loadKeyMap(const QString &json) -{ - QString errorString; - QJsonParseError jsonError; - QJsonDocument jsonDoc; - QJsonObject rootObj; - QPair switchKey; - - jsonDoc = QJsonDocument::fromJson(json.toUtf8(), &jsonError); - - if (jsonError.error != QJsonParseError::NoError) { - errorString = QString("json error: %1").arg(jsonError.errorString()); - goto parseError; - } - - // switchKey - rootObj = jsonDoc.object(); - - if (!checkItemString(rootObj, "switchKey")) { - errorString = QString("json error: no find switchKey"); - goto parseError; - } - - switchKey = getItemKey(rootObj, "switchKey"); - if (switchKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - errorString = QString("json error: switchKey invalid"); - goto parseError; - } - - m_switchKey.type = switchKey.first; - m_switchKey.key = switchKey.second; - - // mouseMoveMap - if (checkItemObject(rootObj, "mouseMoveMap")) { - QJsonObject mouseMoveMap = getItemObject(rootObj, "mouseMoveMap"); - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = KMT_MOUSE_MOVE; - - bool have_speedRatio = false; - - // General speedRatio (for backwards compatibility) - if (checkItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatio")) { - float ratio = static_cast(getItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatio")); - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.setX(ratio); - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.setY(ratio / 2.25f); // Phone screens are often FHD+ - have_speedRatio = true; - } - - // Individual X Ratio - if (checkItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatioX")) { - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.setX(static_cast(getItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatioX"))); - have_speedRatio = true; - } - - // Individual Y Ratio - if (checkItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatioY")) { - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.setY(static_cast(getItemDouble(mouseMoveMap, "speedRatioY"))); - have_speedRatio = true; - } - - if (!have_speedRatio) { - errorString = QString("json error: speedRatio setting is missing in mouseMoveMap!"); - goto parseError; - } - - // Sanity check: No ratio must be lower than 0.001 - if ( ( keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.x() < 0.001f ) || ( keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.speedRatio.x() < 0.001f ) ) { - errorString = QString("json error: Minimum speedRatio is 0.001"); - goto parseError; - } - - if (!checkItemObject(mouseMoveMap, "startPos")) { - errorString = QString("json error: mouseMoveMap on find startPos"); - goto parseError; - } - QJsonObject startPos = mouseMoveMap.value("startPos").toObject(); - if (checkItemDouble(startPos, "x")) { - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.startPos.setX(getItemDouble(startPos, "x")); - } - if (checkItemDouble(startPos, "y")) { - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.startPos.setY(getItemDouble(startPos, "y")); - } - - // small eyes - if (checkItemObject(mouseMoveMap, "smallEyes")) { - QJsonObject smallEyes = mouseMoveMap.value("smallEyes").toObject(); - if (!smallEyes.contains("type") || !smallEyes.value("type").isString()) { - errorString = QString("json error: smallEyes no find node type"); - goto parseError; - } - - // type just support KMT_CLICK - KeyMap::KeyMapType type = getItemKeyMapType(smallEyes, "type"); - if (KeyMap::KMT_CLICK != type) { - errorString = QString("json error: smallEyes just support KMT_CLICK"); - goto parseError; - } - - // safe check - if (!checkForClick(smallEyes)) { - errorString = QString("json error: smallEyes node format error"); - goto parseError; - } - - QPair key = getItemKey(smallEyes, "key"); - if (key.first == AT_INVALID) { - errorString = QString("json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: %1").arg(smallEyes.value("key").toString()); - goto parseError; - } - - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.smallEyes.type = key.first; - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.smallEyes.key = key.second; - keyMapNode.data.mouseMove.smallEyes.pos = getItemPos(smallEyes, "pos"); - } - - m_idxMouseMove = m_keyMapNodes.size(); - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - } - - // keyMapNodes - if (rootObj.contains("keyMapNodes") && rootObj.value("keyMapNodes").isArray()) { - QJsonArray keyMapNodes = rootObj.value("keyMapNodes").toArray(); - QJsonObject node; - int size = keyMapNodes.size(); - for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) { - if (!keyMapNodes.at(i).isObject()) { - errorString = QString("json error: keyMapNodes node must be json object"); - goto parseError; - } - node = keyMapNodes.at(i).toObject(); - if (!node.contains("type") || !node.value("type").isString()) { - errorString = QString("json error: keyMapNodes no find node type"); - goto parseError; - } - - KeyMap::KeyMapType type = getItemKeyMapType(node, "type"); - switch (type) { - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK: { - // safe check - if (!checkForClick(node)) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node format error"; - break; - } - QPair key = getItemKey(node, "key"); - if (key.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("key").toString(); - break; - } - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = type; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.type = key.first; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.key = key.second; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.pos = getItemPos(node, "pos"); - keyMapNode.data.click.switchMap = getItemBool(node, "switchMap"); - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - } break; - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK_TWICE: { - // safe check - if (!checkForClickTwice(node)) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node format error"; - break; - } - - QPair key = getItemKey(node, "key"); - if (key.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("key").toString(); - break; - } - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = type; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.type = key.first; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.key = key.second; - keyMapNode.data.click.keyNode.pos = getItemPos(node, "pos"); - keyMapNode.data.click.switchMap = getItemBool(node, "switchMap"); - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - } break; - case KeyMap::KMT_CLICK_MULTI: { - // safe check - if (!checkForClickMulti(node)) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node format error"; - break; - } - QPair key = getItemKey(node, "key"); - if (key.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("key").toString(); - break; - } - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = type; - keyMapNode.data.clickMulti.keyNode.type = key.first; - keyMapNode.data.clickMulti.keyNode.key = key.second; - - QJsonArray clickNodes = node.value("clickNodes").toArray(); - QJsonObject clickNode; - keyMapNode.data.clickMulti.keyNode.delayClickNodesCount = 0; - - for (int i = 0; i < clickNodes.size(); i++) { - if (i >= MAX_DELAY_CLICK_NODES) { - qInfo() << "clickNodes too much, up to " << MAX_DELAY_CLICK_NODES; - break; - } - clickNode = clickNodes.at(i).toObject(); - DelayClickNode delayClickNode; - delayClickNode.delay = getItemDouble(clickNode, "delay"); - delayClickNode.pos = getItemPos(clickNode, "pos"); - keyMapNode.data.clickMulti.keyNode.delayClickNodes[i] = delayClickNode; - keyMapNode.data.clickMulti.keyNode.delayClickNodesCount++; - } - - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - } break; - case KeyMap::KMT_STEER_WHEEL: { - // safe check - if (!checkForSteerWhell(node)) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node format error"; - break; - } - QPair leftKey = getItemKey(node, "leftKey"); - QPair rightKey = getItemKey(node, "rightKey"); - QPair upKey = getItemKey(node, "upKey"); - QPair downKey = getItemKey(node, "downKey"); - if (leftKey.first == AT_INVALID || rightKey.first == AT_INVALID || upKey.first == AT_INVALID || downKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - if (leftKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("leftKey").toString(); - } - if (rightKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("rightKey").toString(); - } - if (upKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("upKey").toString(); - } - if (downKey.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("downKey").toString(); - } - break; - } - - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = type; - - keyMapNode.data.steerWheel.left = { leftKey.first, leftKey.second, QPointF(0, 0), QPointF(0, 0), getItemDouble(node, "leftOffset") }; - keyMapNode.data.steerWheel.right = { rightKey.first, rightKey.second, QPointF(0, 0), QPointF(0, 0), getItemDouble(node, "rightOffset") }; - keyMapNode.data.steerWheel.up = { upKey.first, upKey.second, QPointF(0, 0), QPointF(0, 0), getItemDouble(node, "upOffset") }; - keyMapNode.data.steerWheel.down = { downKey.first, downKey.second, QPointF(0, 0), QPointF(0, 0), getItemDouble(node, "downOffset") }; - - keyMapNode.data.steerWheel.centerPos = getItemPos(node, "centerPos"); - m_idxSteerWheel = m_keyMapNodes.size(); - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - } break; - case KeyMap::KMT_DRAG: { - // safe check - if (!checkForDrag(node)) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node format error"; - break; - } - - QPair key = getItemKey(node, "key"); - if (key.first == AT_INVALID) { - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes node invalid key: " << node.value("key").toString(); - break; - } - KeyMapNode keyMapNode; - keyMapNode.type = type; - keyMapNode.data.drag.keyNode.type = key.first; - keyMapNode.data.drag.keyNode.key = key.second; - keyMapNode.data.drag.keyNode.pos = getItemPos(node, "startPos"); - keyMapNode.data.drag.keyNode.extendPos = getItemPos(node, "endPos"); - m_keyMapNodes.push_back(keyMapNode); - break; - } - default: - qWarning() << "json error: keyMapNodes invalid node type:" << node.value("type").toString(); - break; - } - } - } - // this must be called after m_keyMapNodes is stable - makeReverseMap(); - qInfo() << "Script updated, current keymap mode:normal, Press ~ key to switch keymap mode"; - -parseError: - if (!errorString.isEmpty()) { - qWarning() << errorString; - } - return; -} - -const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &KeyMap::getKeyMapNode(int key) -{ - auto p = m_rmapKey.value(key, &m_invalidNode); - if (p == &m_invalidNode) { - return *m_rmapMouse.value(key, &m_invalidNode); - } - return *p; -} - -const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &KeyMap::getKeyMapNodeKey(int key) -{ - return *m_rmapKey.value(key, &m_invalidNode); -} - -const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &KeyMap::getKeyMapNodeMouse(int key) -{ - return *m_rmapMouse.value(key, &m_invalidNode); -} - -bool KeyMap::isSwitchOnKeyboard() -{ - return m_switchKey.type == AT_KEY; -} - -int KeyMap::getSwitchKey() -{ - return m_switchKey.key; -} - -const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &KeyMap::getMouseMoveMap() -{ - return m_keyMapNodes[m_idxMouseMove]; -} - -bool KeyMap::isValidMouseMoveMap() -{ - return m_idxMouseMove != -1; -} - -bool KeyMap::isValidSteerWheelMap() -{ - return m_idxSteerWheel != -1; -} - -void KeyMap::makeReverseMap() -{ - m_rmapKey.clear(); - m_rmapMouse.clear(); - for (int i = 0; i < m_keyMapNodes.size(); ++i) { - auto &node = m_keyMapNodes[i]; - switch (node.type) { - case KMT_CLICK: { - QMultiHash &m = node.data.click.keyNode.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - m.insert(node.data.click.keyNode.key, &node); - } break; - case KMT_CLICK_TWICE: { - QMultiHash &m = node.data.clickTwice.keyNode.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - m.insert(node.data.clickTwice.keyNode.key, &node); - } break; - case KMT_CLICK_MULTI: { - QMultiHash &m = node.data.clickMulti.keyNode.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - m.insert(node.data.clickMulti.keyNode.key, &node); - } break; - case KMT_STEER_WHEEL: { - QMultiHash &ml = node.data.steerWheel.left.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - ml.insert(node.data.steerWheel.left.key, &node); - QMultiHash &mr = node.data.steerWheel.right.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - mr.insert(node.data.steerWheel.right.key, &node); - QMultiHash &mu = node.data.steerWheel.up.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - mu.insert(node.data.steerWheel.up.key, &node); - QMultiHash &md = node.data.steerWheel.down.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - md.insert(node.data.steerWheel.down.key, &node); - } break; - case KMT_DRAG: { - QMultiHash &m = node.data.drag.keyNode.type == AT_KEY ? m_rmapKey : m_rmapMouse; - m.insert(node.data.drag.keyNode.key, &node); - } break; - default: - break; - } - } -} - -QString KeyMap::getItemString(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.value(name).toString(); -} - -double KeyMap::getItemDouble(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.value(name).toDouble(); -} - -bool KeyMap::getItemBool(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.value(name).toBool(false); -} - -QJsonObject KeyMap::getItemObject(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.value(name).toObject(); -} - -QPointF KeyMap::getItemPos(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - QJsonObject pos = node.value(name).toObject(); - return QPointF(pos.value("x").toDouble(), pos.value("y").toDouble()); -} - -QPair KeyMap::getItemKey(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - QString value = getItemString(node, name); - int key = m_metaEnumKey.keyToValue(value.toStdString().c_str()); - int btn = m_metaEnumMouseButtons.keyToValue(value.toStdString().c_str()); - if (key == -1 && btn == -1) { - return { AT_INVALID, -1 }; - } else if (key != -1) { - return { AT_KEY, key }; - } else { - return { AT_MOUSE, btn }; - } -} - -KeyMap::KeyMapType KeyMap::getItemKeyMapType(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - QString value = getItemString(node, name); - return static_cast(m_metaEnumKeyMapType.keyToValue(value.toStdString().c_str())); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkItemString(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.contains(name) && node.value(name).isString(); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkItemDouble(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.contains(name) && node.value(name).isDouble(); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkItemBool(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.contains(name) && node.value(name).isBool(); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkItemObject(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - return node.contains(name) && node.value(name).isObject(); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkItemPos(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name) -{ - if (node.contains(name) && node.value(name).isObject()) { - QJsonObject pos = node.value(name).toObject(); - return pos.contains("x") && pos.value("x").isDouble() && pos.contains("y") && pos.value("y").isDouble(); - } - return false; -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForClick(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - return checkForClickTwice(node) && checkItemBool(node, "switchMap"); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForClickMulti(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - bool ret = true; - - if (!node.contains("clickNodes") || !node.value("clickNodes").isArray()) { - qWarning("json error: no find clickNodes"); - return false; - } - - QJsonArray clickNodes = node.value("clickNodes").toArray(); - QJsonObject clickNode; - int size = clickNodes.size(); - if (0 == size) { - qWarning("json error: clickNodes is empty"); - return false; - } - - for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) { - if (!clickNodes.at(i).isObject()) { - qWarning("json error: clickNodes node must be json object"); - ret = false; - break; - } - - clickNode = clickNodes.at(i).toObject(); - if (!checkForDelayClickNode(clickNode)) { - ret = false; - break; - } - } - - return ret; -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForDelayClickNode(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - return checkItemPos(node, "pos") && checkItemDouble(node, "delay"); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForClickTwice(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - return checkItemString(node, "key") && checkItemPos(node, "pos"); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForSteerWhell(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - return checkItemString(node, "leftKey") && checkItemString(node, "rightKey") && checkItemString(node, "upKey") && checkItemString(node, "downKey") - && checkItemDouble(node, "leftOffset") && checkItemDouble(node, "rightOffset") && checkItemDouble(node, "upOffset") - && checkItemDouble(node, "downOffset") && checkItemPos(node, "centerPos"); -} - -bool KeyMap::checkForDrag(const QJsonObject &node) -{ - return checkItemString(node, "key") && checkItemPos(node, "startPos") && checkItemPos(node, "endPos"); -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.h deleted file mode 100644 index 87e9633..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/inputconvert/keymap/keymap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef KEYMAP_H -#define KEYMAP_H -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#define MAX_DELAY_CLICK_NODES 50 - -class KeyMap : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - enum KeyMapType - { - KMT_INVALID = -1, - KMT_CLICK = 0, - KMT_CLICK_TWICE, - KMT_CLICK_MULTI, - KMT_STEER_WHEEL, - KMT_DRAG, - KMT_MOUSE_MOVE - }; - Q_ENUM(KeyMapType) - - enum ActionType - { - AT_INVALID = -1, - AT_KEY = 0, - AT_MOUSE = 1, - }; - Q_ENUM(ActionType) - - struct DelayClickNode - { - int delay = 0; - QPointF pos = QPointF(0, 0); - }; - - struct KeyNode - { - ActionType type = AT_INVALID; - int key = Qt::Key_unknown; - QPointF pos = QPointF(0, 0); // normal key - QPointF extendPos = QPointF(0, 0); // for drag - double extendOffset = 0.0; // for steerWheel - DelayClickNode delayClickNodes[MAX_DELAY_CLICK_NODES]; // for multi clicks - int delayClickNodesCount = 0; - - KeyNode( - ActionType type = AT_INVALID, - int key = Qt::Key_unknown, - QPointF pos = QPointF(0, 0), - QPointF extendPos = QPointF(0, 0), - double extendOffset = 0.0) - : type(type), key(key), pos(pos), extendPos(extendPos), extendOffset(extendOffset) - { - } - }; - - struct KeyMapNode - { - KeyMapType type = KMT_INVALID; - union DATA - { - struct - { - KeyNode keyNode; - bool switchMap = false; - } click; - struct - { - KeyNode keyNode; - } clickTwice; - struct - { - KeyNode keyNode; - } clickMulti; - struct - { - QPointF centerPos = { 0.0, 0.0 }; - KeyNode left, right, up, down; - } steerWheel; - struct - { - KeyNode keyNode; - } drag; - struct - { - QPointF startPos = { 0.0, 0.0 }; - QPointF speedRatio = { 1.0, 1.0 }; - KeyNode smallEyes; - } mouseMove; - DATA() {} - ~DATA() {} - } data; - - KeyMapNode() {} - ~KeyMapNode() {} - }; - - KeyMap(QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~KeyMap(); - - void loadKeyMap(const QString &json); - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &getKeyMapNode(int key); - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &getKeyMapNodeKey(int key); - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &getKeyMapNodeMouse(int key); - bool isSwitchOnKeyboard(); - int getSwitchKey(); - - bool isValidMouseMoveMap(); - bool isValidSteerWheelMap(); - const KeyMap::KeyMapNode &getMouseMoveMap(); - -private: - // set up the reverse map from key/event event to keyMapNode - void makeReverseMap(); - - // safe check for base - bool checkItemString(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - bool checkItemDouble(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - bool checkItemBool(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - bool checkItemObject(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - bool checkItemPos(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - - // safe check for KeyMapNode - bool checkForClick(const QJsonObject &node); - bool checkForClickMulti(const QJsonObject &node); - bool checkForDelayClickNode(const QJsonObject &node); - bool checkForClickTwice(const QJsonObject &node); - bool checkForSteerWhell(const QJsonObject &node); - bool checkForDrag(const QJsonObject &node); - - // get keymap from json object - QString getItemString(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - double getItemDouble(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - bool getItemBool(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - QJsonObject getItemObject(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - QPointF getItemPos(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - QPair getItemKey(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - KeyMapType getItemKeyMapType(const QJsonObject &node, const QString &name); - -private: - static QString s_keyMapPath; - - QVector m_keyMapNodes; - KeyNode m_switchKey = { AT_KEY, Qt::Key_QuoteLeft }; - - // just for return - KeyMapNode m_invalidNode; - - // steer wheel index - int m_idxSteerWheel = -1; - - // mouse move index - int m_idxMouseMove = -1; - - // mapping of key/mouse event name to index - QMetaEnum m_metaEnumKey = QMetaEnum::fromType(); - QMetaEnum m_metaEnumMouseButtons = QMetaEnum::fromType(); - QMetaEnum m_metaEnumKeyMapType = QMetaEnum::fromType(); - // reverse map of key/mouse event - QMultiHash m_rmapKey; - QMultiHash m_rmapMouse; -}; - -#endif // KEYMAP_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 24673ab..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -#include - -#include "bufferutil.h" -#include "devicemsg.h" - -DeviceMsg::DeviceMsg(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) {} - -DeviceMsg::~DeviceMsg() -{ - if (DMT_GET_CLIPBOARD == m_data.type && Q_NULLPTR != m_data.clipboardMsg.text) { - delete m_data.clipboardMsg.text; - m_data.clipboardMsg.text = Q_NULLPTR; - } -} - -DeviceMsg::DeviceMsgType DeviceMsg::type() -{ - return m_data.type; -} - -void DeviceMsg::getClipboardMsgData(QString &text) -{ - text = QString::fromUtf8(m_data.clipboardMsg.text); -} - -qint32 DeviceMsg::deserialize(QByteArray &byteArray) -{ - QBuffer buf(&byteArray); - buf.open(QBuffer::ReadOnly); - - qint64 len = buf.size(); - char c = 0; - qint32 ret = 0; - - if (len < 5) { - // at least type + empty string length - return 0; // not available - } - - buf.getChar(&c); - m_data.type = (DeviceMsgType)c; - switch (m_data.type) { - case DMT_GET_CLIPBOARD: { - m_data.clipboardMsg.text = Q_NULLPTR; - quint16 clipboardLen = BufferUtil::read32(buf); - if (clipboardLen > len - 5) { - ret = 0; // not available - break; - } - - QByteArray text = buf.readAll(); - m_data.clipboardMsg.text = new char[text.length() + 1]; - memcpy(m_data.clipboardMsg.text, text.data(), text.length()); - m_data.clipboardMsg.text[text.length()] = '\0'; - - ret = 5 + clipboardLen; - break; - } - default: - qWarning("Unsupported device msg type: %d", (int)m_data.type); - ret = -1; // error, we cannot recover - } - - buf.close(); - return ret; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bcb40b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/devicemsg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef DEVICEMSG_H -#define DEVICEMSG_H - -#include - -#define DEVICE_MSG_MAX_SIZE (1 << 18) // 256k -// type: 1 byte; length: 4 bytes -#define DEVICE_MSG_TEXT_MAX_LENGTH (DEVICE_MSG_MAX_SIZE - 5) - -class DeviceMsg : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - enum DeviceMsgType - { - DMT_NULL = -1, - // 和服务端对应 - DMT_GET_CLIPBOARD = 0, - }; - explicit DeviceMsg(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~DeviceMsg(); - - DeviceMsg::DeviceMsgType type(); - void getClipboardMsgData(QString &text); - - qint32 deserialize(QByteArray &byteArray); - -private: - struct DeviceMsgData - { - DeviceMsgType type = DMT_NULL; - union - { - struct - { - char *text = Q_NULLPTR; - } clipboardMsg; - }; - DeviceMsgData() {} - ~DeviceMsgData() {} - }; - - DeviceMsgData m_data; -}; - -#endif // DEVICEMSG_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 12f5b95..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,30 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -#include "devicemsg.h" -#include "receiver.h" - -Receiver::Receiver(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) {} - -Receiver::~Receiver() {} - -void Receiver::recvDeviceMsg(DeviceMsg *deviceMsg) -{ - switch (deviceMsg->type()) { - case DeviceMsg::DMT_GET_CLIPBOARD: { - qInfo("Device clipboard copied"); - QClipboard *board = QApplication::clipboard(); - QString text; - deviceMsg->getClipboardMsgData(text); - - if (board->text() == text) { - qDebug("Computer clipboard unchanged"); - break; - } - board->setText(text); - break; - } - default: - break; - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.h deleted file mode 100644 index a11d4df..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/controller/receiver/receiver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef RECEIVER_H -#define RECEIVER_H - -#include - -class DeviceMsg; -class Receiver : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit Receiver(QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~Receiver(); - - void recvDeviceMsg(DeviceMsg *deviceMsg); -}; - -#endif // RECEIVER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e82aaff..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -#include - -#include "avframeconvert.h" - -AVFrameConvert::AVFrameConvert() {} - -AVFrameConvert::~AVFrameConvert() {} - -void AVFrameConvert::setSrcFrameInfo(int srcWidth, int srcHeight, AVPixelFormat srcFormat) -{ - m_srcWidth = srcWidth; - m_srcHeight = srcHeight; - m_srcFormat = srcFormat; - qDebug() << "Convert::src frame info " << srcWidth << "x" << srcHeight; -} - -void AVFrameConvert::getSrcFrameInfo(int &srcWidth, int &srcHeight, AVPixelFormat &srcFormat) -{ - srcWidth = m_srcWidth; - srcHeight = m_srcHeight; - srcFormat = m_srcFormat; -} - -void AVFrameConvert::setDstFrameInfo(int dstWidth, int dstHeight, AVPixelFormat dstFormat) -{ - m_dstWidth = dstWidth; - m_dstHeight = dstHeight; - m_dstFormat = dstFormat; -} - -void AVFrameConvert::getDstFrameInfo(int &dstWidth, int &dstHeight, AVPixelFormat &dstFormat) -{ - dstWidth = m_dstWidth; - dstHeight = m_dstHeight; - dstFormat = m_dstFormat; -} - -bool AVFrameConvert::init() -{ - if (m_convertCtx) { - return true; - } - m_convertCtx = sws_getContext(m_srcWidth, m_srcHeight, m_srcFormat, m_dstWidth, m_dstHeight, m_dstFormat, SWS_BICUBIC, Q_NULLPTR, Q_NULLPTR, Q_NULLPTR); - if (!m_convertCtx) { - return false; - } - return true; -} - -bool AVFrameConvert::isInit() -{ - return m_convertCtx ? true : false; -} - -void AVFrameConvert::deInit() -{ - if (m_convertCtx) { - sws_freeContext(m_convertCtx); - m_convertCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - } -} - -bool AVFrameConvert::convert(const AVFrame *srcFrame, AVFrame *dstFrame) -{ - if (!m_convertCtx || !srcFrame || !dstFrame) { - return false; - } - qint32 ret - = sws_scale(m_convertCtx, static_cast(srcFrame->data), srcFrame->linesize, 0, m_srcHeight, dstFrame->data, dstFrame->linesize); - if (0 == ret) { - return false; - } - return true; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9d32853..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/avframeconvert.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef AVFRAMECONVERT_H -#define AVFRAMECONVERT_H -#include - -extern "C" -{ -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" -#include "libavutil/frame.h" -#include "libswscale/swscale.h" -} - -class AVFrameConvert -{ -public: - AVFrameConvert(); - virtual ~AVFrameConvert(); - -public: - void setSrcFrameInfo(int srcWidth, int srcHeight, AVPixelFormat srcFormat); - void getSrcFrameInfo(int &srcWidth, int &srcHeight, AVPixelFormat &srcFormat); - void setDstFrameInfo(int dstWidth, int dstHeight, AVPixelFormat dstFormat); - void getDstFrameInfo(int &dstWidth, int &dstHeight, AVPixelFormat &dstFormat); - - bool init(); - bool isInit(); - void deInit(); - bool convert(const AVFrame *srcFrame, AVFrame *dstFrame); - -private: - int m_srcWidth = 0; - int m_srcHeight = 0; - AVPixelFormat m_srcFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_NONE; - int m_dstWidth = 0; - int m_dstHeight = 0; - AVPixelFormat m_dstFormat = AV_PIX_FMT_NONE; - - struct SwsContext *m_convertCtx = Q_NULLPTR; -}; - -#endif // AVFRAMECONVERT_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 0a5bd4f..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -#include - -#include "compat.h" -#include "decoder.h" -#include "videobuffer.h" - -Decoder::Decoder(std::function onFrame, QObject *parent) - : QObject(parent) - , m_vb(new VideoBuffer()) - , m_onFrame(onFrame) -{ - m_vb->init(); - connect(this, &Decoder::newFrame, this, &Decoder::onNewFrame, Qt::QueuedConnection); - connect(m_vb, &VideoBuffer::updateFPS, this, &Decoder::updateFPS); -} - -Decoder::~Decoder() { - m_vb->deInit(); - delete m_vb; -} - -bool Decoder::open() -{ - // codec - AVCodec *codec = Q_NULLPTR; - codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); - if (!codec) { - qCritical("H.264 decoder not found"); - return false; - } - - // codec context - m_codecCtx = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); - if (!m_codecCtx) { - qCritical("Could not allocate decoder context"); - return false; - } - if (avcodec_open2(m_codecCtx, codec, NULL) < 0) { - qCritical("Could not open H.264 codec"); - return false; - } - m_isCodecCtxOpen = true; - return true; -} - -void Decoder::close() -{ - if (m_vb) { - m_vb->interrupt(); - } - - if (!m_codecCtx) { - return; - } - if (m_isCodecCtxOpen) { - avcodec_close(m_codecCtx); - } - avcodec_free_context(&m_codecCtx); -} - -bool Decoder::push(const AVPacket *packet) -{ - if (!m_codecCtx || !m_vb) { - return false; - } - AVFrame *decodingFrame = m_vb->decodingFrame(); -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_ENCODING_DECODING_API - int ret = -1; - if ((ret = avcodec_send_packet(m_codecCtx, packet)) < 0) { - char errorbuf[255] = { 0 }; - av_strerror(ret, errorbuf, 254); - qCritical("Could not send video packet: %s", errorbuf); - return false; - } - if (decodingFrame) { - ret = avcodec_receive_frame(m_codecCtx, decodingFrame); - } - if (!ret) { - // a frame was received - pushFrame(); - - //emit getOneFrame(yuvDecoderFrame->data[0], yuvDecoderFrame->data[1], yuvDecoderFrame->data[2], - // yuvDecoderFrame->linesize[0], yuvDecoderFrame->linesize[1], yuvDecoderFrame->linesize[2]); - - /* - // m_conver转换yuv为rgb是使用cpu转的，占用cpu太高，改用opengl渲染yuv - // QImage的copy也非常占用内存，此方案不考虑 - if (!m_conver.isInit()) { - qDebug() << "decoder frame format" << decodingFrame->format; - m_conver.setSrcFrameInfo(codecCtx->width, codecCtx->height, AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P); - m_conver.setDstFrameInfo(codecCtx->width, codecCtx->height, AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32); - m_conver.init(); - } - if (!outBuffer) { - outBuffer=new quint8[avpicture_get_size(AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32, codecCtx->width, codecCtx->height)]; - avpicture_fill((AVPicture *)rgbDecoderFrame, outBuffer, AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32, codecCtx->width, codecCtx->height); - } - m_conver.convert(decodingFrame, rgbDecoderFrame); - //QImage tmpImg((uchar *)outBuffer, codecCtx->width, codecCtx->height, QImage::Format_RGB32); - //QImage image = tmpImg.copy(); - //emit getOneImage(image); - */ - } else if (ret != AVERROR(EAGAIN)) { - qCritical("Could not receive video frame: %d", ret); - return false; - } -#else - int gotPicture = 0; - int len = -1; - if (decodingFrame) { - len = avcodec_decode_video2(m_codecCtx, decodingFrame, &gotPicture, packet); - } - if (len < 0) { - qCritical("Could not decode video packet: %d", len); - return false; - } - if (gotPicture) { - pushFrame(); - } -#endif - return true; -} - -void Decoder::peekFrame(std::function onFrame) -{ - if (!m_vb) { - return; - } - m_vb->peekRenderedFrame(onFrame); -} - -void Decoder::pushFrame() -{ - if (!m_vb) { - return; - } - bool previousFrameSkipped = true; - m_vb->offerDecodedFrame(previousFrameSkipped); - if (previousFrameSkipped) { - // the previous newFrame will consume this frame - return; - } - emit newFrame(); -} - -void Decoder::onNewFrame() { - if (!m_onFrame) { - return; - } - - m_vb->lock(); - const AVFrame *frame = m_vb->consumeRenderedFrame(); - m_onFrame(frame->width, frame->height, frame->data[0], frame->data[1], frame->data[2], frame->linesize[0], frame->linesize[1], frame->linesize[2]); - m_vb->unLock(); -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.h deleted file mode 100644 index c372d6c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/decoder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef DECODER_H -#define DECODER_H -#include - -extern "C" -{ -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" -} - -class VideoBuffer; -class Decoder : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - Decoder(std::function onFrame, QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~Decoder(); - - bool open(); - void close(); - bool push(const AVPacket *packet); - void peekFrame(std::function onFrame); - -signals: - void updateFPS(quint32 fps); - -private slots: - void onNewFrame(); - -signals: - void newFrame(); - -private: - void pushFrame(); - -private: - VideoBuffer *m_vb = Q_NULLPTR; - AVCodecContext *m_codecCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - bool m_isCodecCtxOpen = false; - std::function m_onFrame = Q_NULLPTR; -}; - -#endif // DECODER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e59bb40..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -#include "fpscounter.h" - -FpsCounter::FpsCounter(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) {} - -FpsCounter::~FpsCounter() {} - -void FpsCounter::start() -{ - resetCounter(); - startCounterTimer(); -} - -void FpsCounter::stop() -{ - stopCounterTimer(); - resetCounter(); -} - -bool FpsCounter::isStarted() -{ - return m_counterTimer; -} - -void FpsCounter::addRenderedFrame() -{ - m_rendered++; -} - -void FpsCounter::addSkippedFrame() -{ - m_skipped++; -} - -void FpsCounter::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event) -{ - if (event && m_counterTimer == event->timerId()) { - m_curRendered = m_rendered; - m_curSkipped = m_skipped; - resetCounter(); - emit updateFPS(m_curRendered); - //qInfo("FPS:%d Discard:%d", m_curRendered, m_skipped); - } -} - -void FpsCounter::startCounterTimer() -{ - stopCounterTimer(); - m_counterTimer = startTimer(1000); -} - -void FpsCounter::stopCounterTimer() -{ - if (m_counterTimer) { - killTimer(m_counterTimer); - m_counterTimer = 0; - } -} - -void FpsCounter::resetCounter() -{ - m_rendered = 0; - m_skipped = 0; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50a8d7a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/fpscounter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef FPSCOUNTER_H -#define FPSCOUNTER_H -#include - -class FpsCounter : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - FpsCounter(QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~FpsCounter(); - - void start(); - void stop(); - bool isStarted(); - void addRenderedFrame(); - void addSkippedFrame(); - -signals: - void updateFPS(quint32 fps); - -protected: - virtual void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event); - -private: - void startCounterTimer(); - void stopCounterTimer(); - void resetCounter(); - -private: - qint32 m_counterTimer = 0; - quint32 m_curRendered = 0; - quint32 m_curSkipped = 0; - - quint32 m_rendered = 0; - quint32 m_skipped = 0; -}; - -#endif // FPSCOUNTER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9ebb979..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ -#include "videobuffer.h" -#include "avframeconvert.h" -extern "C" -{ -#include "libavformat/avformat.h" -#include "libavutil/avutil.h" -#include "libavutil/imgutils.h" -} - -VideoBuffer::VideoBuffer(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) { - connect(&m_fpsCounter, &FpsCounter::updateFPS, this, &VideoBuffer::updateFPS); -} - -VideoBuffer::~VideoBuffer() {} - -bool VideoBuffer::init() -{ - m_decodingFrame = av_frame_alloc(); - if (!m_decodingFrame) { - goto error; - } - - m_renderingframe = av_frame_alloc(); - if (!m_renderingframe) { - goto error; - } - - // there is initially no rendering frame, so consider it has already been - // consumed - m_renderingFrameConsumed = true; - - m_fpsCounter.start(); - return true; - -error: - deInit(); - return false; -} - -void VideoBuffer::deInit() -{ - if (m_decodingFrame) { - av_frame_free(&m_decodingFrame); - m_decodingFrame = Q_NULLPTR; - } - if (m_renderingframe) { - av_frame_free(&m_renderingframe); - m_renderingframe = Q_NULLPTR; - } - m_fpsCounter.stop(); -} - -void VideoBuffer::lock() -{ - m_mutex.lock(); -} - -void VideoBuffer::unLock() -{ - m_mutex.unlock(); -} - -void VideoBuffer::setRenderExpiredFrames(bool renderExpiredFrames) -{ - m_renderExpiredFrames = renderExpiredFrames; -} - -AVFrame *VideoBuffer::decodingFrame() -{ - return m_decodingFrame; -} - -void VideoBuffer::offerDecodedFrame(bool &previousFrameSkipped) -{ - m_mutex.lock(); - - if (m_renderExpiredFrames) { - // if m_renderExpiredFrames is enable, then the decoder must wait for the current - // frame to be consumed - while (!m_renderingFrameConsumed && !m_interrupted) { - m_renderingFrameConsumedCond.wait(&m_mutex); - } - } else { - if (m_fpsCounter.isStarted() && !m_renderingFrameConsumed) { - m_fpsCounter.addSkippedFrame(); - } - } - - swap(); - previousFrameSkipped = !m_renderingFrameConsumed; - m_renderingFrameConsumed = false; - m_mutex.unlock(); -} - -const AVFrame *VideoBuffer::consumeRenderedFrame() -{ - Q_ASSERT(!m_renderingFrameConsumed); - m_renderingFrameConsumed = true; - if (m_fpsCounter.isStarted()) { - m_fpsCounter.addRenderedFrame(); - } - if (m_renderExpiredFrames) { - // if m_renderExpiredFrames is enable, then notify the decoder the current frame is - // consumed, so that it may push a new one - m_renderingFrameConsumedCond.wakeOne(); - } - return m_renderingframe; -} - -void VideoBuffer::peekRenderedFrame(std::function onFrame) -{ - if (!onFrame) { - return; - } - - lock(); - auto frame = m_renderingframe; - int width = frame->width; - int height = frame->height; - - // create buffer - uint8_t* rgbBuffer = new uint8_t[width * height * 4]; - AVFrame *rgbFrame = av_frame_alloc(); - if (!rgbFrame) { - delete [] rgbBuffer; - return; - } - - // bind buffer to AVFrame - av_image_fill_arrays(rgbFrame->data, rgbFrame->linesize, rgbBuffer, AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32, width, height, 4); - - // convert - AVFrameConvert convert; - convert.setSrcFrameInfo(width, height, AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P); - convert.setDstFrameInfo(width, height, AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32); - bool ret = false; - ret = convert.init(); - if (!ret) { - delete [] rgbBuffer; - av_free(rgbFrame); - return; - } - ret = convert.convert(frame, rgbFrame); - if (!ret) { - delete [] rgbBuffer; - av_free(rgbFrame); - return; - } - convert.deInit(); - av_free(rgbFrame); - unLock(); - - onFrame(width, height, rgbBuffer); - delete [] rgbBuffer; -} - -void VideoBuffer::interrupt() -{ - if (m_renderExpiredFrames) { - m_mutex.lock(); - m_interrupted = true; - m_mutex.unlock(); - // wake up blocking wait - m_renderingFrameConsumedCond.wakeOne(); - } -} - -void VideoBuffer::swap() -{ - AVFrame *tmp = m_decodingFrame; - m_decodingFrame = m_renderingframe; - m_renderingframe = tmp; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c97042..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/decoder/videobuffer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef VIDEO_BUFFER_H -#define VIDEO_BUFFER_H - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "fpscounter.h" - -// forward declarations -typedef struct AVFrame AVFrame; - -class VideoBuffer : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - VideoBuffer(QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~VideoBuffer(); - - bool init(); - void deInit(); - void lock(); - void unLock(); - void setRenderExpiredFrames(bool renderExpiredFrames); - - AVFrame *decodingFrame(); - // set the decoder frame as ready for rendering - // this function locks m_mutex during its execution - // returns true if the previous frame had been consumed - void offerDecodedFrame(bool &previousFrameSkipped); - - // mark the rendering frame as consumed and return it - // MUST be called with m_mutex locked!!! - // the caller is expected to render the returned frame to some texture before - // unlocking m_mutex - const AVFrame *consumeRenderedFrame(); - - void peekRenderedFrame(std::function onFrame); - - // wake up and avoid any blocking call - void interrupt(); - -signals: - void updateFPS(quint32 fps); - -private: - void swap(); - -private: - AVFrame *m_decodingFrame = Q_NULLPTR; - AVFrame *m_renderingframe = Q_NULLPTR; - QMutex m_mutex; - bool m_renderingFrameConsumed = true; - FpsCounter m_fpsCounter; - - bool m_renderExpiredFrames = false; - QWaitCondition m_renderingFrameConsumedCond; - - // interrupted is not used if expired frames are not rendered - // since offering a frame will never block - bool m_interrupted = false; -}; - -#endif // VIDEO_BUFFER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index c62cdd5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,632 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include - -#include "controller.h" -#include "devicemsg.h" -#include "decoder.h" -#include "device.h" -#include "filehandler.h" -#include "recorder.h" -#include "server.h" -#include "stream.h" - -namespace qsc { - -Device::Device(DeviceParams params, QObject *parent) : IDevice(parent), m_params(params) -{ - if (!params.display && !m_params.recordFile) { - qCritical("not display must be recorded"); - return; - } - - if (params.display) { - m_decoder = new Decoder([this](int width, int height, uint8_t* dataY, uint8_t* dataU, uint8_t* dataV, int linesizeY, int linesizeU, int linesizeV) { - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->onFrame(width, height, dataY, dataU, dataV, linesizeY, linesizeU, linesizeV); - } - }, this); - m_fileHandler = new FileHandler(this); - m_controller = new Controller([this](const QByteArray& buffer) -> qint64 { - if (!m_server || !m_server->getControlSocket()) { - return 0; - } - - return m_server->getControlSocket()->write(buffer.data(), buffer.length()); - }, params.gameScript, this); - } - - m_stream = new Stream([this](quint8 *buf, qint32 bufSize) -> qint32 { - auto videoSocket = m_server->getVideoSocket(); - if (!videoSocket) { - return 0; - } - - return videoSocket->subThreadRecvData(buf, bufSize); - }, this); - - m_server = new Server(this); - if (m_params.recordFile && !m_params.recordPath.trimmed().isEmpty()) { - QString absFilePath; - QString fileDir(m_params.recordPath); - if (!fileDir.isEmpty()) { - QDateTime dateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); - QString fileName = dateTime.toString("_yyyyMMdd_hhmmss_zzz"); - fileName = m_params.serial + fileName + "." + m_params.recordFileFormat; - QDir dir(fileDir); - absFilePath = dir.absoluteFilePath(fileName); - } - m_recorder = new Recorder(absFilePath, this); - } - initSignals(); -} - -Device::~Device() -{ - Device::disconnectDevice(); -} - -void Device::setUserData(void *data) -{ - m_userData = data; -} - -void *Device::getUserData() -{ - return m_userData; -} - -void Device::registerDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver *observer) -{ - m_deviceObservers.insert(observer); -} - -void Device::deRegisterDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver *observer) -{ - m_deviceObservers.erase(observer); -} - -const QString &Device::getSerial() -{ - return m_params.serial; -} - -void Device::updateScript(QString script) -{ - if (m_controller) { - m_controller->updateScript(script); - } -} - -void Device::screenshot() -{ - if (!m_decoder) { - return; - } - - // screenshot - m_decoder->peekFrame([this](int width, int height, uint8_t* dataRGB32) { - saveFrame(width, height, dataRGB32); - }); -} - -void Device::showTouch(bool show) -{ - AdbProcess *adb = new qsc::AdbProcess(); - if (!adb) { - return; - } - connect(adb, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, [this](qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) { - if (AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - sender()->deleteLater(); - } - }); - adb->setShowTouchesEnabled(getSerial(), show); - - qInfo() << getSerial() << " show touch " << (show ? "enable" : "disable"); -} - -bool Device::isReversePort(quint16 port) -{ - if (m_server && m_server->isReverse() && port == m_server->getParams().localPort) { - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -void Device::initSignals() -{ - if (m_controller) { - connect(m_controller, &Controller::grabCursor, this, [this](bool grab){ - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->grabCursor(grab); - } - }); - } - if (m_fileHandler) { - connect(m_fileHandler, &FileHandler::fileHandlerResult, this, [this](FileHandler::FILE_HANDLER_RESULT processResult, bool isApk) { - QString tipsType = ""; - if (isApk) { - tipsType = "install apk"; - } else { - tipsType = "file transfer"; - } - QString tips; - if (FileHandler::FAR_IS_RUNNING == processResult) { - tips = QString("wait current %1 to complete").arg(tipsType); - } - if (FileHandler::FAR_SUCCESS_EXEC == processResult) { - tips = QString("%1 complete, save in %2").arg(tipsType).arg(m_params.pushFilePath); - } - if (FileHandler::FAR_ERROR_EXEC == processResult) { - tips = QString("%1 failed").arg(tipsType); - } - qInfo() << tips; - }); - } - - if (m_server) { - connect(m_server, &Server::serverStarted, this, [this](bool success, const QString &deviceName, const QSize &size) { - emit deviceConnected(success, m_params.serial, deviceName, size); - if (success) { - double diff = m_startTimeCount.elapsed() / 1000.0; - qInfo() << QString("server start finish in %1s").arg(diff).toStdString().c_str(); - - // init recorder - if (m_recorder) { - m_recorder->setFrameSize(size); - if (!m_recorder->open()) { - qCritical("Could not open recorder"); - } - - if (!m_recorder->startRecorder()) { - qCritical("Could not start recorder"); - } - } - - // init decoder - if (m_decoder) { - m_decoder->open(); - } - - // init decoder - m_stream->startDecode(); - - // recv device msg - connect(m_server->getControlSocket(), &QTcpSocket::readyRead, this, [this](){ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - - auto controlSocket = m_server->getControlSocket(); - while (controlSocket->bytesAvailable()) { - QByteArray byteArray = controlSocket->peek(controlSocket->bytesAvailable()); - DeviceMsg deviceMsg; - qint32 consume = deviceMsg.deserialize(byteArray); - if (0 >= consume) { - break; - } - controlSocket->read(consume); - m_controller->recvDeviceMsg(&deviceMsg); - } - }); - - // 显示界面时才自动息屏（m_params.display） - if (m_params.closeScreen && m_params.display && m_controller) { - m_controller->setScreenPowerMode(ControlMsg::SPM_OFF); - } - } else { - m_server->stop(); - } - }); - connect(m_server, &Server::serverStoped, this, [this]() { - disconnectDevice(); - qDebug() << "server process stop"; - }); - } - - if (m_stream) { - connect(m_stream, &Stream::onStreamStop, this, [this]() { - disconnectDevice(); - qDebug() << "stream thread stop"; - }); - connect(m_stream, &Stream::getFrame, this, [this](AVPacket *packet) { - if (m_decoder && !m_decoder->push(packet)) { - qCritical("Could not send packet to decoder"); - } - - if (m_recorder && !m_recorder->push(packet)) { - qCritical("Could not send packet to recorder"); - } - }, Qt::DirectConnection); - connect(m_stream, &Stream::getConfigFrame, this, [this](AVPacket *packet) { - if (m_recorder && !m_recorder->push(packet)) { - qCritical("Could not send config packet to recorder"); - } - }, Qt::DirectConnection); - } - - if (m_decoder) { - connect(m_decoder, &Decoder::updateFPS, this, [this](quint32 fps) { - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->updateFPS(fps); - } - }); - } -} - -bool Device::connectDevice() -{ - if (!m_server) { - return false; - } - - // fix: macos cant recv finished signel, timer is ok - QTimer::singleShot(0, this, [this]() { - m_startTimeCount.start(); - // max size support 480p 720p 1080p 设备原生分辨率 - // support wireless connect, example: - //m_server->start("192.168.0.174:5555", 27183, m_maxSize, m_bitRate, ""); - // only one devices, serial can be null - // mark: crop input format: "width:height:x:y" or "" for no crop, for example: "100:200:0:0" - Server::ServerParams params; - params.serverLocalPath = m_params.serverLocalPath; - params.serverRemotePath = m_params.serverRemotePath; - params.serial = m_params.serial; - params.localPort = m_params.localPort; - params.maxSize = m_params.maxSize; - params.bitRate = m_params.bitRate; - params.maxFps = m_params.maxFps; - params.useReverse = m_params.useReverse; - params.lockVideoOrientation = m_params.lockVideoOrientation; - params.stayAwake = m_params.stayAwake; - params.serverVersion = m_params.serverVersion; - params.logLevel = m_params.logLevel; - params.codecOptions = m_params.codecOptions; - params.codecName = m_params.codecName; - - params.crop = ""; - params.control = true; - m_server->start(params); - }); - - return true; -} - -void Device::disconnectDevice() -{ - if (!m_server) { - return; - } - m_server->stop(); - m_server = Q_NULLPTR; - - if (m_stream) { - m_stream->stopDecode(); - } - - // server must stop before decoder, because decoder block main thread - if (m_decoder) { - m_decoder->close(); - } - - if (m_recorder) { - if (m_recorder->isRunning()) { - m_recorder->stopRecorder(); - m_recorder->wait(); - } - m_recorder->close(); - } - - emit deviceDisconnected(m_params.serial); -} - -void Device::postGoBack() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postGoBack(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postGoBack(); - } -} - -void Device::postGoHome() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postGoHome(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postGoHome(); - } -} - -void Device::postGoMenu() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postGoMenu(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postGoMenu(); - } -} - -void Device::postAppSwitch() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postAppSwitch(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postAppSwitch(); - } -} - -void Device::postPower() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postPower(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postPower(); - } -} - -void Device::postVolumeUp() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postVolumeUp(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postVolumeUp(); - } -} - -void Device::postVolumeDown() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postVolumeDown(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postVolumeDown(); - } -} - -void Device::postCopy() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->copy(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postCopy(); - } -} - -void Device::postCut() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->cut(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postCut(); - } -} - -void Device::setScreenPowerMode(bool open) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - ControlMsg::ScreenPowerMode mode{}; - if (open) { - mode = ControlMsg::SPM_NORMAL; - } else { - mode = ControlMsg::SPM_OFF; - } - m_controller->setScreenPowerMode(mode); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->setScreenPowerMode(open); - } -} - -void Device::expandNotificationPanel() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->expandNotificationPanel(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->expandNotificationPanel(); - } -} - -void Device::collapsePanel() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->collapsePanel(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->collapsePanel(); - } -} - -void Device::postBackOrScreenOn(bool down) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postBackOrScreenOn(down); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postBackOrScreenOn(down); - } -} - -void Device::postTextInput(QString &text) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->postTextInput(text); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->postTextInput(text); - } -} - -void Device::requestDeviceClipboard() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->requestDeviceClipboard(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->requestDeviceClipboard(); - } -} - -void Device::setDeviceClipboard(bool pause) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->setDeviceClipboard(pause); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->setDeviceClipboard(pause); - } -} - -void Device::clipboardPaste() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->clipboardPaste(); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->clipboardPaste(); - } -} - -void Device::pushFileRequest(const QString &file, const QString &devicePath) -{ - if (!m_fileHandler) { - return; - } - m_fileHandler->onPushFileRequest(getSerial(), file, devicePath); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->pushFileRequest(file, devicePath); - } -} - -void Device::installApkRequest(const QString &apkFile) -{ - if (!m_fileHandler) { - return; - } - m_fileHandler->onInstallApkRequest(getSerial(), apkFile); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->installApkRequest(apkFile); - } -} - -void Device::mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->mouseEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->mouseEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -void Device::wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->wheelEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->wheelEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -void Device::keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return; - } - m_controller->keyEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - - for (const auto& item : m_deviceObservers) { - item->keyEvent(from, frameSize, showSize); - } -} - -bool Device::isCurrentCustomKeymap() -{ - if (!m_controller) { - return false; - } - return m_controller->isCurrentCustomKeymap(); -} - -bool Device::saveFrame(int width, int height, uint8_t* dataRGB32) -{ - if (!dataRGB32) { - return false; - } - - QImage rgbImage(dataRGB32, width, height, QImage::Format_RGB32); - - // save - QString absFilePath; - QString fileDir(m_params.recordPath); - if (fileDir.isEmpty()) { - qWarning() << "please select record save path!!!"; - return false; - } - QDateTime dateTime = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); - QString fileName = dateTime.toString("_yyyyMMdd_hhmmss_zzz"); - fileName = m_params.serial + fileName + ".png"; - QDir dir(fileDir); - absFilePath = dir.absoluteFilePath(fileName); - int ret = rgbImage.save(absFilePath, "PNG", 100); - if (!ret) { - return false; - } - - qInfo() << "screenshot save to " << absFilePath; - return true; -} - -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.h deleted file mode 100644 index 835fa64..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/device.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef DEVICE_H -#define DEVICE_H - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../../include/QtScrcpyCore.h" - -#include "controlmsg.h" - -class QMouseEvent; -class QWheelEvent; -class QKeyEvent; -class Recorder; -class Server; -class VideoBuffer; -class Decoder; -class FileHandler; -class Stream; -class VideoForm; -class Controller; -struct AVFrame; - -namespace qsc { - -class Device : public IDevice -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit Device(DeviceParams params, QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~Device(); - - void setUserData(void* data) override; - void* getUserData() override; - - void registerDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver* observer) override; - void deRegisterDeviceObserver(DeviceObserver* observer) override; - - bool connectDevice() override; - void disconnectDevice() override; - - // key map - void mouseEvent(const QMouseEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) override; - void wheelEvent(const QWheelEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) override; - void keyEvent(const QKeyEvent *from, const QSize &frameSize, const QSize &showSize) override; - - void postGoBack() override; - void postGoHome() override; - void postGoMenu() override; - void postAppSwitch() override; - void postPower() override; - void postVolumeUp() override; - void postVolumeDown() override; - void postCopy() override; - void postCut() override; - void setScreenPowerMode(bool open) override; - void expandNotificationPanel() override; - void collapsePanel() override; - void postBackOrScreenOn(bool down) override; - void postTextInput(QString &text) override; - void requestDeviceClipboard() override; - void setDeviceClipboard(bool pause = true) override; - void clipboardPaste() override; - void pushFileRequest(const QString &file, const QString &devicePath = "") override; - void installApkRequest(const QString &apkFile) override; - - void screenshot() override; - void showTouch(bool show) override; - - bool isReversePort(quint16 port) override; - const QString &getSerial() override; - - void updateScript(QString script) override; - bool isCurrentCustomKeymap() override; - -private: - void initSignals(); - bool saveFrame(int width, int height, uint8_t* dataRGB32); - -private: - // server relevant - QPointer m_server; - QPointer m_decoder; - QPointer m_controller; - QPointer m_fileHandler; - QPointer m_stream; - QPointer m_recorder; - - QElapsedTimer m_startTimeCount; - DeviceParams m_params; - std::set m_deviceObservers; - void* m_userData = nullptr; -}; - -} - -#endif // DEVICE_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 6fc16c6..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -#include "filehandler.h" - -FileHandler::FileHandler(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) -{ -} - -FileHandler::~FileHandler() {} - -void FileHandler::onPushFileRequest(const QString &serial, const QString &file, const QString &devicePath) -{ - qsc::AdbProcess* adb = new qsc::AdbProcess; - bool isApk = false; - connect(adb, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, [this, adb, isApk](qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) { - onAdbProcessResult(adb, isApk, processResult); - }); - - adb->push(serial, file, devicePath); -} - -void FileHandler::onInstallApkRequest(const QString &serial, const QString &apkFile) -{ - qsc::AdbProcess* adb = new qsc::AdbProcess; - bool isApk = true; - connect(adb, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, [this, adb, isApk](qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) { - onAdbProcessResult(adb, isApk, processResult); - }); - - adb->install(serial, apkFile); -} - -void FileHandler::onAdbProcessResult(qsc::AdbProcess *adb, bool isApk, qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) -{ - switch (processResult) { - case qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_START: - case qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_EXEC: - case qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_MISSING_BINARY: - emit fileHandlerResult(FAR_ERROR_EXEC, isApk); - adb->deleteLater(); - break; - case qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_EXEC: - emit fileHandlerResult(FAR_SUCCESS_EXEC, isApk); - adb->deleteLater(); - break; - default: - break; - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1c7a21b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/filehandler/filehandler.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef FILEHANDLER_H -#define FILEHANDLER_H -#include - -#include "adbprocess.h" - -class FileHandler : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - enum FILE_HANDLER_RESULT - { - FAR_IS_RUNNING, // 正在执行 - FAR_SUCCESS_EXEC, // 执行成功 - FAR_ERROR_EXEC, // 执行失败 - }; - - FileHandler(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~FileHandler(); - - const QString &getDevicePath(); - -public slots: - void onPushFileRequest(const QString &serial, const QString &file, const QString &devicePath = ""); - void onInstallApkRequest(const QString &serial, const QString &apkFile); - -protected: - void onAdbProcessResult(qsc::AdbProcess* adb, bool isApk, qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult); - -signals: - void fileHandlerResult(FILE_HANDLER_RESULT processResult, bool isApk = false); -}; - -#endif // FILEHANDLER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 41ac095..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include - -#include "compat.h" -#include "recorder.h" - -static const AVRational SCRCPY_TIME_BASE = { 1, 1000000 }; // timestamps in us - -Recorder::Recorder(const QString &fileName, QObject *parent) : QThread(parent), m_fileName(fileName), m_format(guessRecordFormat(fileName)) {} - -Recorder::~Recorder() {} - -AVPacket *Recorder::packetNew(const AVPacket *packet) -{ - AVPacket *rec = new AVPacket; - if (!rec) { - return Q_NULLPTR; - } - - // av_packet_ref() does not initialize all fields in old FFmpeg versions - av_init_packet(rec); - - if (av_packet_ref(rec, packet)) { - delete rec; - return Q_NULLPTR; - } - return rec; -} - -void Recorder::packetDelete(AVPacket *packet) -{ - av_packet_unref(packet); - delete packet; -} - -void Recorder::queueClear() -{ - while (!m_queue.isEmpty()) { - packetDelete(m_queue.dequeue()); - } -} - -void Recorder::setFrameSize(const QSize &declaredFrameSize) -{ - m_declaredFrameSize = declaredFrameSize; -} - -void Recorder::setFormat(Recorder::RecorderFormat format) -{ - m_format = format; -} - -bool Recorder::open() -{ - // codec - AVCodec* inputCodec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); - if (!inputCodec) { - qCritical("H.264 decoder not found"); - return false; - } - - QString formatName = recorderGetFormatName(m_format); - Q_ASSERT(!formatName.isEmpty()); - const AVOutputFormat *format = findMuxer(formatName.toUtf8()); - if (!format) { - qCritical("Could not find muxer"); - return false; - } - - m_formatCtx = avformat_alloc_context(); - if (!m_formatCtx) { - qCritical("Could not allocate output context"); - return false; - } - - // contrary to the deprecated API (av_oformat_next()), av_muxer_iterate() - // returns (on purpose) a pointer-to-const, but AVFormatContext.oformat - // still expects a pointer-to-non-const (it has not be updated accordingly) - // - - m_formatCtx->oformat = (AVOutputFormat *)format; - - QString comment = "Recorded by QtScrcpy " + QCoreApplication::applicationVersion(); - av_dict_set(&m_formatCtx->metadata, "comment", comment.toUtf8(), 0); - - AVStream *outStream = avformat_new_stream(m_formatCtx, inputCodec); - if (!outStream) { - avformat_free_context(m_formatCtx); - m_formatCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - return false; - } - -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_CODEC_PARAMS_API - outStream->codecpar->codec_type = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO; - outStream->codecpar->codec_id = inputCodec->id; - outStream->codecpar->format = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; - outStream->codecpar->width = m_declaredFrameSize.width(); - outStream->codecpar->height = m_declaredFrameSize.height(); -#else - outStream->codec->codec_type = AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO; - outStream->codec->codec_id = inputCodec->id; - outStream->codec->pix_fmt = AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P; - outStream->codec->width = m_declaredFrameSize.width(); - outStream->codec->height = m_declaredFrameSize.height(); -#endif - - int ret = avio_open(&m_formatCtx->pb, m_fileName.toUtf8().toStdString().c_str(), AVIO_FLAG_WRITE); - if (ret < 0) { - char errorbuf[255] = { 0 }; - av_strerror(ret, errorbuf, 254); - qCritical() << QString("Failed to open output file: %1 %2").arg(errorbuf).arg(m_fileName).toUtf8().toStdString().c_str(); - // ostream will be cleaned up during context cleaning - avformat_free_context(m_formatCtx); - m_formatCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -void Recorder::close() -{ - if (Q_NULLPTR != m_formatCtx) { - if (m_headerWritten) { - int ret = av_write_trailer(m_formatCtx); - if (ret < 0) { - qCritical() << QString("Failed to write trailer to %1").arg(m_fileName).toUtf8().toStdString().c_str(); - m_failed = true; - } else { - qInfo() << QString("success record %1").arg(m_fileName).toStdString().c_str(); - } - } else { - // the recorded file is empty - m_failed = true; - } - avio_close(m_formatCtx->pb); - avformat_free_context(m_formatCtx); - m_formatCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - } -} - -bool Recorder::write(AVPacket *packet) -{ - if (!m_headerWritten) { - if (packet->pts != AV_NOPTS_VALUE) { - qCritical("The first packet is not a config packet"); - return false; - } - bool ok = recorderWriteHeader(packet); - if (!ok) { - return false; - } - m_headerWritten = true; - return true; - } - - if (packet->pts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) { - // ignore config packets - return true; - } - - recorderRescalePacket(packet); - return av_write_frame(m_formatCtx, packet) >= 0; -} - -const AVOutputFormat *Recorder::findMuxer(const char *name) -{ -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_MUXER_ITERATOR_API - void *opaque = Q_NULLPTR; -#endif - const AVOutputFormat *outFormat = Q_NULLPTR; - do { -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_MUXER_ITERATOR_API - outFormat = av_muxer_iterate(&opaque); -#else - outFormat = av_oformat_next(outFormat); -#endif - // until null or with name "name" - } while (outFormat && strcmp(outFormat->name, name)); - return outFormat; -} - -bool Recorder::recorderWriteHeader(const AVPacket *packet) -{ - AVStream *ostream = m_formatCtx->streams[0]; - quint8 *extradata = (quint8 *)av_malloc(packet->size * sizeof(quint8)); - if (!extradata) { - qCritical("Cannot allocate extradata"); - return false; - } - // copy the first packet to the extra data - memcpy(extradata, packet->data, packet->size); - -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_HAS_NEW_CODEC_PARAMS_API - ostream->codecpar->extradata = extradata; - ostream->codecpar->extradata_size = packet->size; -#else - ostream->codec->extradata = extradata; - ostream->codec->extradata_size = packet->size; -#endif - - int ret = avformat_write_header(m_formatCtx, NULL); - if (ret < 0) { - qCritical("Failed to write header recorder file"); - return false; - } - return true; -} - -void Recorder::recorderRescalePacket(AVPacket *packet) -{ - AVStream *ostream = m_formatCtx->streams[0]; - av_packet_rescale_ts(packet, SCRCPY_TIME_BASE, ostream->time_base); -} - -QString Recorder::recorderGetFormatName(Recorder::RecorderFormat format) -{ - switch (format) { - case RECORDER_FORMAT_MP4: - return "mp4"; - case RECORDER_FORMAT_MKV: - return "matroska"; - default: - return ""; - } -} - -Recorder::RecorderFormat Recorder::guessRecordFormat(const QString &fileName) -{ - if (4 > fileName.length()) { - return Recorder::RECORDER_FORMAT_NULL; - } - QFileInfo fileInfo = QFileInfo(fileName); - QString ext = fileInfo.suffix(); - if (0 == ext.compare("mp4")) { - return Recorder::RECORDER_FORMAT_MP4; - } - if (0 == ext.compare("mkv")) { - return Recorder::RECORDER_FORMAT_MKV; - } - - return Recorder::RECORDER_FORMAT_NULL; -} - -void Recorder::run() -{ - for (;;) { - AVPacket *rec = Q_NULLPTR; - { - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - while (!m_stopped && m_queue.isEmpty()) { - m_recvDataCond.wait(&m_mutex); - } - - // if stopped is set, continue to process the remaining events (to - // finish the recording) before actually stopping - if (m_stopped && m_queue.isEmpty()) { - AVPacket *last = m_previous; - if (last) { - // assign an arbitrary duration to the last packet - last->duration = 100000; - bool ok = write(last); - if (!ok) { - // failing to write the last frame is not very serious, no - // future frame may depend on it, so the resulting file - // will still be valid - qWarning("Could not record last packet"); - } - packetDelete(last); - } - break; - } - - rec = m_queue.dequeue(); - } - - // recorder->previous is only written from this thread, no need to lock - AVPacket *previous = m_previous; - m_previous = rec; - - if (!previous) { - // we just received the first packet - continue; - } - - // config packets have no PTS, we must ignore them - if (rec->pts != AV_NOPTS_VALUE && previous->pts != AV_NOPTS_VALUE) { - // we now know the duration of the previous packet - previous->duration = rec->pts - previous->pts; - } - - bool ok = write(previous); - packetDelete(previous); - if (!ok) { - qCritical("Could not record packet"); - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - m_failed = true; - // discard pending packets - queueClear(); - break; - } - } - - qDebug("Recorder thread ended"); -} - -bool Recorder::startRecorder() -{ - start(); - return true; -} - -void Recorder::stopRecorder() -{ - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - m_stopped = true; - m_recvDataCond.wakeOne(); -} - -bool Recorder::push(const AVPacket *packet) -{ - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - Q_ASSERT(!m_stopped); - - if (m_failed) { - // reject any new packet (this will stop the stream) - return false; - } - - AVPacket *rec = packetNew(packet); - if (rec) { - m_queue.enqueue(rec); - m_recvDataCond.wakeOne(); - } - return rec != Q_NULLPTR; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.h deleted file mode 100644 index db1c0b7..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/recorder/recorder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef RECORDER_H -#define RECORDER_H -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -extern "C" -{ -#include "libavformat/avformat.h" -} - -class Recorder : public QThread -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - enum RecorderFormat - { - RECORDER_FORMAT_NULL = 0, - RECORDER_FORMAT_MP4, - RECORDER_FORMAT_MKV, - }; - - Recorder(const QString &fileName, QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~Recorder(); - - void setFrameSize(const QSize &declaredFrameSize); - void setFormat(Recorder::RecorderFormat format); - bool open(); - void close(); - bool write(AVPacket *packet); - bool startRecorder(); - void stopRecorder(); - bool push(const AVPacket *packet); - -private: - const AVOutputFormat *findMuxer(const char *name); - bool recorderWriteHeader(const AVPacket *packet); - void recorderRescalePacket(AVPacket *packet); - QString recorderGetFormatName(Recorder::RecorderFormat format); - RecorderFormat guessRecordFormat(const QString &fileName); - -private: - AVPacket *packetNew(const AVPacket *packet); - void packetDelete(AVPacket *packet); - void queueClear(); - -protected: - void run(); - -private: - QString m_fileName = ""; - AVFormatContext *m_formatCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - QSize m_declaredFrameSize; - bool m_headerWritten = false; - RecorderFormat m_format = RECORDER_FORMAT_NULL; - QMutex m_mutex; - QWaitCondition m_recvDataCond; - bool m_stopped = false; // set on recorder_stop() by the stream reader - bool m_failed = false; // set on packet write failure - QQueue m_queue; - // we can write a packet only once we received the next one so that we can - // set its duration (next_pts - current_pts) - // "previous" is only accessed from the recorder thread, so it does not - // need to be protected by the mutex - AVPacket *m_previous = Q_NULLPTR; -}; - -#endif // RECORDER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index fc88968..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,503 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "server.h" - -#define DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH 64 -#define SOCKET_NAME "scrcpy" -#define MAX_CONNECT_COUNT 30 -#define MAX_RESTART_COUNT 1 - -Server::Server(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) -{ - connect(&m_workProcess, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, &Server::onWorkProcessResult); - connect(&m_serverProcess, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, &Server::onWorkProcessResult); - - connect(&m_serverSocket, &QTcpServer::newConnection, this, [this]() { - QTcpSocket *tmp = m_serverSocket.nextPendingConnection(); - if (dynamic_cast(tmp)) { - m_videoSocket = dynamic_cast(tmp); - if (!m_videoSocket->isValid() || !readInfo(m_videoSocket, m_deviceName, m_deviceSize)) { - stop(); - emit serverStarted(false); - } - } else { - m_controlSocket = tmp; - if (m_controlSocket && m_controlSocket->isValid()) { - // we don't need the server socket anymore - // just m_videoSocket is ok - m_serverSocket.close(); - // we don't need the adb tunnel anymore - disableTunnelReverse(); - m_tunnelEnabled = false; - emit serverStarted(true, m_deviceName, m_deviceSize); - } else { - stop(); - emit serverStarted(false); - } - stopAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - } - }); -} - -Server::~Server() {} - -bool Server::pushServer() -{ - if (m_workProcess.isRuning()) { - m_workProcess.kill(); - } - m_workProcess.push(m_params.serial, m_params.serverLocalPath, m_params.serverRemotePath); - return true; -} - -bool Server::enableTunnelReverse() -{ - if (m_workProcess.isRuning()) { - m_workProcess.kill(); - } - m_workProcess.reverse(m_params.serial, SOCKET_NAME, m_params.localPort); - return true; -} - -bool Server::disableTunnelReverse() -{ - qsc::AdbProcess *adb = new qsc::AdbProcess(); - if (!adb) { - return false; - } - connect(adb, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, [this](qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) { - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - sender()->deleteLater(); - } - }); - adb->reverseRemove(m_params.serial, SOCKET_NAME); - return true; -} - -bool Server::enableTunnelForward() -{ - if (m_workProcess.isRuning()) { - m_workProcess.kill(); - } - m_workProcess.forward(m_params.serial, m_params.localPort, SOCKET_NAME); - return true; -} -bool Server::disableTunnelForward() -{ - qsc::AdbProcess *adb = new qsc::AdbProcess(); - if (!adb) { - return false; - } - connect(adb, &qsc::AdbProcess::adbProcessResult, this, [this](qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) { - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - sender()->deleteLater(); - } - }); - adb->forwardRemove(m_params.serial, m_params.localPort); - return true; -} - -bool Server::execute() -{ - if (m_serverProcess.isRuning()) { - m_serverProcess.kill(); - } - QStringList args; - args << "shell"; - args << QString("CLASSPATH=%1").arg(m_params.serverRemotePath); - args << "app_process"; - -#ifdef SERVER_DEBUGGER -#define SERVER_DEBUGGER_PORT "5005" - - args << -#ifdef SERVER_DEBUGGER_METHOD_NEW - /* Android 9 and above */ - "-XjdwpProvider:internal -XjdwpOptions:transport=dt_socket,suspend=y,server=y,address=" -#else - /* Android 8 and below */ - "-agentlib:jdwp=transport=dt_socket,suspend=y,server=y,address=" -#endif - SERVER_DEBUGGER_PORT, -#endif - - args << "/"; // unused; - args << "com.genymobile.scrcpy.Server"; - args << m_params.serverVersion; - - if (!m_params.logLevel.isEmpty()) { - args << QString("log_level=%1").arg(m_params.logLevel); - } - args << QString("max_size=%1").arg(QString::number(m_params.maxSize)); - args << QString("bit_rate=%1").arg(QString::number(m_params.bitRate)); - args << QString("max_fps=%1").arg(QString::number(m_params.maxFps)); - args << QString("lock_video_orientation=%1").arg(QString::number(m_params.lockVideoOrientation)); - args << QString("tunnel_forward=%1").arg((m_tunnelForward ? "true" : "false")); - if (!m_params.crop.isEmpty()) { - args << QString("crop=%1").arg(m_params.crop); - } - args << QString("control=%1").arg((m_params.control ? "true" : "false")); - args << "display_id=0"; // display id - args << "show_touches=false"; // show touch - args << QString("stay_awake=%1").arg((m_params.stayAwake ? "true" : "false")); // stay awake - // code option - // https://github.com/Genymobile/scrcpy/commit/080a4ee3654a9b7e96c8ffe37474b5c21c02852a - // - if (!m_params.codecOptions.isEmpty()) { - args << QString("codec_options=%1").arg(m_params.codecOptions); - } - if (!m_params.codecName.isEmpty()) { - args << QString("encoder_name=%1").arg(m_params.codecName); - } - -#ifdef SERVER_DEBUGGER - qInfo("Server debugger waiting for a client on device port " SERVER_DEBUGGER_PORT "..."); - // From the computer, run - // adb forward tcp:5005 tcp:5005 - // Then, from Android Studio: Run > Debug > Edit configurations... - // On the left, click on '+', "Remote", with: - // Host: localhost - // Port: 5005 - // Then click on "Debug" -#endif - - // adb -s P7C0218510000537 shell CLASSPATH=/data/local/tmp/scrcpy-server app_process / com.genymobile.scrcpy.Server 0 8000000 false - // mark: crop input format: "width:height:x:y" or "" for no crop, for example: "100:200:0:0" - // 这条adb命令是阻塞运行的，m_serverProcess进程不会退出了 - m_serverProcess.execute(m_params.serial, args); - return true; -} - -bool Server::start(Server::ServerParams params) -{ - m_params = params; - m_serverStartStep = SSS_PUSH; - return startServerByStep(); -} - -bool Server::connectTo() -{ - if (SSS_RUNNING != m_serverStartStep) { - qWarning("server not run"); - return false; - } - - if (!m_tunnelForward && !m_videoSocket) { - startAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - return true; - } - - startConnectTimeoutTimer(); - return true; -} - -bool Server::isReverse() -{ - return !m_tunnelForward; -} - -Server::ServerParams Server::getParams() -{ - return m_params; -} - -void Server::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event) -{ - if (event && m_acceptTimeoutTimer == event->timerId()) { - stopAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - emit serverStarted(false); - } else if (event && m_connectTimeoutTimer == event->timerId()) { - onConnectTimer(); - } -} - -VideoSocket *Server::getVideoSocket() -{ - return m_videoSocket; -} - -QTcpSocket *Server::getControlSocket() -{ - return m_controlSocket; -} - -void Server::stop() -{ - if (m_tunnelForward) { - stopConnectTimeoutTimer(); - } else { - stopAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - } - - if (m_videoSocket) { - m_videoSocket->close(); - m_videoSocket->deleteLater(); - } - if (m_controlSocket) { - m_controlSocket->close(); - m_controlSocket->deleteLater(); - } - // ignore failure - m_serverProcess.kill(); - if (m_tunnelEnabled) { - if (m_tunnelForward) { - disableTunnelForward(); - } else { - disableTunnelReverse(); - } - m_tunnelForward = false; - m_tunnelEnabled = false; - } - m_serverSocket.close(); -} - -bool Server::startServerByStep() -{ - bool stepSuccess = false; - // push, enable tunnel et start the server - if (SSS_NULL != m_serverStartStep) { - switch (m_serverStartStep) { - case SSS_PUSH: - stepSuccess = pushServer(); - break; - case SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_REVERSE: - stepSuccess = enableTunnelReverse(); - break; - case SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_FORWARD: - stepSuccess = enableTunnelForward(); - break; - case SSS_EXECUTE_SERVER: - // server will connect to our server socket - stepSuccess = execute(); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - - if (!stepSuccess) { - emit serverStarted(false); - } - return stepSuccess; -} - -bool Server::readInfo(VideoSocket *videoSocket, QString &deviceName, QSize &size) -{ - unsigned char buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 4]; - if (videoSocket->bytesAvailable() <= (DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 4)) { - videoSocket->waitForReadyRead(300); - } - - qint64 len = videoSocket->read((char *)buf, sizeof(buf)); - if (len < DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 4) { - qInfo("Could not retrieve device information"); - return false; - } - buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH - 1] = '\0'; // in case the client sends garbage - // strcpy is safe here, since name contains at least DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH bytes - // and strlen(buf) < DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH - deviceName = (char *)buf; - size.setWidth((buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH] << 8) | buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 1]); - size.setHeight((buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 2] << 8) | buf[DEVICE_NAME_FIELD_LENGTH + 3]); - return true; -} - -void Server::startAcceptTimeoutTimer() -{ - stopAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - m_acceptTimeoutTimer = startTimer(1000); -} - -void Server::stopAcceptTimeoutTimer() -{ - if (m_acceptTimeoutTimer) { - killTimer(m_acceptTimeoutTimer); - m_acceptTimeoutTimer = 0; - } -} - -void Server::startConnectTimeoutTimer() -{ - stopConnectTimeoutTimer(); - m_connectTimeoutTimer = startTimer(100); -} - -void Server::stopConnectTimeoutTimer() -{ - if (m_connectTimeoutTimer) { - killTimer(m_connectTimeoutTimer); - m_connectTimeoutTimer = 0; - } - m_connectCount = 0; -} - -void Server::onConnectTimer() -{ - // device server need time to start - // 这里连接太早时间不够导致安卓监听socket还没有建立，readInfo会失败，所以采取定时重试策略 - // 每隔100ms尝试一次，最多尝试MAX_CONNECT_COUNT次 - QString deviceName; - QSize deviceSize; - bool success = false; - - VideoSocket *videoSocket = new VideoSocket(); - QTcpSocket *controlSocket = new QTcpSocket(); - - videoSocket->connectToHost(QHostAddress::LocalHost, m_params.localPort); - if (!videoSocket->waitForConnected(1000)) { - // 连接到adb很快的，这里失败不重试 - m_connectCount = MAX_CONNECT_COUNT; - qWarning("video socket connect to server failed"); - goto result; - } - - controlSocket->connectToHost(QHostAddress::LocalHost, m_params.localPort); - if (!controlSocket->waitForConnected(1000)) { - // 连接到adb很快的，这里失败不重试 - m_connectCount = MAX_CONNECT_COUNT; - qWarning("control socket connect to server failed"); - goto result; - } - - if (QTcpSocket::ConnectedState == videoSocket->state()) { - // connect will success even if devices offline, recv data is real connect success - // because connect is to pc adb server - videoSocket->waitForReadyRead(1000); - // devices will send 1 byte first on tunnel forward mode - QByteArray data = videoSocket->read(1); - if (!data.isEmpty() && readInfo(videoSocket, deviceName, deviceSize)) { - success = true; - goto result; - } else { - qWarning("video socket connect to server read device info failed, try again"); - goto result; - } - } else { - qWarning("connect to server failed"); - m_connectCount = MAX_CONNECT_COUNT; - goto result; - } - -result: - if (success) { - stopConnectTimeoutTimer(); - m_videoSocket = videoSocket; - m_controlSocket = controlSocket; - // we don't need the adb tunnel anymore - disableTunnelForward(); - m_tunnelEnabled = false; - m_restartCount = 0; - emit serverStarted(success, deviceName, deviceSize); - return; - } - - if (videoSocket) { - videoSocket->deleteLater(); - } - if (controlSocket) { - controlSocket->deleteLater(); - } - - if (MAX_CONNECT_COUNT <= m_connectCount++) { - stopConnectTimeoutTimer(); - stop(); - if (MAX_RESTART_COUNT > m_restartCount++) { - qWarning("restart server auto"); - start(m_params); - } else { - m_restartCount = 0; - emit serverStarted(false); - } - } -} - -void Server::onWorkProcessResult(qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult) -{ - if (sender() == &m_workProcess) { - if (SSS_NULL != m_serverStartStep) { - switch (m_serverStartStep) { - case SSS_PUSH: - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_EXEC == processResult) { - if (m_params.useReverse) { - m_serverStartStep = SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_REVERSE; - } else { - m_tunnelForward = true; - m_serverStartStep = SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_FORWARD; - } - startServerByStep(); - } else if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - qCritical("adb push failed"); - m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; - emit serverStarted(false); - } - break; - case SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_REVERSE: - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_EXEC == processResult) { - // At the application level, the device part is "the server" because it - // serves video stream and control. However, at the network level, the - // client listens and the server connects to the client. That way, the - // client can listen before starting the server app, so there is no need to - // try to connect until the server socket is listening on the device. - m_serverSocket.setMaxPendingConnections(2); - if (!m_serverSocket.listen(QHostAddress::LocalHost, m_params.localPort)) { - qCritical() << QString("Could not listen on port %1").arg(m_params.localPort).toStdString().c_str(); - m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; - disableTunnelReverse(); - emit serverStarted(false); - break; - } - - m_serverStartStep = SSS_EXECUTE_SERVER; - startServerByStep(); - } else if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - // 有一些设备reverse会报错more than o'ne device，adb的bug - // https://github.com/Genymobile/scrcpy/issues/5 - qCritical("adb reverse failed"); - m_tunnelForward = true; - m_serverStartStep = SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_FORWARD; - startServerByStep(); - } - break; - case SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_FORWARD: - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_EXEC == processResult) { - m_serverStartStep = SSS_EXECUTE_SERVER; - startServerByStep(); - } else if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START != processResult) { - qCritical("adb forward failed"); - m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; - emit serverStarted(false); - } - break; - default: - break; - } - } - } - if (sender() == &m_serverProcess) { - if (SSS_EXECUTE_SERVER == m_serverStartStep) { - if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_SUCCESS_START == processResult) { - m_serverStartStep = SSS_RUNNING; - m_tunnelEnabled = true; - connectTo(); - } else if (qsc::AdbProcess::AER_ERROR_START == processResult) { - if (!m_tunnelForward) { - m_serverSocket.close(); - disableTunnelReverse(); - } else { - disableTunnelForward(); - } - qCritical("adb shell start server failed"); - m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; - emit serverStarted(false); - } - } else if (SSS_RUNNING == m_serverStartStep) { - m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; - emit serverStoped(); - } - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2f963d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/server.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef SERVER_H -#define SERVER_H - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "adbprocess.h" -#include "tcpserver.h" -#include "videosocket.h" - -class Server : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - - enum SERVER_START_STEP - { - SSS_NULL, - SSS_PUSH, - SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_REVERSE, - SSS_ENABLE_TUNNEL_FORWARD, - SSS_EXECUTE_SERVER, - SSS_RUNNING, - }; - -public: - struct ServerParams - { - // necessary - QString serial = ""; // 设备序列号 - QString serverLocalPath = ""; // 本地安卓server路径 - - // optional - QString serverRemotePath = "/data/local/tmp/scrcpy-server.jar"; // 要推送到远端设备的server路径 - quint16 localPort = 27183; // reverse时本地监听端口 - quint16 maxSize = 720; // 视频分辨率 - quint32 bitRate = 8000000; // 视频比特率 - quint32 maxFps = 60; // 视频最大帧率 - bool useReverse = true; // true:先使用adb reverse，失败后自动使用adb forward；false:直接使用adb forward - int lockVideoOrientation = -1; // 是否锁定视频方向 - int stayAwake = false; // 是否保持唤醒 - QString serverVersion = "1.21";// server版本 - QString logLevel = "info"; // log级别 debug/info/warn/error - // 编码选项 ""表示默认 - // 例如 CodecOptions="profile=1,level=2" - // 更多编码选项参考 https://d.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaFormat - QString codecOptions = ""; - // 指定编码器名称(必须是H.264编码器)，""表示默认 - // 例如 CodecName="OMX.qcom.video.encoder.avc" - QString codecName = ""; - - QString crop = ""; // 视频裁剪 - bool control = true; // 安卓端是否接收键鼠控制 - }; - - explicit Server(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~Server(); - - bool start(Server::ServerParams params); - void stop(); - bool isReverse(); - Server::ServerParams getParams(); - VideoSocket *getVideoSocket(); - QTcpSocket *getControlSocket(); - -signals: - void serverStarted(bool success, const QString &deviceName = "", const QSize &size = QSize()); - void serverStoped(); - -private slots: - void onWorkProcessResult(qsc::AdbProcess::ADB_EXEC_RESULT processResult); - -protected: - void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event); - -private: - bool pushServer(); - bool enableTunnelReverse(); - bool disableTunnelReverse(); - bool enableTunnelForward(); - bool disableTunnelForward(); - bool execute(); - bool connectTo(); - bool startServerByStep(); - bool readInfo(VideoSocket *videoSocket, QString &deviceName, QSize &size); - void startAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - void stopAcceptTimeoutTimer(); - void startConnectTimeoutTimer(); - void stopConnectTimeoutTimer(); - void onConnectTimer(); - -private: - qsc::AdbProcess m_workProcess; - qsc::AdbProcess m_serverProcess; - TcpServer m_serverSocket; // only used if !tunnel_forward - QPointer m_videoSocket = Q_NULLPTR; - QPointer m_controlSocket = Q_NULLPTR; - bool m_tunnelEnabled = false; - bool m_tunnelForward = false; // use "adb forward" instead of "adb reverse" - int m_acceptTimeoutTimer = 0; - int m_connectTimeoutTimer = 0; - quint32 m_connectCount = 0; - quint32 m_restartCount = 0; - QString m_deviceName = ""; - QSize m_deviceSize = QSize(); - ServerParams m_params; - - SERVER_START_STEP m_serverStartStep = SSS_NULL; -}; - -#endif // SERVER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9042d28..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -#include "tcpserver.h" -#include "videosocket.h" - -TcpServer::TcpServer(QObject *parent) : QTcpServer(parent) {} - -TcpServer::~TcpServer() {} - -void TcpServer::incomingConnection(qintptr handle) -{ - if (m_isVideoSocket) { - VideoSocket *socket = new VideoSocket(); - socket->setSocketDescriptor(handle); - addPendingConnection(socket); - - // next is control socket - m_isVideoSocket = false; - } else { - QTcpSocket *socket = new QTcpSocket(); - socket->setSocketDescriptor(handle); - addPendingConnection(socket); - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.h deleted file mode 100644 index 96b4e34..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/tcpserver.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef TCPSERVER_H -#define TCPSERVER_H - -#include - -class TcpServer : public QTcpServer -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit TcpServer(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~TcpServer(); - -protected: - virtual void incomingConnection(qintptr handle); - -private: - bool m_isVideoSocket = true; -}; - -#endif // TCPSERVER_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index bc4a396..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include - -#include "qscrcpyevent.h" -#include "videosocket.h" - -VideoSocket::VideoSocket(QObject *parent) : QTcpSocket(parent) -{ - connect(this, &VideoSocket::readyRead, this, &VideoSocket::onReadyRead); - connect(this, &VideoSocket::aboutToClose, this, &VideoSocket::quitNotify); - connect(this, &VideoSocket::disconnected, this, &VideoSocket::quitNotify); -} - -VideoSocket::~VideoSocket() -{ - quitNotify(); -} - -qint32 VideoSocket::subThreadRecvData(quint8 *buf, qint32 bufSize) -{ - // this function cant call in main thread - Q_ASSERT(QCoreApplication::instance()->thread() != QThread::currentThread()); - if (m_quit) { - return 0; - } - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - - m_buffer = buf; - m_bufferSize = bufSize; - m_dataSize = 0; - - // post event - VideoSocketEvent *getDataEvent = new VideoSocketEvent(); - QCoreApplication::postEvent(this, getDataEvent); - - // wait - while (!m_recvData) { - m_recvDataCond.wait(&m_mutex); - } - - m_recvData = false; - return m_dataSize; -} - -bool VideoSocket::event(QEvent *event) -{ - if (static_cast(event->type()) == QScrcpyEvent::VideoSocket) { - onReadyRead(); - return true; - } - return QTcpSocket::event(event); -} - -void VideoSocket::onReadyRead() -{ - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - if (m_buffer && m_bufferSize <= bytesAvailable()) { - // recv data - qint64 readSize = qMin(bytesAvailable(), (qint64)m_bufferSize); - m_dataSize = read((char *)m_buffer, readSize); - - m_buffer = Q_NULLPTR; - m_bufferSize = 0; - m_recvData = true; - m_recvDataCond.wakeOne(); - } -} - -void VideoSocket::quitNotify() -{ - m_quit = true; - QMutexLocker locker(&m_mutex); - if (m_buffer) { - m_buffer = Q_NULLPTR; - m_bufferSize = 0; - m_recvData = true; - m_dataSize = 0; - m_recvDataCond.wakeOne(); - } -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.h deleted file mode 100644 index 844dc94..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/server/videosocket.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef VIDEOSOCKET_H -#define VIDEOSOCKET_H - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -class VideoSocket : public QTcpSocket -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit VideoSocket(QObject *parent = nullptr); - virtual ~VideoSocket(); - - qint32 subThreadRecvData(quint8 *buf, qint32 bufSize); - -protected: - bool event(QEvent *event); - -protected slots: - void onReadyRead(); - void quitNotify(); - -private: - QMutex m_mutex; - QWaitCondition m_recvDataCond; - bool m_recvData = false; - quint8 *m_buffer = Q_NULLPTR; - qint32 m_bufferSize = 0; - qint32 m_dataSize = 0; - bool m_quit = false; -}; - -#endif // VIDEOSOCKET_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d318801..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include - -#include "compat.h" -#include "stream.h" - -#define BUFSIZE 0x10000 -#define HEADER_SIZE 12 -#define NO_PTS UINT64_MAX - -typedef qint32 (*ReadPacketFunc)(void *, quint8 *, qint32); - -Stream::Stream(std::function recvData, QObject *parent) - : QThread(parent) - , m_recvData(recvData) -{} - -Stream::~Stream() {} - -static void avLogCallback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl) -{ - Q_UNUSED(avcl) - Q_UNUSED(vl) - - QString localFmt = QString::fromUtf8(fmt); - localFmt.prepend("[FFmpeg] "); - switch (level) { - case AV_LOG_PANIC: - case AV_LOG_FATAL: - qFatal("%s", localFmt.toUtf8().data()); - break; - case AV_LOG_ERROR: - qCritical() << localFmt.toUtf8(); - break; - case AV_LOG_WARNING: - qWarning() << localFmt.toUtf8(); - break; - case AV_LOG_INFO: - qInfo() << localFmt.toUtf8(); - break; - case AV_LOG_DEBUG: - // qDebug() << localFmt.toUtf8(); - break; - } - - // do not forward others, which are too verbose - return; -} - -bool Stream::init() -{ -#ifdef QTSCRCPY_LAVF_REQUIRES_REGISTER_ALL - av_register_all(); -#endif - if (avformat_network_init()) { - return false; - } - av_log_set_callback(avLogCallback); - return true; -} - -void Stream::deInit() -{ - avformat_network_deinit(); // ignore failure -} - -static quint32 bufferRead32be(quint8 *buf) -{ - return static_cast((buf[0] << 24) | (buf[1] << 16) | (buf[2] << 8) | buf[3]); -} - -static quint64 bufferRead64be(quint8 *buf) -{ - quint32 msb = bufferRead32be(buf); - quint32 lsb = bufferRead32be(&buf[4]); - return (static_cast(msb) << 32) | lsb; -} - -qint32 Stream::recvData(quint8 *buf, qint32 bufSize) -{ - if (!buf || !m_recvData) { - return 0; - } - - qint32 len = m_recvData(buf, bufSize); - return len; -} - -bool Stream::startDecode() -{ - if (!m_recvData) { - return false; - } - start(); - return true; -} - -void Stream::stopDecode() -{ - wait(); -} - -void Stream::run() -{ - AVCodec *codec = Q_NULLPTR; - m_codecCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - m_parser = Q_NULLPTR; - - // codec - codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); - if (!codec) { - qCritical("H.264 decoder not found"); - goto runQuit; - } - - // codeCtx - m_codecCtx = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); - if (!m_codecCtx) { - qCritical("Could not allocate codec context"); - goto runQuit; - } - - m_parser = av_parser_init(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); - if (!m_parser) { - qCritical("Could not initialize parser"); - goto runQuit; - } - - // We must only pass complete frames to av_parser_parse2()! - // It's more complicated, but this allows to reduce the latency by 1 frame! - m_parser->flags |= PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES; - - for (;;) { - AVPacket packet; - bool ok = recvPacket(&packet); - if (!ok) { - // end of stream - break; - } - - ok = pushPacket(&packet); - av_packet_unref(&packet); - if (!ok) { - // cannot process packet (error already logged) - break; - } - } - - qDebug("End of frames"); - - if (m_hasPending) { - av_packet_unref(&m_pending); - } - - av_parser_close(m_parser); - -runQuit: - if (m_codecCtx) { - avcodec_free_context(&m_codecCtx); - } - - emit onStreamStop(); -} - -bool Stream::recvPacket(AVPacket *packet) -{ - // The video stream contains raw packets, without time information. When we - // record, we retrieve the timestamps separately, from a "meta" header - // added by the server before each raw packet. - // - // The "meta" header length is 12 bytes: - // [. . . . . . . .|. . . .]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... - // <-------------> <-----> <-----------------------------... - // PTS packet raw packet - // size - // - // It is followed by bytes containing the packet/frame. - - quint8 header[HEADER_SIZE]; - qint32 r = recvData(header, HEADER_SIZE); - if (r < HEADER_SIZE) { - return false; - } - - quint64 pts = bufferRead64be(header); - quint32 len = bufferRead32be(&header[8]); - Q_ASSERT(pts == NO_PTS || (pts & 0x8000000000000000) == 0); - Q_ASSERT(len); - - if (av_new_packet(packet, static_cast(len))) { - qCritical("Could not allocate packet"); - return false; - } - - r = recvData(packet->data, static_cast(len)); - if (r < 0 || static_cast(r) < len) { - av_packet_unref(packet); - return false; - } - - packet->pts = pts != NO_PTS ? static_cast(pts) : static_cast(AV_NOPTS_VALUE); - - return true; -} - -bool Stream::pushPacket(AVPacket *packet) -{ - bool isConfig = packet->pts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE; - - // A config packet must not be decoded immetiately (it contains no - // frame); instead, it must be concatenated with the future data packet. - if (m_hasPending || isConfig) { - qint32 offset; - if (m_hasPending) { - offset = m_pending.size; - if (av_grow_packet(&m_pending, packet->size)) { - qCritical("Could not grow packet"); - return false; - } - } else { - offset = 0; - if (av_new_packet(&m_pending, packet->size)) { - qCritical("Could not create packet"); - return false; - } - m_hasPending = true; - } - - memcpy(m_pending.data + offset, packet->data, static_cast(packet->size)); - - if (!isConfig) { - // prepare the concat packet to send to the decoder - m_pending.pts = packet->pts; - m_pending.dts = packet->dts; - m_pending.flags = packet->flags; - packet = &m_pending; - } - } - - if (isConfig) { - // config packet - bool ok = processConfigPacket(packet); - if (!ok) { - return false; - } - } else { - // data packet - bool ok = parse(packet); - - if (m_hasPending) { - // the pending packet must be discarded (consumed or error) - m_hasPending = false; - av_packet_unref(&m_pending); - } - - if (!ok) { - return false; - } - } - return true; -} - -bool Stream::processConfigPacket(AVPacket *packet) -{ - emit getConfigFrame(packet); - return true; -} - -bool Stream::parse(AVPacket *packet) -{ - quint8 *inData = packet->data; - int inLen = packet->size; - quint8 *outData = Q_NULLPTR; - int outLen = 0; - int r = av_parser_parse2(m_parser, m_codecCtx, &outData, &outLen, inData, inLen, AV_NOPTS_VALUE, AV_NOPTS_VALUE, -1); - - // PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES is set - Q_ASSERT(r == inLen); - (void)r; - Q_ASSERT(outLen == inLen); - - if (m_parser->key_frame == 1) { - packet->flags |= AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY; - } - - bool ok = processFrame(packet); - if (!ok) { - qCritical("Could not process frame"); - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -bool Stream::processFrame(AVPacket *packet) -{ - packet->dts = packet->pts; - emit getFrame(packet); - return true; -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.h deleted file mode 100644 index 619c2d4..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/device/stream/stream.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef STREAM_H -#define STREAM_H - -#include -#include - -extern "C" -{ -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" -#include "libavformat/avformat.h" -} - -class Stream : public QThread -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - Stream(std::function recvData, QObject *parent = Q_NULLPTR); - virtual ~Stream(); - -public: - static bool init(); - static void deInit(); - - bool startDecode(); - void stopDecode(); - -signals: - void onStreamStop(); - void getFrame(AVPacket* packet); - void getConfigFrame(AVPacket* packet); - -protected: - void run(); - bool recvPacket(AVPacket *packet); - bool pushPacket(AVPacket *packet); - bool processConfigPacket(AVPacket *packet); - bool parse(AVPacket *packet); - bool processFrame(AVPacket *packet); - qint32 recvData(quint8 *buf, qint32 bufSize); - -private: - std::function m_recvData = nullptr; - - AVCodecContext *m_codecCtx = Q_NULLPTR; - AVCodecParserContext *m_parser = Q_NULLPTR; - // successive packets may need to be concatenated, until a non-config - // packet is available - bool m_hasPending = false; - AVPacket m_pending; -}; - -#endif // STREAM_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.cpp b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index f4ff444..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "devicemanage.h" -#include "server.h" -#include "device.h" -#include "stream.h" - -namespace qsc { - -#define DM_MAX_DEVICES_NUM 1000 - -IDeviceManage& IDeviceManage::getInstance() { - static DeviceManage dm; - return dm; -} - -DeviceManage::DeviceManage() { - Stream::init(); -} - -DeviceManage::~DeviceManage() { - Stream::deInit(); -} - -QPointer DeviceManage::getDevice(const QString &serial) -{ - if (!m_devices.contains(serial)) { - return QPointer(); - } - return m_devices[serial]; -} - -bool DeviceManage::connectDevice(qsc::DeviceParams params) -{ - if (params.serial.trimmed().isEmpty()) { - return false; - } - if (m_devices.contains(params.serial)) { - return false; - } - if (DM_MAX_DEVICES_NUM < m_devices.size()) { - qInfo("over the maximum number of connections"); - return false; - } - /* - // 没有必要分配端口，都用27183即可，连接建立以后server会释放监听的 - quint16 port = 0; - if (params.useReverse) { - port = getFreePort(); - if (0 == port) { - qInfo("no port available, automatically switch to forward"); - params.useReverse = false; - } else { - params.localPort = port; - qInfo("free port %d", port); - } - } - */ - IDevice *device = new Device(params); - connect(device, &Device::deviceConnected, this, &DeviceManage::onDeviceConnected); - connect(device, &Device::deviceDisconnected, this, &DeviceManage::onDeviceDisconnected); - if (!device->connectDevice()) { - delete device; - return false; - } - m_devices[params.serial] = device; - return true; -} - -bool DeviceManage::disconnectDevice(const QString &serial) -{ - bool ret = false; - if (!serial.isEmpty() && m_devices.contains(serial)) { - auto it = m_devices.find(serial); - if (it->data()) { - delete it->data(); - ret = true; - } - } - return ret; -} - -void DeviceManage::disconnectAllDevice() -{ - QMapIterator> i(m_devices); - while (i.hasNext()) { - i.next(); - if (i.value()) { - delete i.value(); - } - } -} - -void DeviceManage::onDeviceConnected(bool success, const QString &serial, const QString &deviceName, const QSize &size) -{ - emit deviceConnected(success, serial, deviceName, size); - if (!success) { - removeDevice(serial); - } -} - -void DeviceManage::onDeviceDisconnected(QString serial) -{ - emit deviceDisconnected(serial); - removeDevice(serial); -} - -quint16 DeviceManage::getFreePort() -{ - quint16 port = m_localPortStart; - while (port < m_localPortStart + DM_MAX_DEVICES_NUM) { - bool used = false; - QMapIterator> i(m_devices); - while (i.hasNext()) { - i.next(); - auto device = i.value(); - if (device && device->isReversePort(port)) { - used = true; - break; - } - } - if (!used) { - return port; - } - port++; - } - return 0; -} - -void DeviceManage::removeDevice(const QString &serial) -{ - if (!serial.isEmpty() && m_devices.contains(serial)) { - m_devices[serial]->deleteLater(); - m_devices.remove(serial); - } -} - -} diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.h deleted file mode 100644 index 93b3c2d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/devicemanage/devicemanage.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef DEVICEMANAGE_H -#define DEVICEMANAGE_H - -#include -#include - -#include "../../include/QtScrcpyCore.h" - -namespace qsc { - -class DeviceManage : public IDeviceManage -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - explicit DeviceManage(); - virtual ~DeviceManage(); - - virtual QPointer getDevice(const QString& serial) override; - - bool connectDevice(qsc::DeviceParams params) override; - bool disconnectDevice(const QString &serial) override; - void disconnectAllDevice() override; - -protected slots: - void onDeviceConnected(bool success, const QString& serial, const QString& deviceName, const QSize& size); - void onDeviceDisconnected(QString serial); - -private: - quint16 getFreePort(); - void removeDevice(const QString& serial); - -private: - QMap> m_devices; - quint16 m_localPortStart = 27183; - QString m_script; -}; - -} -#endif // DEVICEMANAGE_H diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h deleted file mode 100644 index ff8cc4c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/* - * AC-3 parser prototypes - * Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard - * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H -#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H - -#include -#include - -/** - * Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data. - */ -int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size, - uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size); - - -#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h deleted file mode 100644 index f85becd..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H -#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H - -#include -#include - -#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7 - -/** - * Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data. - * @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer - * @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written - * @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written - * @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure. - */ -int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples, - uint8_t *frames); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h deleted file mode 100644 index d234271..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6228 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H -#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup libavc - * Libavcodec external API header - */ - -#include -#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" -#include "libavutil/attributes.h" -#include "libavutil/avutil.h" -#include "libavutil/buffer.h" -#include "libavutil/cpu.h" -#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" -#include "libavutil/dict.h" -#include "libavutil/frame.h" -#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" -#include "libavutil/log.h" -#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" -#include "libavutil/rational.h" - -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup libavc libavcodec - * Encoding/Decoding Library - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding - * @{ - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding - * @{ - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs - * @{ - * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs - * @{ - * @} - * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers - * @{ - * @} - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge - * @{ - * @} - * @} - * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal - * @{ - * @} - * @} - */ - -/** - * @ingroup libavc - * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview - * @{ - * - * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ - * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which - * decouples input and output. - * - * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as - * follows: - * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. - * - Send valid input: - * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw - * compressed data in an AVPacket. - * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame - * containing uncompressed audio or video. - * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are - * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat - * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates - * refcounted AVFrames.) - * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() - * functions and process their output: - * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return - * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. - * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return - * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. - * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The - * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to - * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each - * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, - * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. - * - * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple - * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers - * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps - * outlined above. - * - * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if - * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode - * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could - * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that - * returns EAGAIN. - * - * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, - * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for - * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). - * This is handled as follows: - * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) - * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining - * mode. - * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() - * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will - * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. - * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with - * avcodec_flush_buffers(). - * - * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also - * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can - * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling - * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed - * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of - * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with - * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to - * read at least some output. - * - * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only - * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on - * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or - * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will - * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. - * - * This API replaces the following legacy functions: - * - avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4(): - * Use avcodec_send_packet() to feed input to the decoder, then use - * avcodec_receive_frame() to receive decoded frames after each packet. - * Unlike with the old video decoding API, multiple frames might result from - * a packet. For audio, splitting the input packet into frames by partially - * decoding packets becomes transparent to the API user. You never need to - * feed an AVPacket to the API twice (unless it is rejected with AVERROR(EAGAIN) - then - * no data was read from the packet). - * Additionally, sending a flush/draining packet is required only once. - * - avcodec_encode_video2()/avcodec_encode_audio2(): - * Use avcodec_send_frame() to feed input to the encoder, then use - * avcodec_receive_packet() to receive encoded packets. - * Providing user-allocated buffers for avcodec_receive_packet() is not - * possible. - * - The new API does not handle subtitles yet. - * - * Mixing new and old function calls on the same AVCodecContext is not allowed, - * and will result in undefined behavior. - * - * Some codecs might require using the new API; using the old API will return - * an error when calling it. All codecs support the new API. - * - * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and receiving. This - * would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user into an endless - * loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen that trying to - * do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a repeated call 1 second - * later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush API calls involved). - * The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of time is not supposed - * to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might still be deemed - * acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both send/receive - * returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also absolutely be - * avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can "flip-flop" between - * the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, it's not allowed that - * the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to consume a packet now - * instead of returning a frame, after it just returned AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an - * avcodec_send_packet() call. - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. - * @ingroup libavc - * - * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, - * allocating core structures, etc. - * @{ - */ - - -/** - * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. - * The principle is roughly: - * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. - * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. - * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation - * details. - * - * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that - * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), - * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs - * - * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec - * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. - */ -enum AVCodecID { - AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, - - /* video codecs */ - AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding - AV_CODEC_ID_H261, - AV_CODEC_ID_H263, - AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, - AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, - AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, - AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, - AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, - AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, - AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, - AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, - AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, - AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, - AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, - AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_H264, - AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, - AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, - AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, - AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, - AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, - AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, - AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, - AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, - AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, - AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, - AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, - AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, - AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, - AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, - AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, - AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, - AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, - AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, - AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, - AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, - AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, - AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, - AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, - AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, - AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, - AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, - AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, - AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, - AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, - AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, - AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, - AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, - AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, - AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, - AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, - AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, - AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, - AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, - AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, - AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, - AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, - AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, - AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, - AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, - AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, - AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, - AV_CODEC_ID_THP, - AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, - AV_CODEC_ID_C93, - AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, - AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, - AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, - AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_VB, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, - AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, - AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, - AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, - AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, - AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, - AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, - AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, - AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, - AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, - AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, - AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, - AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, - AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, - AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, - AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, - AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_V210, - AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, - AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, - AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, - AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, - AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, - AV_CODEC_ID_R210, - AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, - AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, -#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM - AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, - AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, - AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, - AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, - AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, - AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, - AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, - AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, - AV_CODEC_ID_JV, - AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, - AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, - AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, - AV_CODEC_ID_V410, - AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, - AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, - AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, - AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, - AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, - AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, - AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, - AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, - AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, - AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, - AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, -#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC - AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, - AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, - AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, - AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, - AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, - AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, - AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, - AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, - AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, - AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, - AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, - AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, - AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, - AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, - AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, - - AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P = 0x8000, - AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, - AV_CODEC_ID_012V, - AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, - AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, - AV_CODEC_ID_V308, - AV_CODEC_ID_V408, - AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, - AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, - AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, - AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, - AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, - AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, - AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, - AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, - AV_CODEC_ID_M101, - AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, - AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, - AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, - AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, - AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, - AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, - AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, - AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, - AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, - AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, - AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, - AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, - AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, - AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, - AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, - AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, - AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, - AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, - AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, - AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, - AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, - AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, - AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, - AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, - - /* various PCM "codecs" */ - AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, - AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, - - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE = 0x10800, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, - - /* various ADPCM codecs */ - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, - - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC = 0x11800, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, - AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, - - /* AMR */ - AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, - AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, - - /* RealAudio codecs*/ - AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, - AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, - - /* various DPCM codecs */ - AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, - AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, - AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, - AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, - - AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM = 0x14800, - AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, - - /* audio codecs */ - AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, - AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 - AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, - AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, - AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, - AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, - AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, - AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, - AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, - AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, - AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, - AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, - AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, - AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, - AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, - AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format - AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, - AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, - AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, - AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, - AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, - AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, - AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, - AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, - AV_CODEC_ID_APE, - AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, - AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, - AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, - AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, - AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, - AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, - AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, - AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, - AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, - AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, - AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, - AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, - AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, - AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, - AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, - AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, - AV_CODEC_ID_G729, - AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, - AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, - AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, - AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, - AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, - AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, - AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, - AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, - AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, - AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, - AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, - - AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH = 0x15800, - AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, - AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, - AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, - AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, - AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, - AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, - AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, - AV_CODEC_ID_DST, - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, - AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, - AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, - AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, - AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, - AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, - AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, - - /* subtitle codecs */ - AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. - AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, - AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text - AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, - AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, - AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, - AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, - AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, - - AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD = 0x17800, - AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, - AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, - AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, - AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, - AV_CODEC_ID_STL, - AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, - AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, - AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, - AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, - AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, - AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, - AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, - AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, - AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, - AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, - AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, - - /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ - AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. - AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, - - AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program stream. - AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT = 0x18800, - AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, - AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, - AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, - AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, - AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, - AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, - AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, - - - AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it - - AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS - * stream (only used by libavformat) */ - AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems - * stream (only used by libavformat) */ - AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information. - AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket -}; - -/** - * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an - * AVCodecID. - * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() - */ -typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { - enum AVCodecID id; - enum AVMediaType type; - /** - * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and - * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric - * characters and '_' only. - */ - const char *name; - /** - * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. - */ - const char *long_name; - /** - * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. - */ - int props; - /** - * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. - * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. - * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. - */ - const char *const *mime_types; - /** - * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. - * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. - */ - const struct AVProfile *profiles; -} AVCodecDescriptor; - -/** - * Codec uses only intra compression. - * Video and audio codecs only. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) -/** - * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. - * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless - * compression modes - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) -/** - * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) -/** - * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which - * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the - * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding - * frames. - * - * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be - * equal. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) -/** - * Subtitle codec is bitmap based - * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) -/** - * Subtitle codec is text based. - * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) - -/** - * @ingroup lavc_decoding - * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input bitstream for decoding. - * This is mainly needed because some optimized bitstream readers read - * 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.
- * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged - * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. - */ -#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 - -/** - * @ingroup lavc_encoding - * minimum encoding buffer size - * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. - */ -#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 - -/** - * @ingroup lavc_decoding - */ -enum AVDiscard{ - /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some - * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ - AVDISCARD_NONE =-16, ///< discard nothing - AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi - AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference - AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames - AVDISCARD_NONINTRA= 24, ///< discard all non intra frames - AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes - AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all -}; - -enum AVAudioServiceType { - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, - AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB , ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -/** - * @ingroup lavc_encoding - */ -typedef struct RcOverride{ - int start_frame; - int end_frame; - int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. - float quality_factor; -} RcOverride; - -/* encoding support - These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. - Note: Not everything is supported yet. -*/ - -/** - * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned - * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) -/** - * Use fixed qscale. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) -/** - * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) -/** - * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) -/** - * Use qpel MC. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) -/** - * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first - * decoded frame in stream. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) -/** - * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) -/** - * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) -/** - * loop filter. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) -/** - * Only decode/encode grayscale. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) -/** - * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) -/** - * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location - * instead of only at frame boundaries. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) -/** - * Use interlaced DCT. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) -/** - * Force low delay. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) -/** - * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) -/** - * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) -/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ -/** - * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) -/** - * interlaced motion estimation - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) - -/** - * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) -/** - * Skip bitstream encoding. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) -/** - * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) - -/** - * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) - -/** - * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries - * instead of only at frame boundaries. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) -/** - * Discard cropping information from SPS. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) - -/** - * Show all frames before the first keyframe - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) -/** - * Export motion vectors through frame side data - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) -/** - * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) -/** - * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) - */ -#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) - -/* Unsupported options : - * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) - * Reference Picture Selection - * Independent Segment Decoding */ -/* /Fx */ -/* codec capabilities */ - -/** - * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) -/** - * Codec uses get_buffer() for allocating buffers and supports custom allocators. - * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() at all or use operations that - * assume the buffer was allocated by avcodec_default_get_buffer. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) -/** - * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to - * give the complete and correct output. - * - * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with - * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode - * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec - * unless this flag is set. - * - * Decoders: - * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, - * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer - * returns frames. - * - * Encoders: - * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the - * encoder no longer returns data. - * - * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this - * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for - * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will - * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) -/** - * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. - * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) - -/** - * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket - * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do - * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. - * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a - * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming - * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus - * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like - * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered - * as a last resort. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) -/** - * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental - * encoders - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) -/** - * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of container - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) -/** - * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) -/** - * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) -/** - * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) -/** - * Codec supports avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto). - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 15) -/** - * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) -/** - * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. - * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. - * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, - * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about - * the stream. - * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort - * choice for probing. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) -/** - * Codec is intra only. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 -/** - * Codec is lossless. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 - -/** - * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to - * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use - * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) - -/** - * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not - * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the - * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) - -/** - * This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames - * and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after - * encoding. - */ -#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) - -/** - * Pan Scan area. - * This specifies the area which should be displayed. - * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. - */ -typedef struct AVPanScan { - /** - * id - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int id; - - /** - * width and height in 1/16 pel - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int width; - int height; - - /** - * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int16_t position[3][2]; -} AVPanScan; - -/** - * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It - * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD - * parameters for H.264/HEVC. - */ -typedef struct AVCPBProperties { - /** - * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. - * Zero if unknown or unspecified. - */ -#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES - int max_bitrate; -#else - int64_t max_bitrate; -#endif - /** - * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. - * Zero if unknown or unspecified. - */ -#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES - int min_bitrate; -#else - int64_t min_bitrate; -#endif - /** - * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. - * Zero if unknown or unspecified. - */ -#if FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES - int avg_bitrate; -#else - int64_t avg_bitrate; -#endif - - /** - * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. - * Zero if unknown or unspecified. - */ - int buffer_size; - - /** - * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with - * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz - * clock. - * - * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. - */ - uint64_t vbv_delay; -} AVCPBProperties; - -/** - * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. - */ -#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket - * - * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. - * @{ - */ -enum AVPacketSideDataType { - /** - * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE - * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is - * present. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, - - /** - * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format - * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should - * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side - * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current - * frame or packet. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, - - /** - * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: - * @code - * u32le param_flags - * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) - * s32le channel_count - * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) - * u64le channel_layout - * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) - * s32le sample_rate - * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) - * s32le width - * s32le height - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, - - /** - * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of - * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the - * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). - * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, - * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller - * than the target payload size. - * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: - * @code - * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet - * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock - * u8 GOB number - * u16le macroblock address within the GOB - * u8 horizontal MV predictor - * u8 vertical MV predictor - * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 - * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, - - /** - * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains - * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, - - /** - * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine - * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for - * correct presentation. - * - * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, - - /** - * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains - * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, - - /** - * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds - * to enum AVAudioServiceType. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, - - /** - * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. - * @code - * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). - * u8 picture type - * u8 error count - * u16 reserved - * u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in and output - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, - - /** - * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index - * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate - * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. - * e.g. no decoder available for codec. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, - - /** - * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, - - /** - * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples - * @code - * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet - * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet - * u8 reason for start skip - * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, - - /** - * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that - * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV - * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. - * @code - * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, - - /** - * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for - * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, - - /** - * Subtitle event position - * @code - * u32le x1 - * u32le y1 - * u32le x2 - * u32le y2 - * @endcode - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, - - /** - * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is - * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data - * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed - * by data. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, - - /** - * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, - - /** - * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately - * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, - - /** - * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for - * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This - * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, - - /** - * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID - * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, - - /** - * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata - * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form - * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, - - /** - * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds - * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, - - /** - * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be - * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the - * AVContentLightMetadata struct. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, - - /** - * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with - * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVPacketSideData.data. - * The number of bytes of CC data is AVPacketSideData.size. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, - - /** - * This side data is encryption initialization data. - * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to - * access. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, - - /** - * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. - * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, - - /** - * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified - * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, - - /** - * The number of side data types. - * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may - * change when new side data types are added. - * This must stay the last enum value. - * If its value becomes huge, some code using it - * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. - */ - AV_PKT_DATA_NB -}; - -#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED - -typedef struct AVPacketSideData { - uint8_t *data; - int size; - enum AVPacketSideDataType type; -} AVPacketSideData; - -/** - * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers - * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and - * then passed to muxers. - * - * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may - * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty - * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data - * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). - * - * AVPacket is one of the few structs in FFmpeg, whose size is a part of public - * ABI. Thus it may be allocated on stack and no new fields can be added to it - * without libavcodec and libavformat major bump. - * - * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. - * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is - * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the - * reference count to 0. - * - * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead - * of increasing the reference count. - * - * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by - * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). - * - * @see av_packet_ref - * @see av_packet_unref - */ -typedef struct AVPacket { - /** - * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is - * stored. - * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. - */ - AVBufferRef *buf; - /** - * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which - * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. - * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. - * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before - * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse - * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps - * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. - */ - int64_t pts; - /** - * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which - * the packet is decompressed. - * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. - */ - int64_t dts; - uint8_t *data; - int size; - int stream_index; - /** - * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values - */ - int flags; - /** - * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. - * Packet can contain several types of side information. - */ - AVPacketSideData *side_data; - int side_data_elems; - - /** - * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. - * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. - */ - int64_t duration; - - int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown - -#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION - /** - * @deprecated Same as the duration field, but as int64_t. This was required - * for Matroska subtitles, whose duration values could overflow when the - * duration field was still an int. - */ - attribute_deprecated - int64_t convergence_duration; -#endif -} AVPacket; -#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe -#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted -/** - * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid - * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped - * after decoding. - **/ -#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 -/** - * The packet comes from a trusted source. - * - * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data - * outside the packet may be followed. - */ -#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 -/** - * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can - * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. - */ -#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 - - -enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { - AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, - AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, - AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, - AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, -}; -/** - * @} - */ - -struct AVCodecInternal; - -enum AVFieldOrder { - AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, - AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, - AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first - AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first - AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first - AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first -}; - -/** - * main external API structure. - * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. - * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major - * version bump. - * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from user - * applications. - * The name string for AVOptions options matches the associated command line - * parameter name and can be found in libavcodec/options_table.h - * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C - * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. - * sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. - */ -typedef struct AVCodecContext { - /** - * information on struct for av_log - * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - int log_level_offset; - - enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ - const struct AVCodec *codec; - enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ - - /** - * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). - * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. - * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify the codec. - * If there are multiple such fields in a container then the demuxer should choose the one - * which maximizes the information about the used codec. - * If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits then the demuxer should - * remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or other structure. Alternatively a new - * extra_codec_tag + size could be added but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated - * first. - * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be used. - * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec during init. - */ - unsigned int codec_tag; - - void *priv_data; - - /** - * Private context used for internal data. - * - * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general - * libavcodec functions. - */ - struct AVCodecInternal *internal; - - /** - * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - void *opaque; - - /** - * the average bitrate - * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. - * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec - * if this info is available in the stream - */ - int64_t bit_rate; - - /** - * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. - * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) - * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int bit_rate_tolerance; - - /** - * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. - * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int global_quality; - - /** - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int compression_level; -#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 - - /** - * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int flags; - - /** - * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int flags2; - - /** - * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. - * MJPEG: Huffman tables - * rv10: additional flags - * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) - * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger - * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream reader. - * The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the architecture or CPU endianness. - * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. - * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. - */ - uint8_t *extradata; - int extradata_size; - - /** - * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms - * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, - * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be - * identically 1. - * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate - * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is not - * constant. - * - * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base - * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. - * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) - * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate - * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) - * - * - encoding: MUST be set by user. - * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. - * Use framerate instead. - */ - AVRational time_base; - - /** - * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame rate. - * Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame duration - * if no telecine is used ... - * - * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it to 2. - */ - int ticks_per_frame; - - /** - * Codec delay. - * - * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to - * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) - * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder - * as specified in the spec would produce. - * - * Video: - * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the - * encoded input. - * - * Audio: - * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). - * - * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to - * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should - * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. - * - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int delay; - - - /* video only */ - /** - * picture width / height. - * - * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last - * AVFrame output by avcodec_decode_video2 due frame - * reordering. - * - * - encoding: MUST be set by user. - * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. - * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions - * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may - * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. - */ - int width, height; - - /** - * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when - * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. - * - * @note Those field may not match the value of the last - * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame - * reordering. - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known - * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may - * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. - */ - int coded_width, coded_height; - - /** - * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int gop_size; - - /** - * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. - * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. - * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. - * - * @note This field may not match the value of the last - * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame - * reordering. - * - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while - * parsing the data. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; - - /** - * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec - * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not - * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities - * beforehand. - * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads - * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, - * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn - * in order. - * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. - * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass - * the data needed for hardware render. - * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to - * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application - * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress - * or mark state. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - * @param height the height of the slice - * @param y the y position of the slice - * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame - * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be read - */ - void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext *s, - const AVFrame *src, int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], - int y, int type, int height); - - /** - * callback to negotiate the pixelFormat - * @param fmt is the list of formats which are supported by the codec, - * it is terminated by -1 as 0 is a valid format, the formats are ordered by quality. - * The first is always the native one. - * @note The callback may be called again immediately if initialization for - * the selected (hardware-accelerated) pixel format failed. - * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value not - * in the fmt list of formats. - * @return the chosen format - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user, if not set the native format will be chosen. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); - - /** - * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames - * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int max_b_frames; - - /** - * qscale factor between IP and B-frames - * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= lastp_q*factor+offset). - * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float b_quant_factor; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int b_frame_strategy; -#endif - - /** - * qscale offset between IP and B-frames - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float b_quant_offset; - - /** - * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. - * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int has_b_frames; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int mpeg_quant; -#endif - - /** - * qscale factor between P- and I-frames - * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + offset). - * If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= -normal_q*factor+offset). - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float i_quant_factor; - - /** - * qscale offset between P and I-frames - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float i_quant_offset; - - /** - * luminance masking (0-> disabled) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float lumi_masking; - - /** - * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float temporal_cplx_masking; - - /** - * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float spatial_cplx_masking; - - /** - * p block masking (0-> disabled) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float p_masking; - - /** - * darkness masking (0-> disabled) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - float dark_masking; - - /** - * slice count - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). - */ - int slice_count; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int prediction_method; -#define FF_PRED_LEFT 0 -#define FF_PRED_PLANE 1 -#define FF_PRED_MEDIAN 2 -#endif - - /** - * slice offsets in the frame in bytes - * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). - */ - int *slice_offset; - - /** - * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) - * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. - * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for some video standards. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; - - /** - * motion estimation comparison function - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int me_cmp; - /** - * subpixel motion estimation comparison function - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int me_sub_cmp; - /** - * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int mb_cmp; - /** - * interlaced DCT comparison function - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int ildct_cmp; -#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 -#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 -#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 -#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 -#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 -#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 -#define FF_CMP_RD 6 -#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 -#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 -#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 -#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 -#define FF_CMP_W53 11 -#define FF_CMP_W97 12 -#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 -#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 -#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 -#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 - - /** - * ME diamond size & shape - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int dia_size; - - /** - * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int last_predictor_count; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int pre_me; -#endif - - /** - * motion estimation prepass comparison function - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int me_pre_cmp; - - /** - * ME prepass diamond size & shape - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int pre_dia_size; - - /** - * subpel ME quality - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int me_subpel_quality; - - /** - * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units - * If 0 then no limit. - * - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int me_range; - - /** - * slice flags - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int slice_flags; -#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display -#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) -#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) - - /** - * macroblock decision mode - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int mb_decision; -#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp -#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits -#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion - - /** - * custom intra quantization matrix - * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in - * avcodec_free_context(). - * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. - * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. - */ - uint16_t *intra_matrix; - - /** - * custom inter quantization matrix - * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be freed in - * avcodec_free_context(). - * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. - * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. - */ - uint16_t *inter_matrix; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int scenechange_threshold; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int noise_reduction; -#endif - - /** - * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - int intra_dc_precision; - - /** - * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int skip_top; - - /** - * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int skip_bottom; - - /** - * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int mb_lmin; - - /** - * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int mb_lmax; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** - * @deprecated use encoder private options instead - */ - attribute_deprecated - int me_penalty_compensation; -#endif - - /** - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int bidir_refine; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int brd_scale; -#endif - - /** - * minimum GOP size - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int keyint_min; - - /** - * number of reference frames - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by lavc. - */ - int refs; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int chromaoffset; -#endif - - /** - * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int mv0_threshold; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int b_sensitivity; -#endif - - /** - * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; - - /** - * Color Transfer Characteristic. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; - - /** - * YUV colorspace type. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorSpace colorspace; - - /** - * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorRange color_range; - - /** - * This defines the location of chroma samples. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; - - /** - * Number of slices. - * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized - * decoding. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: unused - */ - int slices; - - /** Field order - * - encoding: set by libavcodec - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - enum AVFieldOrder field_order; - - /* audio only */ - int sample_rate; ///< samples per second - int channels; ///< number of audio channels - - /** - * audio sample format - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format - - /* The following data should not be initialized. */ - /** - * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. - * - * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame - * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. - * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then the - * frame size is not restricted. - * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size - */ - int frame_size; - - /** - * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. - * - * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. - * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. - * - * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in - * an error. - */ - int frame_number; - - /** - * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 - * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. - */ - int block_align; - - /** - * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int cutoff; - - /** - * Audio channel layout. - * - encoding: set by user. - * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. - */ - uint64_t channel_layout; - - /** - * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - uint64_t request_channel_layout; - - /** - * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; - - /** - * desired sample format - * - encoding: Not used. - * - decoding: Set by user. - * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. - */ - enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; - - /** - * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data - * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or - * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What - * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel necessary. - * Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API (see description - * of buf[] below). - * - * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is - * called: - * - format - * - width, height (video only) - * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) - * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in - * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec - * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. - * - * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: - * - data[] - * - linesize[] - * - extended_data: - * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this - * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers - * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. - * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in - * av_frame_unref(). - * * otherwise extended_data must point to data - * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each of - * the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. That - * is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not necessarily one - * AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), av_buffer_alloc(), - * and av_buffer_ref(). - * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by - * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more - * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in - * av_frame_unref(). - * - * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call - * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by - * some other means. - * - * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target - * CPU. - * - * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() - * - * Video: - * - * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused - * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. - * - * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and - * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. - * - * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. - * - * If frame multithreading is used and thread_safe_callbacks is set, - * this callback may be called from a different thread, but not from more - * than one at once. Does not need to be reentrant. - * - * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() - * - * Audio: - * - * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting - * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, - * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples - * to a smaller value in the output frame. - * - * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and - * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() - * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and - * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio - * since all planes must be the same size. - * - * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. - */ - int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); - - /** - * If non-zero, the decoded audio and video frames returned from - * avcodec_decode_video2() and avcodec_decode_audio4() are reference-counted - * and are valid indefinitely. The caller must free them with - * av_frame_unref() when they are not needed anymore. - * Otherwise, the decoded frames must not be freed by the caller and are - * only valid until the next decode call. - * - * This is always automatically enabled if avcodec_receive_frame() is used. - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by the caller before avcodec_open2(). - */ - attribute_deprecated - int refcounted_frames; - - /* - encoding parameters */ - float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes (0.0-1.0) - float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) - - /** - * minimum quantizer - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int qmin; - - /** - * maximum quantizer - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int qmax; - - /** - * maximum quantizer difference between frames - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int max_qdiff; - - /** - * decoder bitstream buffer size - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int rc_buffer_size; - - /** - * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride - * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int rc_override_count; - RcOverride *rc_override; - - /** - * maximum bitrate - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. - */ - int64_t rc_max_rate; - - /** - * minimum bitrate - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int64_t rc_min_rate; - - /** - * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, of what can be used without an underflow. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused. - */ - float rc_max_available_vbv_use; - - /** - * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, times the amount needed to prevent a vbv overflow. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused. - */ - float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; - - /** - * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; - -#if FF_API_CODER_TYPE -#define FF_CODER_TYPE_VLC 0 -#define FF_CODER_TYPE_AC 1 -#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RAW 2 -#define FF_CODER_TYPE_RLE 3 - /** - * @deprecated use encoder private options instead - */ - attribute_deprecated - int coder_type; -#endif /* FF_API_CODER_TYPE */ - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int context_model; -#endif - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int frame_skip_threshold; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int frame_skip_factor; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int frame_skip_exp; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int frame_skip_cmp; -#endif /* FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT */ - - /** - * trellis RD quantization - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int trellis; - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int min_prediction_order; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int max_prediction_order; - - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int64_t timecode_frame_start; -#endif - -#if FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK - /** - * @deprecated unused - */ - /* The RTP callback: This function is called */ - /* every time the encoder has a packet to send. */ - /* It depends on the encoder if the data starts */ - /* with a Start Code (it should). H.263 does. */ - /* mb_nb contains the number of macroblocks */ - /* encoded in the RTP payload. */ - attribute_deprecated - void (*rtp_callback)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, void *data, int size, int mb_nb); -#endif - -#if FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT - /** @deprecated use encoder private options instead */ - attribute_deprecated - int rtp_payload_size; /* The size of the RTP payload: the coder will */ - /* do its best to deliver a chunk with size */ - /* below rtp_payload_size, the chunk will start */ - /* with a start code on some codecs like H.263. */ - /* This doesn't take account of any particular */ - /* headers inside the transmitted RTP payload. */ -#endif - -#if FF_API_STAT_BITS - /* statistics, used for 2-pass encoding */ - attribute_deprecated - int mv_bits; - attribute_deprecated - int header_bits; - attribute_deprecated - int i_tex_bits; - attribute_deprecated - int p_tex_bits; - attribute_deprecated - int i_count; - attribute_deprecated - int p_count; - attribute_deprecated - int skip_count; - attribute_deprecated - int misc_bits; - - /** @deprecated this field is unused */ - attribute_deprecated - int frame_bits; -#endif - - /** - * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: unused - */ - char *stats_out; - - /** - * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer - * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. - * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - char *stats_in; - - /** - * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected automatically. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - int workaround_bugs; -#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection -#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 -#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 -#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 -#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 -#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 -#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 -#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 -#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 -#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 -#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 -#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 -#define FF_BUG_MS 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. -#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 -#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 - - /** - * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will - * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower - * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all - * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, - * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things - * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly - * (=strictly conform to the specs) - */ - int strict_std_compliance; -#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software. -#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences. -#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 -#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions -#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. - - /** - * error concealment flags - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int error_concealment; -#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 -#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 -#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 - - /** - * debug - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int debug; -#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 -#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 -#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 -#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 -#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 -#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV -/** - * @deprecated this option does nothing - */ -#define FF_DEBUG_MV 32 -#endif -#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 -#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 -#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 -#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 -#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 -#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 -#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_QP 0x00002000 -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MB_TYPE 0x00004000 -#endif -#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 -#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 -#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 -#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 - -#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV - /** - * debug - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int debug_mv; -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P-frames -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B-frames -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B-frames -#endif - - /** - * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int err_recognition; - -/** - * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or - * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. - * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the - * decoder returning an error. - */ -#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0) -#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations -#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length -#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection - -#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue -#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors -#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors -#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error - - - /** - * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and - * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input - * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only - * supported by encoders with the - * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int64_t reordered_opaque; - - /** - * Hardware accelerator in use - * - encoding: unused. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - const struct AVHWAccel *hwaccel; - - /** - * Hardware accelerator context. - * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be - * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent - * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the - * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this - * is. e.g. for VA API, this is a struct vaapi_context. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - void *hwaccel_context; - - /** - * error - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. - * - decoding: unused - */ - uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; - - /** - * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int dct_algo; -#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 -#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 -#define FF_DCT_INT 2 -#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 -#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 -#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 - - /** - * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int idct_algo; -#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 -#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 -#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 -#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 -#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 -#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 -#define FF_IDCT_NONE 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ -#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 - - /** - * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int bits_per_coded_sample; - - /** - * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. - * - encoding: set by user. - * - decoding: set by libavcodec. - */ - int bits_per_raw_sample; - -#if FF_API_LOWRES - /** - * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int lowres; -#endif - -#if FF_API_CODED_FRAME - /** - * the picture in the bitstream - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: unused - * - * @deprecated use the quality factor packet side data instead - */ - attribute_deprecated AVFrame *coded_frame; -#endif - - /** - * thread count - * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int thread_count; - - /** - * Which multithreading methods to use. - * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, - * so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. - * - * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. - * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. - */ - int thread_type; -#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once -#define FF_THREAD_SLICE 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once - - /** - * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int active_thread_type; - - /** - * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called - * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded decoding. - * draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of this setting. - * Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int thread_safe_callbacks; - - /** - * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. - * It will return only after finishing all tasks. - * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, - * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. - * @param count the number of things to execute - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. - */ - int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg), void *arg2, int *ret, int count, int size); - - /** - * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. - * It will return only after finishing all tasks. - * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, - * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. - * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure option. - * @param c context passed also to func - * @param count the number of things to execute - * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func - * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" values. May be NULL. - * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to count-1. - * threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS and so that no - * two instances of func executing at the same time will have the same threadnr. - * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement where when any call to func - * returns < 0 no further calls to func may be done and < 0 is returned. - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. - */ - int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg, int jobnr, int threadnr), void *arg2, int *ret, int count); - - /** - * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: unused - */ - int nsse_weight; - - /** - * profile - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int profile; -#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 -#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 - -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 -#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 - -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 -#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 - -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 -#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 - -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 - -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag - -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) -#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 - -#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 - -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 -#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 - -#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 -#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 - -#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 - -#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 - -#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 - -#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 -#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 -#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 -#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 -#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 - -#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 - -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 -#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 - -#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 -#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 - - /** - * level - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - int level; -#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 - - /** - * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; - - /** - * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - enum AVDiscard skip_idct; - - /** - * Skip decoding for selected frames. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - enum AVDiscard skip_frame; - - /** - * Header containing style information for text subtitles. - * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS - * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and - * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. - * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) - * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) - */ - uint8_t *subtitle_header; - int subtitle_header_size; - -#if FF_API_VBV_DELAY - /** - * VBV delay coded in the last frame (in periods of a 27 MHz clock). - * Used for compliant TS muxing. - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. - * - decoding: unused. - * @deprecated this value is now exported as a part of - * AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES packet side data - */ - attribute_deprecated - uint64_t vbv_delay; -#endif - -#if FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT - /** - * Encoding only and set by default. Allow encoders to output packets - * that do not contain any encoded data, only side data. - * - * Some encoders need to output such packets, e.g. to update some stream - * parameters at the end of encoding. - * - * @deprecated this field disables the default behaviour and - * it is kept only for compatibility. - */ - attribute_deprecated - int side_data_only_packets; -#endif - - /** - * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the - * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading - * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio - * without leading padding. - * - * - decoding: unused - * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are - * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the - * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, - * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is - * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is - * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be - * -initial_padding. - */ - int initial_padding; - - /** - * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed - * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when - * unknown. - * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an - * encoder. - */ - AVRational framerate; - - /** - * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. - * - encoding: unused. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() - */ - enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; - - /** - * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. - * - encoding unused. - * - decoding set by user. - */ - AVRational pkt_timebase; - - /** - * AVCodecDescriptor - * - encoding: unused. - * - decoding: set by libavcodec. - */ - const AVCodecDescriptor *codec_descriptor; - -#if !FF_API_LOWRES - /** - * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int lowres; -#endif - - /** - * Current statistics for PTS correction. - * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by user apps - * - encoding: unused - */ - int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far - int64_t pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far - int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame - int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame - - /** - * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. - * - decoding: set by user - * - encoding: unused - */ - char *sub_charenc; - - /** - * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting - * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). - * - decoding: set by libavcodec - * - encoding: unused - */ - int sub_charenc_mode; -#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, or the codec is bitmap for instance) -#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself -#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the decoder, requires iconv -#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 - - /** - * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. - * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, - * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) - * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. - * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha - * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently - * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). - * - * - decoding: set by user - * - encoding: unused - */ - int skip_alpha; - - /** - * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity - * - decoding: unused - * - encoding: set by libavcodec - */ - int seek_preroll; - -#if !FF_API_DEBUG_MV - /** - * debug motion vectors - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - int debug_mv; -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR 0x00000001 //visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR 0x00000002 //visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames -#define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK 0x00000004 //visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames -#endif - - /** - * custom intra quantization matrix - * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. - * - decoding: unused. - */ - uint16_t *chroma_intra_matrix; - - /** - * dump format separator. - * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by user. - */ - uint8_t *dump_separator; - - /** - * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. - * If NULL then all are allowed - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - char *codec_whitelist; - - /** - * Properties of the stream that gets decoded - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by libavcodec - */ - unsigned properties; -#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 -#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 - - /** - * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. - * - * - decoding: unused - * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). - */ - AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data; - int nb_coded_side_data; - - /** - * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) - * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and - * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by - * the caller after being set. - * - * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() - * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be - * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. - * - * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel - * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for - * allocating the frame buffers. - * - * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel - * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference - * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. - * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to - * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. - * - * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. - */ - AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; - - /** - * Control the form of AVSubtitle.rects[N]->ass - * - decoding: set by user - * - encoding: unused - */ - int sub_text_format; -#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 -#if FF_API_ASS_TIMING -#define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS_WITH_TIMINGS 1 -#endif - - /** - * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to - * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be - * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original - * audio without any trailing padding. - * - * - decoding: unused - * - encoding: unused - */ - int trailing_padding; - - /** - * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. - * - * - decoding: set by user - * - encoding: set by user - */ - int64_t max_pixels; - - /** - * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will - * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the - * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. - * - * This should be used if either the codec device does not require - * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by - * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as - * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used - * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this - * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but - * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. - * - * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before - * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. - * - * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in - * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames - * contexts used must be created on the same device. - */ - AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx; - - /** - * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated - * decoding (if active). - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the - * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) - */ - int hwaccel_flags; - - /** - * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that - * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This - * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. - * - * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. - * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the - * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or - * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that - * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The - * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. - * - * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set - * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping - * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. - * - * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, - * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. - * - * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the - * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec - * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in - * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions - * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). - */ - int apply_cropping; - - /* - * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which - * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set - * before avcodec_open2() is called. - * - * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for - * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such - * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. - * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder - * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames - * used as reference pictures). - */ - int extra_hw_frames; - - /** - * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. - * - * - decoding: set by user - * - encoding: unused - */ - int discard_damaged_percentage; -} AVCodecContext; - -#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET -/** - * Accessors for some AVCodecContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI - * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVRational av_codec_get_pkt_timebase (const AVCodecContext *avctx); -attribute_deprecated -void av_codec_set_pkt_timebase (AVCodecContext *avctx, AVRational val); - -attribute_deprecated -const AVCodecDescriptor *av_codec_get_codec_descriptor(const AVCodecContext *avctx); -attribute_deprecated -void av_codec_set_codec_descriptor(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodecDescriptor *desc); - -attribute_deprecated -unsigned av_codec_get_codec_properties(const AVCodecContext *avctx); - -#if FF_API_LOWRES -attribute_deprecated -int av_codec_get_lowres(const AVCodecContext *avctx); -attribute_deprecated -void av_codec_set_lowres(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); -#endif - -attribute_deprecated -int av_codec_get_seek_preroll(const AVCodecContext *avctx); -attribute_deprecated -void av_codec_set_seek_preroll(AVCodecContext *avctx, int val); - -attribute_deprecated -uint16_t *av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix(const AVCodecContext *avctx); -attribute_deprecated -void av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint16_t *val); -#endif - -/** - * AVProfile. - */ -typedef struct AVProfile { - int profile; - const char *name; ///< short name for the profile -} AVProfile; - -enum { - /** - * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. - * - * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should - * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling - * avcodec_open2(). - */ - AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, - /** - * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. - * - * When selecting this format for a decoder, - * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames - * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context - * must have been created on a device of the specified type. - */ - AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, - /** - * The codec supports this format by some internal method. - * - * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - - * no device or frames context is required. - */ - AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, - /** - * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. - * - * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the - * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring - * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be - * used in preference.) - */ - AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, -}; - -typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { - /** - * A hardware pixel format which the codec can use. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; - /** - * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible - * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. - */ - int methods; - /** - * The device type associated with the configuration. - * - * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and - * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. - */ - enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; -} AVCodecHWConfig; - -typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; - -struct AVSubtitle; - -/** - * AVCodec. - */ -typedef struct AVCodec { - /** - * Name of the codec implementation. - * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an - * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). - * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. - */ - const char *name; - /** - * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. - * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. - */ - const char *long_name; - enum AVMediaType type; - enum AVCodecID id; - /** - * Codec capabilities. - * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* - */ - int capabilities; - const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0} - const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 - const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0 - const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1 - const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0 - uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder - const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context - const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} - - /** - * Group name of the codec implementation. - * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A - * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such - * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or - * the hardware. - * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. - * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases - * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "_"). - */ - const char *wrapper_name; - - /***************************************************************** - * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - int priv_data_size; - struct AVCodec *next; - /** - * @name Frame-level threading support functions - * @{ - */ - /** - * If defined, called on thread contexts when they are created. - * If the codec allocates writable tables in init(), re-allocate them here. - * priv_data will be set to a copy of the original. - */ - int (*init_thread_copy)(AVCodecContext *); - /** - * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the current one. - * If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; otherwise, the codec - * must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). - * - * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy should be skipped. - */ - int (*update_thread_context)(AVCodecContext *dst, const AVCodecContext *src); - /** @} */ - - /** - * Private codec-specific defaults. - */ - const AVCodecDefault *defaults; - - /** - * Initialize codec static data, called from avcodec_register(). - * - * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is - * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. - */ - void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec *codec); - - int (*init)(AVCodecContext *); - int (*encode_sub)(AVCodecContext *, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, - const struct AVSubtitle *sub); - /** - * Encode data to an AVPacket. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param avpkt output AVPacket (may contain a user-provided buffer) - * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded - * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a - * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. - * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure - */ - int (*encode2)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, const AVFrame *frame, - int *got_packet_ptr); - int (*decode)(AVCodecContext *, void *outdata, int *outdata_size, AVPacket *avpkt); - int (*close)(AVCodecContext *); - /** - * Encode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. The API is the - * same as the avcodec_ prefixed APIs (avcodec_send_frame() etc.), except - * that: - * - never called if the codec is closed or the wrong type, - * - if AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY is not set, drain frames are never sent, - * - only one drain frame is ever passed down, - */ - int (*send_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); - int (*receive_packet)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); - - /** - * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called - * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain - * input data. - */ - int (*receive_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); - /** - * Flush buffers. - * Will be called when seeking - */ - void (*flush)(AVCodecContext *); - /** - * Internal codec capabilities. - * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h - */ - int caps_internal; - - /** - * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to - * packets before decoding. - */ - const char *bsfs; - - /** - * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, - * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL - * pointer. - * - * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). - */ - const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal **hw_configs; -} AVCodec; - -#if FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET -attribute_deprecated -int av_codec_get_max_lowres(const AVCodec *codec); -#endif - -struct MpegEncContext; - -/** - * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. - * - * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration - * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support - * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. - */ -const AVCodecHWConfig *avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec *codec, int index); - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel - * - * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some - * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. - * - * @{ - */ -typedef struct AVHWAccel { - /** - * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. - * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an - * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). - */ - const char *name; - - /** - * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. - * - * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx - */ - enum AVMediaType type; - - /** - * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. - * - * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx - */ - enum AVCodecID id; - - /** - * Supported pixel format. - * - * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; - - /** - * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. - * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* - */ - int capabilities; - - /***************************************************************** - * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - - /** - * Allocate a custom buffer - */ - int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); - - /** - * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. - * - * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to - * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. - * - * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. - * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param buf the frame data buffer base - * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes - * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise - */ - int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); - - /** - * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). - * - * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the - * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param type the nal unit type - * @param buf the nal unit data buffer - * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes - * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise - */ - int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, int type, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); - - /** - * Callback for each slice. - * - * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to - * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. - * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param buf the slice data buffer base - * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes - * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise - */ - int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t buf_size); - - /** - * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. - * - * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent - * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise - */ - int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext *avctx); - - /** - * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. - * - * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before - * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after - * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). - */ - int frame_priv_data_size; - - /** - * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. - * - * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). - * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are - * stored in an array provided by the video driver. - * - * @param s the mpeg context - */ - void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext *s); - - /** - * Initialize the hwaccel private data. - * - * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and - * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal - * is allocated. - */ - int (*init)(AVCodecContext *avctx); - - /** - * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. - * - * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel - * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. - */ - int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext *avctx); - - /** - * Size of the private data to allocate in - * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. - */ - int priv_data_size; - - /** - * Internal hwaccel capabilities. - */ - int caps_internal; - - /** - * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called - * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for - * details. - * - * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume - * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. - */ - int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx); -} AVHWAccel; - -/** - * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental - * codecs - */ -#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 - -/** - * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level - * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the - * hardware driver. - * - * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific - * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. - */ -#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) - -/** - * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma - * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. - */ -#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) - -/** - * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the - * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. - * - * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 - * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked - * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. - * - * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is - * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output - * while indicating success. - */ -#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if FF_API_AVPICTURE -/** - * @defgroup lavc_picture AVPicture - * - * Functions for working with AVPicture - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Picture data structure. - * - * Up to four components can be stored into it, the last component is - * alpha. - * @deprecated use AVFrame or imgutils functions instead - */ -typedef struct AVPicture { - attribute_deprecated - uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< pointers to the image data planes - attribute_deprecated - int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ///< number of bytes per line -} AVPicture; - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif - -enum AVSubtitleType { - SUBTITLE_NONE, - - SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set - - /** - * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is - * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. - */ - SUBTITLE_TEXT, - - /** - * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is - * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. - */ - SUBTITLE_ASS, -}; - -#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 - -typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { - int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set - int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set - int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set - int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set - int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set - -#if FF_API_AVPICTURE - /** - * @deprecated unused - */ - attribute_deprecated - AVPicture pict; -#endif - /** - * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. - * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. - */ - uint8_t *data[4]; - int linesize[4]; - - enum AVSubtitleType type; - - char *text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text - - /** - * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. - * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this - * struct. - */ - char *ass; - - int flags; -} AVSubtitleRect; - -typedef struct AVSubtitle { - uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ - uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ - uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ - unsigned num_rects; - AVSubtitleRect **rects; - int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE -} AVSubtitle; - -/** - * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. - * - * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must - * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with - * avcodec_parameters_free(). - */ -typedef struct AVCodecParameters { - /** - * General type of the encoded data. - */ - enum AVMediaType codec_type; - /** - * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). - */ - enum AVCodecID codec_id; - /** - * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). - */ - uint32_t codec_tag; - - /** - * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. - * - * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by - * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at - * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding - * bytes zeroed. - */ - uint8_t *extradata; - /** - * Size of the extradata content in bytes. - */ - int extradata_size; - - /** - * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. - * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. - */ - int format; - - /** - * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). - */ - int64_t bit_rate; - - /** - * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. - * - * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of - * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in - * the actual coded bitstream. - * - * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM - * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample - * Can be 0 - */ - int bits_per_coded_sample; - - /** - * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the - * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional - * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample - * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will - * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. - * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." - * - * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar - * Can be 0 - */ - int bits_per_raw_sample; - - /** - * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. - */ - int profile; - int level; - - /** - * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. - */ - int width; - int height; - - /** - * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel - * should have when displayed. - * - * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be - * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). - */ - AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; - - /** - * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. - */ - enum AVFieldOrder field_order; - - /** - * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. - */ - enum AVColorRange color_range; - enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; - enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; - enum AVColorSpace color_space; - enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; - - /** - * Video only. Number of delayed frames. - */ - int video_delay; - - /** - * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is - * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to - * the channels field. - */ - uint64_t channel_layout; - /** - * Audio only. The number of audio channels. - */ - int channels; - /** - * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. - */ - int sample_rate; - /** - * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some - * formats. - * - * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. - */ - int block_align; - /** - * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be static. - */ - int frame_size; - - /** - * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at - * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples - * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading - * padding. - */ - int initial_padding; - /** - * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to - * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be - * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original - * audio without any trailing padding. - */ - int trailing_padding; - /** - * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. - */ - int seek_preroll; -} AVCodecParameters; - -/** - * Iterate over all registered codecs. - * - * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must - * point to NULL to start the iteration. - * - * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is - * finished - */ -const AVCodec *av_codec_iterate(void **opaque); - -#if FF_API_NEXT -/** - * If c is NULL, returns the first registered codec, - * if c is non-NULL, returns the next registered codec after c, - * or NULL if c is the last one. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVCodec *av_codec_next(const AVCodec *c); -#endif - -/** - * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. - */ -unsigned avcodec_version(void); - -/** - * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. - */ -const char *avcodec_configuration(void); - -/** - * Return the libavcodec license. - */ -const char *avcodec_license(void); - -#if FF_API_NEXT -/** - * Register the codec codec and initialize libavcodec. - * - * @warning either this function or avcodec_register_all() must be called - * before any other libavcodec functions. - * - * @see avcodec_register_all() - */ -attribute_deprecated -void avcodec_register(AVCodec *codec); - -/** - * Register all the codecs, parsers and bitstream filters which were enabled at - * configuration time. If you do not call this function you can select exactly - * which formats you want to support, by using the individual registration - * functions. - * - * @see avcodec_register - * @see av_register_codec_parser - * @see av_register_bitstream_filter - */ -attribute_deprecated -void avcodec_register_all(void); -#endif - -/** - * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The - * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). - * - * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults - * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() - * with a different codec. - * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, - * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is - * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). - * - * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. - */ -AVCodecContext *avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec *codec); - -/** - * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to - * the provided pointer. - */ -void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext **avctx); - -#if FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS -/** - * @deprecated This function should not be used, as closing and opening a codec - * context multiple time is not supported. A new codec context should be - * allocated for each new use. - */ -int avcodec_get_context_defaults3(AVCodecContext *s, const AVCodec *codec); -#endif - -/** - * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *avcodec_get_class(void); - -#if FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT -/** - * Get the AVClass for AVFrame. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *avcodec_get_frame_class(void); - -/** - * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); - -/** - * Copy the settings of the source AVCodecContext into the destination - * AVCodecContext. The resulting destination codec context will be - * unopened, i.e. you are required to call avcodec_open2() before you - * can use this AVCodecContext to decode/encode video/audio data. - * - * @param dest target codec context, should be initialized with - * avcodec_alloc_context3(NULL), but otherwise uninitialized - * @param src source codec context - * @return AVERROR() on error (e.g. memory allocation error), 0 on success - * - * @deprecated The semantics of this function are ill-defined and it should not - * be used. If you need to transfer the stream parameters from one codec context - * to another, use an intermediate AVCodecParameters instance and the - * avcodec_parameters_from_context() / avcodec_parameters_to_context() - * functions. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avcodec_copy_context(AVCodecContext *dest, const AVCodecContext *src); -#endif - -/** - * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values - * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with - * avcodec_parameters_free(). - */ -AVCodecParameters *avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); - -/** - * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and - * write NULL to the supplied pointer. - */ -void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters **par); - -/** - * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and - * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters *dst, const AVCodecParameters *src); - -/** - * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec - * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates - * of the corresponding fields in codec. - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters *par, - const AVCodecContext *codec); - -/** - * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec - * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in - * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. - * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext *codec, - const AVCodecParameters *par); - -/** - * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this - * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). - * - * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), - * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for - * retrieving a codec. - * - * @warning This function is not thread safe! - * - * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as - * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). - * - * @code - * avcodec_register_all(); - * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); - * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); - * if (!codec) - * exit(1); - * - * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); - * - * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) - * exit(1); - * @endcode - * - * @param avctx The context to initialize. - * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been - * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or - * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or - * equal to the previously passed codec. - * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private options. - * On return this object will be filled with options that were not found. - * - * @return zero on success, a negative value on error - * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), avcodec_find_encoder(), - * av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). - */ -int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVCodec *codec, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it - * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). - * - * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free - * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL - * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. - * - * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a - * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context - * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts - * instead. - */ -int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext *avctx); - -/** - * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. - * - * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. - */ -void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle *sub); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavc_packet - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting - * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). - * - * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. - * - * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those - * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. - * - * @see av_new_packet - */ -AVPacket *av_packet_alloc(void); - -/** - * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. - * - * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). - * - * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. - * - * @see av_packet_alloc - * @see av_packet_ref - */ -AVPacket *av_packet_clone(const AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be - * unreferenced first. - * - * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. - * @note passing NULL is a no-op. - */ -void av_packet_free(AVPacket **pkt); - -/** - * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. - * - * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be - * initialized separately. - * - * @param pkt packet - */ -void av_init_packet(AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with - * default values. - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param size wanted payload size - * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise - */ -int av_new_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); - -/** - * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param size new size - */ -void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int size); - -/** - * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet - */ -int av_grow_packet(AVPacket *pkt, int grow_by); - -/** - * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. - * - * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, - * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. - * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this - * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying AVBuffer. - * The caller may not access the data through other means. - * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer - * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error - */ -int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket *pkt, uint8_t *data, int size); - -#if FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API -/** - * @warning This is a hack - the packet memory allocation stuff is broken. The - * packet is allocated if it was not really allocated. - * - * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref or av_packet_make_refcounted - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_dup_packet(AVPacket *pkt); -/** - * Copy packet, including contents - * - * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail - * - * @deprecated Use av_packet_ref - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_copy_packet(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Copy packet side data - * - * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR on fail - * - * @deprecated Use av_packet_copy_props - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_copy_packet_side_data(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Free a packet. - * - * @deprecated Use av_packet_unref - * - * @param pkt packet to free - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_free_packet(AVPacket *pkt); -#endif -/** - * Allocate new information of a packet. - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param type side information type - * @param size side information size - * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise - */ -uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, - int size); - -/** - * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param type side information type - * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() - * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to - * pkt. - * @param size side information size - * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on - * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains - * owned by the caller. - */ -int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, - uint8_t *data, size_t size); - -/** - * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param type side information type - * @param size new side information size - * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure - */ -int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, - int size); - -/** - * Get side information from packet. - * - * @param pkt packet - * @param type desired side information type - * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) - * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise - */ -uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, - int *size); - -#if FF_API_MERGE_SD_API -attribute_deprecated -int av_packet_merge_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); - -attribute_deprecated -int av_packet_split_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); -#endif - -const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); - -/** - * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. - * - * @param dict The dictionary to pack. - * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data - * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise - */ -uint8_t *av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary *dict, int *size); -/** - * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. - * - * @param data data from side_data - * @param size size of the data - * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary - * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure - */ -int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t *data, int size, AVDictionary **dict); - - -/** - * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. - * All the other fields stay untouched. - * - * @param pkt packet - */ -void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet - * - * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the - * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the - * data from src into it. - * - * All the other fields are copied from src. - * - * @see av_packet_unref - * - * @param dst Destination packet - * @param src Source packet - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. - */ -int av_packet_ref(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Wipe the packet. - * - * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the - * remaining packet fields to their default values. - * - * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. - */ -void av_packet_unref(AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. - * - * @see av_packet_unref - * - * @param src Source packet, will be reset - * @param dst Destination packet - */ -void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket *dst, AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. - * - * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields - * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) - * - * @param dst Destination packet - * @param src Source packet - * - * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. - */ -int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket *dst, const AVPacket *src); - -/** - * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. - * - * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. - * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. - * - * @see av_packet_ref - * @see av_packet_make_writable - * - * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the - * packet is unchanged. - */ -int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, - * avoiding data copy if possible. - * - * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the - * packet is unchanged. - */ -int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one - * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be - * ignored. - * - * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed - * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are - * expressed - * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be - * converted - */ -void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket *pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavc_decoding - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. - * - * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder - * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. - */ -AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); - -/** - * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. - * - * @param name name of the requested decoder - * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. - */ -AVCodec *avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char *name); - -/** - * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so - * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without - * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. - */ -int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext *s, AVFrame *frame, int flags); - -/** - * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory - * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal - * padding. - * - * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. - */ -void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height); - -/** - * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory - * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all - * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. - * - * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. - */ -void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext *s, int *width, int *height, - int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); - -/** - * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. - * - * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system - * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 - * - * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position - * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position - */ -int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); - -/** - * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. - * - * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system - * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 - * - * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position - * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position - */ -enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); - -/** - * Decode the audio frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into frame. - * - * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket. Such - * decoders would then just decode the first frame and the return value would be - * less than the packet size. In this case, avcodec_decode_audio4 has to be - * called again with an AVPacket containing the remaining data in order to - * decode the second frame, etc... Even if no frames are returned, the packet - * needs to be fed to the decoder with remaining data until it is completely - * consumed or an error occurs. - * - * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input - * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately - * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get - * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets - * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops - * returning samples. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not - * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no samples will be returned. - * - * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE - * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream - * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. - * - * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() - * before packets may be fed to the decoder. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param[out] frame The AVFrame in which to store decoded audio samples. - * The decoder will allocate a buffer for the decoded frame by - * calling the AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. - * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is - * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the - * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() - * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write - * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. - * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned - * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the - * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the - * decoder. The caller may not write to it. - * @param[out] got_frame_ptr Zero if no frame could be decoded, otherwise it is - * non-zero. Note that this field being set to zero - * does not mean that an error has occurred. For - * decoders with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, no given decode - * call is guaranteed to produce a frame. - * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. - * At least avpkt->data and avpkt->size should be set. Some - * decoders might also require additional fields to be set. - * @return A negative error code is returned if an error occurred during - * decoding, otherwise the number of bytes consumed from the input - * AVPacket is returned. - * -* @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avcodec_decode_audio4(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame, - int *got_frame_ptr, const AVPacket *avpkt); - -/** - * Decode the video frame of size avpkt->size from avpkt->data into picture. - * Some decoders may support multiple frames in a single AVPacket, such - * decoders would then just decode the first frame. - * - * @warning The input buffer must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE larger than - * the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream readers read 32 or 64 - * bits at once and could read over the end. - * - * @warning The end of the input buffer buf should be set to 0 to ensure that - * no overreading happens for damaged MPEG streams. - * - * @note Codecs which have the AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set have a delay - * between input and output, these need to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, - * avpkt->size=0 at the end to return the remaining frames. - * - * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() - * before packets may be fed to the decoder. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param[out] picture The AVFrame in which the decoded video frame will be stored. - * Use av_frame_alloc() to get an AVFrame. The codec will - * allocate memory for the actual bitmap by calling the - * AVCodecContext.get_buffer2() callback. - * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 1, the frame is - * reference counted and the returned reference belongs to the - * caller. The caller must release the frame using av_frame_unref() - * when the frame is no longer needed. The caller may safely write - * to the frame if av_frame_is_writable() returns 1. - * When AVCodecContext.refcounted_frames is set to 0, the returned - * reference belongs to the decoder and is valid only until the - * next call to this function or until closing or flushing the - * decoder. The caller may not write to it. - * - * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. - * You can create such packet with av_init_packet() and by then setting - * data and size, some decoders might in addition need other fields like - * flags&AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY. All decoders are designed to use the least - * fields possible. - * @param[in,out] got_picture_ptr Zero if no frame could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. - * @return On error a negative value is returned, otherwise the number of bytes - * used or zero if no frame could be decompressed. - * - * @deprecated Use avcodec_send_packet() and avcodec_receive_frame(). - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avcodec_decode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *picture, - int *got_picture_ptr, - const AVPacket *avpkt); - -/** - * Decode a subtitle message. - * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. - * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. - * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. - * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for - * simplicity, because the performance difference is expect to be negligible - * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform badly - * due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. - * - * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between input - * and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately - * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get - * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets - * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops - * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not - * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. - * - * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() - * before packets may be fed to the decoder. - * - * @param avctx the codec context - * @param[out] sub The Preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle will be stored, - * must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. - * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, otherwise, it is nonzero. - * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. - */ -int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVSubtitle *sub, - int *got_sub_ptr, - AVPacket *avpkt); - -/** - * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. - * - * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can - * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually - * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the - * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) - * - * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE - * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream - * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. - * - * @warning Do not mix this API with the legacy API (like avcodec_decode_video2()) - * on the same AVCodecContext. It will return unexpected results now - * or in future libavcodec versions. - * - * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() - * before packets may be fed to the decoder. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video - * frame, or several complete audio frames. - * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the - * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create - * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is - * not reference-counted). - * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, - * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), - * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple - * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. - * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and - * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush - * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the - * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are - * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder - * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending - * a flush packet. - * - * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: - * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user - * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once - * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and - * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). - * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can - * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush - * packet is sent) - * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush - * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar - * other errors: legitimate decoding errors - */ -int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVPacket *avpkt); - -/** - * Return decoded output data from a decoder. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio - * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the - * decoder. Note that the function will always call - * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. - * - * @return - * 0: success, a frame was returned - * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try - * to send new input - * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be - * no more output frames - * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder - * AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED: current decoded frame has changed parameters - * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable - * when flag AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. - * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors - */ -int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use avcodec_receive_packet() - * to retrieve buffered output packets. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be encoded. - * Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the - * encoder will not write to the frame. The encoder may create - * a reference to the frame data (or copy it if the frame is - * not reference-counted). - * It can be NULL, in which case it is considered a flush - * packet. This signals the end of the stream. If the encoder - * still has packets buffered, it will return them after this - * call. Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush - * packets are ignored, and sending frames will return - * AVERROR_EOF. - * - * For audio: - * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame - * can have any number of samples. - * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to - * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. - * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. - * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: - * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user - * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once - * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and - * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). - * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can - * be sent to it - * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, refcounted_frames not set, it is a - * decoder, or requires flush - * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar - * other errors: legitimate decoding errors - */ -int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext *avctx, const AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Read encoded data from the encoder. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the - * encoder. Note that the function will always call - * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. - * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: - * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user - * must try to send input - * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be - * no more output packets - * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder - * other errors: legitimate decoding errors - */ -int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt); - -/** - * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware - * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is - * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. - * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. - * - * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this - * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - * - * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid - * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. - * - * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, - * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes - * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about - * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. - * - * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: - * - * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was - * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and - * can trigger undefined behavior. - * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). - * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could - * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream - * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's - * get_format callback returns.) - * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the - * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, - * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. - * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. - * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to - * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref parameter), - * and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must be done - * before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal - * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). - * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is - * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So - * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every - * get_format call. - * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using - * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a - * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function - * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. - * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set - * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. - * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, - * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. - * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free - * callback. - * - * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext - * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): - * - * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). - * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. - * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An - * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats - * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) - * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the - * API-specific minimum alignment. - * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the initial_pool_size - * field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible with the codec, - * plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can safely reference - * at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional buffering introduced - * by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require pre-allocation, the - * field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new surfaces on demand - * during decoding. - * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying - * hardware API. - * - * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but - * with basic frame parameters set. - * - * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the - * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. - * - * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which - * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned - * AVHWFramesContext properly. - * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device - * which will be used by the hardware decoder. - * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. - * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ - * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. - * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. - * Not changed if an error is returned. - * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes - * have special semantics: - * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup - * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not - * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, - * or it is a software format. - * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for - * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported - * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. - */ -int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, - AVBufferRef *device_ref, - enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, - AVBufferRef **out_frames_ref); - - - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing - * @{ - */ - -enum AVPictureStructure { - AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown - AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field - AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field - AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame -}; - -typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { - void *priv_data; - struct AVCodecParser *parser; - int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ - int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset - (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ - int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ - /* video info */ - int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ - /** - * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. - * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame - * is compared to normal frame duration. - * - * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base - * - * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. - */ - int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ - int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ - int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ - - /* private data */ - int64_t last_pts; - int64_t last_dts; - int fetch_timestamp; - -#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 - int cur_frame_start_index; - int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; - int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; - int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; - - int flags; -#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 -#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 -/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset -#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 -#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 - - int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start - int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; - - /** - * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. - * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, - * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames - * will be used. - */ - int key_frame; - -#if FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION - /** - * @deprecated unused - */ - attribute_deprecated - int64_t convergence_duration; -#endif - - // Timestamp generation support: - /** - * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. - * - * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined - * (default). - * - * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period - * SEI message. - */ - int dts_sync_point; - - /** - * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in - * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. - * - * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must - * contain a valid timestamp offset. - * - * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero - * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of - * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. - * - * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. - */ - int dts_ref_dts_delta; - - /** - * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. - * - * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must - * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame - * must not lie in the past). - * - * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation - * time of the frame. - * - * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. - */ - int pts_dts_delta; - - /** - * Position of the packet in file. - * - * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts - */ - int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; - - /** - * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. - */ - int64_t pos; - - /** - * Previous frame byte position. - */ - int64_t last_pos; - - /** - * Duration of the current frame. - * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. - * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. - */ - int duration; - - enum AVFieldOrder field_order; - - /** - * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. - * - * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to - * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag - * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to - * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. - */ - enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; - - /** - * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. - * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. - * - * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. - */ - int output_picture_number; - - /** - * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. - */ - int width; - int height; - - /** - * Dimensions of the coded video. - */ - int coded_width; - int coded_height; - - /** - * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video - * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. - * - * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it - * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the - * one returned by a decoder. - */ - int format; -} AVCodecParserContext; - -typedef struct AVCodecParser { - int codec_ids[5]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ - int priv_data_size; - int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext *s); - /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that - * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ - int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext *s, - AVCodecContext *avctx, - const uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, - const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); - void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext *s); - int (*split)(AVCodecContext *avctx, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); - struct AVCodecParser *next; -} AVCodecParser; - -/** - * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. - * - * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must - * point to NULL to start the iteration. - * - * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is - * finished - */ -const AVCodecParser *av_parser_iterate(void **opaque); - -attribute_deprecated -AVCodecParser *av_parser_next(const AVCodecParser *c); - -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_codec_parser(AVCodecParser *parser); -AVCodecParserContext *av_parser_init(int codec_id); - -/** - * Parse a packet. - * - * @param s parser context. - * @param avctx codec context. - * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet finished. - * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet finished. - * @param buf input buffer. - * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full buffer - size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. - To signal EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame - can be output). - * @param pts input presentation timestamp. - * @param dts input decoding timestamp. - * @param pos input byte position in stream. - * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. - * - * Example: - * @code - * while(in_len){ - * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, - * in_data, in_len, - * pts, dts, pos); - * in_data += len; - * in_len -= len; - * - * if(size) - * decode_frame(data, size); - * } - * @endcode - */ -int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext *s, - AVCodecContext *avctx, - uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, - const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, - int64_t pts, int64_t dts, - int64_t pos); - -/** - * @return 0 if the output buffer is a subset of the input, 1 if it is allocated and must be freed - * @deprecated use AVBitStreamFilter - */ -int av_parser_change(AVCodecParserContext *s, - AVCodecContext *avctx, - uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, - const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); -void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext *s); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavc_encoding - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. - * - * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder - * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. - */ -AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); - -/** - * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. - * - * @param name name of the requested encoder - * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. - */ -AVCodec *avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char *name); - -/** - * Encode a frame of audio. - * - * Takes input samples from frame and writes the next output packet, if - * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for - * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay, split, and combine input frames - * internally as needed. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param avpkt output AVPacket. - * The user can supply an output buffer by setting - * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the - * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not - * large enough, encoding will fail. If avpkt->data and - * avpkt->size are set, avpkt->destruct must also be set. All - * other AVPacket fields will be reset by the encoder using - * av_init_packet(). If avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will - * allocate it. The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size - * of the output packet. - * - * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be - * freed using av_packet_unref(). - * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio data to be encoded. - * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the - * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. - * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame - * can have any number of samples. - * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to - * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. - * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. - * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the - * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is - * empty. If the function returns an error, the - * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the - * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should - * not be used. - * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure - * - * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avcodec_encode_audio2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, - const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); - -/** - * Encode a frame of video. - * - * Takes input raw video data from frame and writes the next output packet, if - * available, to avpkt. The output packet does not necessarily contain data for - * the most recent frame, as encoders can delay and reorder input frames - * internally as needed. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param avpkt output AVPacket. - * The user can supply an output buffer by setting - * avpkt->data and avpkt->size prior to calling the - * function, but if the size of the user-provided data is not - * large enough, encoding will fail. All other AVPacket fields - * will be reset by the encoder using av_init_packet(). If - * avpkt->data is NULL, the encoder will allocate it. - * The encoder will set avpkt->size to the size of the - * output packet. The returned data (if any) belongs to the - * caller, he is responsible for freeing it. - * - * If this function fails or produces no output, avpkt will be - * freed using av_packet_unref(). - * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw video data to be encoded. - * May be NULL when flushing an encoder that has the - * AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY capability set. - * @param[out] got_packet_ptr This field is set to 1 by libavcodec if the - * output packet is non-empty, and to 0 if it is - * empty. If the function returns an error, the - * packet can be assumed to be invalid, and the - * value of got_packet_ptr is undefined and should - * not be used. - * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure - * - * @deprecated use avcodec_send_frame()/avcodec_receive_packet() instead - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avcodec_encode_video2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVPacket *avpkt, - const AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr); - -int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, - const AVSubtitle *sub); - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if FF_API_AVPICTURE -/** - * @addtogroup lavc_picture - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @deprecated unused - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avpicture_alloc(AVPicture *picture, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * @deprecated unused - */ -attribute_deprecated -void avpicture_free(AVPicture *picture); - -/** - * @deprecated use av_image_fill_arrays() instead. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avpicture_fill(AVPicture *picture, const uint8_t *ptr, - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * @deprecated use av_image_copy_to_buffer() instead. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avpicture_layout(const AVPicture *src, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, - int width, int height, - unsigned char *dest, int dest_size); - -/** - * @deprecated use av_image_get_buffer_size() instead. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int avpicture_get_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * @deprecated av_image_copy() instead. - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_picture_copy(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * @deprecated unused - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_picture_crop(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int top_band, int left_band); - -/** - * @deprecated unused - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_picture_pad(AVPicture *dst, const AVPicture *src, int height, int width, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, - int padtop, int padbottom, int padleft, int padright, int *color); - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions - * @ingroup libavc - * - * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding - * (or neither). - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats - * - * Functions for working with pixel formats. - * @{ - */ - -#if FF_API_GETCHROMA -/** - * @deprecated Use av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample - */ - -attribute_deprecated -void avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int *h_shift, int *v_shift); -#endif - -/** - * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the - * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be - * found. - */ -unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * @deprecated see av_get_pix_fmt_loss() - */ -int avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, - int has_alpha); - -/** - * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel - * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss - * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color - * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from - * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches which of - * the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of loss. - * The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the - * pix_fmt_list parameter. - * - * - * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to choose from - * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format - * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. - * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur. - * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. - */ -enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list(const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmt_list, - enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, - int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); - -/** - * @deprecated see av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() - */ -enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, - enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); - -attribute_deprecated -enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, - enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); - -enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext *s, const enum AVPixelFormat * fmt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#if FF_API_TAG_STRING -/** - * Put a string representing the codec tag codec_tag in buf. - * - * @param buf buffer to place codec tag in - * @param buf_size size in bytes of buf - * @param codec_tag codec tag to assign - * @return the length of the string that would have been generated if - * enough space had been available, excluding the trailing null - * - * @deprecated see av_fourcc_make_string() and av_fourcc2str(). - */ -attribute_deprecated -size_t av_get_codec_tag_string(char *buf, size_t buf_size, unsigned int codec_tag); -#endif - -void avcodec_string(char *buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext *enc, int encode); - -/** - * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. - * - * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile - * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested - * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. - */ -const char *av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec *codec, int profile); - -/** - * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. - * - * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs - * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested - * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. - * - * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles - * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this - * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor - */ -const char *avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); - -int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2),void *arg, int *ret, int count, int size); -int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext *c, int (*func)(AVCodecContext *c2, void *arg2, int, int),void *arg, int *ret, int count); -//FIXME func typedef - -/** - * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. - * - * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough - * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data - * pointers will point to this buffer. - * - * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for - * planar audio. - * - * @param frame the AVFrame - * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the - * function. This function fills in frame->data, - * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. - * @param nb_channels channel count - * @param sample_fmt sample format - * @param buf buffer to use for frame data - * @param buf_size size of buffer - * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) - * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure - * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in - * case of success, at the next libavutil bump - */ -int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame *frame, int nb_channels, - enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t *buf, - int buf_size, int align); - -/** - * Reset the internal decoder state / flush internal buffers. Should be called - * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. - * - * @note when refcounted frames are not used (i.e. avctx->refcounted_frames is 0), - * this invalidates the frames previously returned from the decoder. When - * refcounted frames are used, the decoder just releases any references it might - * keep internally, but the caller's reference remains valid. - */ -void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext *avctx); - -/** - * Return codec bits per sample. - * - * @param[in] codec_id the codec - * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. - */ -int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); - -/** - * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. - * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, - * -1 (or anything else) for native - * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE - */ -enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); - -/** - * Return codec bits per sample. - * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an - * approximation. - * - * @param[in] codec_id the codec - * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. - */ -int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); - -/** - * Return audio frame duration. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown - * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to - * determine. - */ -int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext *avctx, int frame_bytes); - -/** - * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works - * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. - */ -int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters *par, int frame_bytes); - -#if FF_API_OLD_BSF -typedef struct AVBitStreamFilterContext { - void *priv_data; - const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; - AVCodecParserContext *parser; - struct AVBitStreamFilterContext *next; - /** - * Internal default arguments, used if NULL is passed to av_bitstream_filter_filter(). - * Not for access by library users. - */ - char *args; -} AVBitStreamFilterContext; -#endif - -typedef struct AVBSFInternal AVBSFInternal; - -/** - * The bitstream filter state. - * - * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with - * av_bsf_free(). - * - * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the - * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered - * immutable otherwise. - */ -typedef struct AVBSFContext { - /** - * A class for logging and AVOptions - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - - /** - * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. - */ - const struct AVBitStreamFilter *filter; - - /** - * Opaque libavcodec internal data. Must not be touched by the caller in any - * way. - */ - AVBSFInternal *internal; - - /** - * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, - * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. - */ - void *priv_data; - - /** - * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in - * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before - * av_bsf_init(). - */ - AVCodecParameters *par_in; - - /** - * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in - * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). - */ - AVCodecParameters *par_out; - - /** - * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the - * caller before av_bsf_init(). - */ - AVRational time_base_in; - - /** - * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the - * filter in av_bsf_init(). - */ - AVRational time_base_out; -} AVBSFContext; - -typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { - const char *name; - - /** - * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by - * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. - * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. - */ - const enum AVCodecID *codec_ids; - - /** - * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private - * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare - * any options. - * - * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data - * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic - * code to this class. - */ - const AVClass *priv_class; - - /***************************************************************** - * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - - int priv_data_size; - int (*init)(AVBSFContext *ctx); - int (*filter)(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); - void (*close)(AVBSFContext *ctx); - void (*flush)(AVBSFContext *ctx); -} AVBitStreamFilter; - -#if FF_API_OLD_BSF -/** - * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) - * is deprecated. Use the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_bitstream_filter(AVBitStreamFilter *bsf); -/** - * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) - * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_get_by_name(), av_bsf_alloc(), and av_bsf_init() - * from the new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVBitStreamFilterContext *av_bitstream_filter_init(const char *name); -/** - * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) - * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_send_packet() and av_bsf_receive_packet() from the - * new bitstream filtering API (using AVBSFContext). - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_bitstream_filter_filter(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc, - AVCodecContext *avctx, const char *args, - uint8_t **poutbuf, int *poutbuf_size, - const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, int keyframe); -/** - * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) - * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_free() from the new bitstream filtering API (using - * AVBSFContext). - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_bitstream_filter_close(AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsf); -/** - * @deprecated the old bitstream filtering API (using AVBitStreamFilterContext) - * is deprecated. Use av_bsf_iterate() from the new bitstream filtering API (using - * AVBSFContext). - */ -attribute_deprecated -const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bitstream_filter_next(const AVBitStreamFilter *f); -#endif - -/** - * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such - * bitstream filter exists. - */ -const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_get_by_name(const char *name); - -/** - * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. - * - * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must - * point to NULL to start the iteration. - * - * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is - * finished - */ -const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_iterate(void **opaque); -#if FF_API_NEXT -attribute_deprecated -const AVBitStreamFilter *av_bsf_next(void **opaque); -#endif - -/** - * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the - * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call - * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. - * - * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. - * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context - * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the - * filtering is done. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx); - -/** - * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been - * set. - */ -int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx); - -/** - * Submit a packet for filtering. - * - * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling - * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or - * AVERROR_EOF. - * - * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of - * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs. - * This parameter may be NULL, which signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more - * packets will be sent). That will cause the filter to output any packets it - * may have buffered internally. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. - */ -int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Retrieve a filtered packet. - * - * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered - * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using - * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. - * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated - * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) - * when this function is called. If this function returns - * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely - * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not - * touched. - * - * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the - * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there - * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if - * an error occurs. - * - * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending - * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called - * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to - * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return - * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. - */ -int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Reset the internal bitstream filter state / flush internal buffers. - */ -void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext *ctx); - -/** - * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL - * into the supplied pointer. - */ -void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext **ctx); - -/** - * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *av_bsf_get_class(void); - -/** - * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. - * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). - */ -typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; - -/** - * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. - * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() - * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). - * - * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure - */ -AVBSFList *av_bsf_list_alloc(void); - -/** - * Free list of bitstream filters. - * - * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() - */ -void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList **lst); - -/** - * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. - * - * @param lst List to append to - * @param bsf Filter context to be appended - * - * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure - */ -int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList *lst, AVBSFContext *bsf); - -/** - * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options - * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. - * - * @param lst List to append to - * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter - * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL - * - * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure - */ -int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList *lst, const char * bsf_name, AVDictionary **options); -/** - * Finalize list of bitstream filters. - * - * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, - * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter - * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). - * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst - * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for - * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() - * - * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed - * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure - * representing the chain of bitstream filters - * - * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure - */ -int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList **lst, AVBSFContext **bsf); - -/** - * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single - * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. - * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext freshly - * allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). - * - * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format - * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` - * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext structure - * representing the chain of bitstream filters - * - * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure - */ -int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char *str, AVBSFContext **bsf); - -/** - * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. - * - * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream filter - * - * @return - */ -int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext **bsf); - -/* memory */ - -/** - * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional - * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. - * - * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes - * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. - */ -void av_fast_padded_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); - -/** - * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always - * be 0-initialized after call. - */ -void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); - -/** - * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. - * - * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long - * @param v size of extradata in bytes - * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. - */ -unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char *s, unsigned int v); - -#if FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL -/** - * Register the hardware accelerator hwaccel. - * - * @deprecated This function doesn't do anything. - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_hwaccel(AVHWAccel *hwaccel); - -/** - * If hwaccel is NULL, returns the first registered hardware accelerator, - * if hwaccel is non-NULL, returns the next registered hardware accelerator - * after hwaccel, or NULL if hwaccel is the last one. - * - * @deprecated AVHWaccel structures contain no user-serviceable parts, so - * this function should not be used. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVHWAccel *av_hwaccel_next(const AVHWAccel *hwaccel); -#endif - -#if FF_API_LOCKMGR -/** - * Lock operation used by lockmgr - * - * @deprecated Deprecated together with av_lockmgr_register(). - */ -enum AVLockOp { - AV_LOCK_CREATE, ///< Create a mutex - AV_LOCK_OBTAIN, ///< Lock the mutex - AV_LOCK_RELEASE, ///< Unlock the mutex - AV_LOCK_DESTROY, ///< Free mutex resources -}; - -/** - * Register a user provided lock manager supporting the operations - * specified by AVLockOp. The "mutex" argument to the function points - * to a (void *) where the lockmgr should store/get a pointer to a user - * allocated mutex. It is NULL upon AV_LOCK_CREATE and equal to the - * value left by the last call for all other ops. If the lock manager is - * unable to perform the op then it should leave the mutex in the same - * state as when it was called and return a non-zero value. However, - * when called with AV_LOCK_DESTROY the mutex will always be assumed to - * have been successfully destroyed. If av_lockmgr_register succeeds - * it will return a non-negative value, if it fails it will return a - * negative value and destroy all mutex and unregister all callbacks. - * av_lockmgr_register is not thread-safe, it must be called from a - * single thread before any calls which make use of locking are used. - * - * @param cb User defined callback. av_lockmgr_register invokes calls - * to this callback and the previously registered callback. - * The callback will be used to create more than one mutex - * each of which must be backed by its own underlying locking - * mechanism (i.e. do not use a single static object to - * implement your lock manager). If cb is set to NULL the - * lockmgr will be unregistered. - * - * @deprecated This function does nothing, and always returns 0. Be sure to - * build with thread support to get basic thread safety. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_lockmgr_register(int (*cb)(void **mutex, enum AVLockOp op)); -#endif - -/** - * Get the type of the given codec. - */ -enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); - -/** - * Get the name of a codec. - * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL - */ -const char *avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); - -/** - * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it - * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. - */ -int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext *s); - -/** - * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise - */ -int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec *codec); - -/** - * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise - */ -int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec *codec); - -/** - * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. - */ -const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); - -/** - * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. - * - * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. - * - * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor - */ -const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor *prev); - -/** - * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor - * exists. - */ -const AVCodecDescriptor *avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char *name); - -/** - * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default - * values. - * - * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written - * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. - * - * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure - */ -AVCPBProperties *av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t *size); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h deleted file mode 100644 index 272422e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avdct.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_AVDCT_H -#define AVCODEC_AVDCT_H - -#include "libavutil/opt.h" - -/** - * AVDCT context. - * @note function pointers can be NULL if the specific features have been - * disabled at build time. - */ -typedef struct AVDCT { - const AVClass *av_class; - - void (*idct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); - - /** - * IDCT input permutation. - * Several optimized IDCTs need a permutated input (relative to the - * normal order of the reference IDCT). - * This permutation must be performed before the idct_put/add. - * Note, normally this can be merged with the zigzag/alternate scan
- * An example to avoid confusion: - * - (->decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> dequant -> reference IDCT -> ...) - * - (x -> reference DCT -> reference IDCT -> x) - * - (x -> reference DCT -> simple_mmx_perm = idct_permutation - * -> simple_idct_mmx -> x) - * - (-> decode coeffs -> zigzag reorder -> simple_mmx_perm -> dequant - * -> simple_idct_mmx -> ...) - */ - uint8_t idct_permutation[64]; - - void (*fdct)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */); - - - /** - * DCT algorithm. - * must use AVOptions to set this field. - */ - int dct_algo; - - /** - * IDCT algorithm. - * must use AVOptions to set this field. - */ - int idct_algo; - - void (*get_pixels)(int16_t *block /* align 16 */, - const uint8_t *pixels /* align 8 */, - ptrdiff_t line_size); - - int bits_per_sample; -} AVDCT; - -/** - * Allocates a AVDCT context. - * This needs to be initialized with avcodec_dct_init() after optionally - * configuring it with AVOptions. - * - * To free it use av_free() - */ -AVDCT *avcodec_dct_alloc(void); -int avcodec_dct_init(AVDCT *); - -const AVClass *avcodec_dct_get_class(void); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_AVDCT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0c0f9b8..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/avfft.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H -#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_fft - * FFT functions - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions - * @ingroup lavc_misc - * - * @{ - */ - -typedef float FFTSample; - -typedef struct FFTComplex { - FFTSample re, im; -} FFTComplex; - -typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; - -/** - * Set up a complex FFT. - * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array - * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse - */ -FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); - -/** - * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). - */ -void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); - -/** - * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The - * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. - */ -void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z); - -void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s); - -FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); -void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); -void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); -void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input); -void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s); - -/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ - -enum RDFTransformType { - DFT_R2C, - IDFT_C2R, - IDFT_R2C, - DFT_C2R, -}; - -typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; - -/** - * Set up a real FFT. - * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array - * @param trans the type of transform - */ -RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); -void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data); -void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s); - -/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ - -typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; - -enum DCTTransformType { - DCT_II = 0, - DCT_III, - DCT_I, - DST_I, -}; - -/** - * Set up DCT. - * - * @param nbits size of the input array: - * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I - * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I - * @param type the type of transform - * - * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored - */ -DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); -void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data); -void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6816b6c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Direct3D11 HW acceleration - * - * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar - * copyright (c) 2015 Steve Lhomme - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H -#define AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va - * Public libavcodec D3D11VA header. - */ - -#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 -#undef _WIN32_WINNT -#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 -#endif - -#include -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_d3d11va Direct3D11 - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel - * - * @{ - */ - -#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards -#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface - -/** - * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data - * to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. - * - * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. - * - * Use av_d3d11va_alloc_context() exclusively to allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. - */ -typedef struct AVD3D11VAContext { - /** - * D3D11 decoder object - */ - ID3D11VideoDecoder *decoder; - - /** - * D3D11 VideoContext - */ - ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; - - /** - * D3D11 configuration used to create the decoder - */ - D3D11_VIDEO_DECODER_CONFIG *cfg; - - /** - * The number of surface in the surface array - */ - unsigned surface_count; - - /** - * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder - */ - ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView **surface; - - /** - * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder - */ - uint64_t workaround; - - /** - * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation - */ - unsigned report_id; - - /** - * Mutex to access video_context - */ - HANDLE context_mutex; -} AVD3D11VAContext; - -/** - * Allocate an AVD3D11VAContext. - * - * @return Newly-allocated AVD3D11VAContext or NULL on failure. - */ -AVD3D11VAContext *av_d3d11va_alloc_context(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h deleted file mode 100644 index e6d9d34..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dirac.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards - * Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad - * Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H -#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H - -/** - * @file - * Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder - * @author Marco Gerards - * @author David Conrad - * @author Jordi Ortiz - */ - -#include "avcodec.h" - -/** - * The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both - * level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default). - * 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed. - * Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting - * the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter). - * - * We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory. - */ -#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5 - -/** - * Parse code values: - * - * Dirac Specification -> - * 9.6.1 Table 9.1 - * - * VC-2 Specification -> - * 10.4.1 Table 10.1 - */ - -enum DiracParseCodes { - DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00, - DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10, - DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20, - DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30, - DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08, - DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48, - DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8, - DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C, - DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC, - DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344, -}; - -typedef struct DiracVersionInfo { - int major; - int minor; -} DiracVersionInfo; - -typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader { - unsigned width; - unsigned height; - uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420 - - uint8_t interlaced; - uint8_t top_field_first; - - uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[] - uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[] - - uint16_t clean_width; - uint16_t clean_height; - uint16_t clean_left_offset; - uint16_t clean_right_offset; - - uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[] - uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[] - - int profile; - int level; - - AVRational framerate; - AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; - - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; - enum AVColorRange color_range; - enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; - enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; - enum AVColorSpace colorspace; - - DiracVersionInfo version; - int bit_depth; -} AVDiracSeqHeader; - -/** - * Parse a Dirac sequence header. - * - * @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct - * and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with - * av_free(). - * @param buf the data buffer - * @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes - * @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh, - const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size, - void *log_ctx); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9380a66..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dv_profile.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H -#define AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H - -#include - -#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" -#include "libavutil/rational.h" -#include "avcodec.h" - -/* minimum number of bytes to read from a DV stream in order to - * determine the profile */ -#define DV_PROFILE_BYTES (6 * 80) /* 6 DIF blocks */ - - -/* - * AVDVProfile is used to express the differences between various - * DV flavors. For now it's primarily used for differentiating - * 525/60 and 625/50, but the plans are to use it for various - * DV specs as well (e.g. SMPTE314M vs. IEC 61834). - */ -typedef struct AVDVProfile { - int dsf; /* value of the dsf in the DV header */ - int video_stype; /* stype for VAUX source pack */ - int frame_size; /* total size of one frame in bytes */ - int difseg_size; /* number of DIF segments per DIF channel */ - int n_difchan; /* number of DIF channels per frame */ - AVRational time_base; /* 1/framerate */ - int ltc_divisor; /* FPS from the LTS standpoint */ - int height; /* picture height in pixels */ - int width; /* picture width in pixels */ - AVRational sar[2]; /* sample aspect ratios for 4:3 and 16:9 */ - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; /* picture pixel format */ - int bpm; /* blocks per macroblock */ - const uint8_t *block_sizes; /* AC block sizes, in bits */ - int audio_stride; /* size of audio_shuffle table */ - int audio_min_samples[3]; /* min amount of audio samples */ - /* for 48kHz, 44.1kHz and 32kHz */ - int audio_samples_dist[5]; /* how many samples are supposed to be */ - /* in each frame in a 5 frames window */ - const uint8_t (*audio_shuffle)[9]; /* PCM shuffling table */ -} AVDVProfile; - -/** - * Get a DV profile for the provided compressed frame. - * - * @param sys the profile used for the previous frame, may be NULL - * @param frame the compressed data buffer - * @param buf_size size of the buffer in bytes - * @return the DV profile for the supplied data or NULL on failure - */ -const AVDVProfile *av_dv_frame_profile(const AVDVProfile *sys, - const uint8_t *frame, unsigned buf_size); - -/** - * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. - */ -const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Get a DV profile for the provided stream parameters. - * The frame rate is used as a best-effort parameter. - */ -const AVDVProfile *av_dv_codec_profile2(int width, int height, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, AVRational frame_rate); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_DV_PROFILE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22c9399..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/dxva2.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -/* - * DXVA2 HW acceleration - * - * copyright (c) 2009 Laurent Aimar - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H -#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 - * Public libavcodec DXVA2 header. - */ - -#if !defined(_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0602 -#undef _WIN32_WINNT -#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0602 -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_dxva2 DXVA2 - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel - * - * @{ - */ - -#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards -#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface - -/** - * This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data - * to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation. - * - * The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. - */ -struct dxva_context { - /** - * DXVA2 decoder object - */ - IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder; - - /** - * DXVA2 configuration used to create the decoder - */ - const DXVA2_ConfigPictureDecode *cfg; - - /** - * The number of surface in the surface array - */ - unsigned surface_count; - - /** - * The array of Direct3D surfaces used to create the decoder - */ - LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 *surface; - - /** - * A bit field configuring the workarounds needed for using the decoder - */ - uint64_t workaround; - - /** - * Private to the FFmpeg AVHWAccel implementation - */ - unsigned report_id; -}; - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h deleted file mode 100644 index dd99e92..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/jni.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -/* - * JNI public API functions - * - * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H -#define AVCODEC_JNI_H - -/* - * Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI - * environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning - * you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer - * however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM. - * - * @param vm Java virtual machine - * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL - * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise - */ -int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx); - -/* - * Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm. - * - * @param vm Java virtual machine - * @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine - */ -void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c8545d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Android MediaCodec public API - * - * Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H -#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H - -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" - -/** - * This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will - * be used as output by the decoder. - * - */ -typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext { - - /** - * android/view/Surface object reference. - */ - void *surface; - -} AVMediaCodecContext; - -/** - * Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context. - * - * When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the - * MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free. - * - * @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise - */ -AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void); - -/** - * Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context. - * - * @param avctx codec context - * @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize - * @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface - * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise - */ -int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface); - -/** - * This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with - * av_mediacodec_default_init(). - * - * @param avctx codec context - */ -void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); - -/** - * Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render. - */ -typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer; - -/** - * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated - * with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given - * buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus - * subsequent calls to this function will have no effect. - * - * @param buffer the buffer to render - * @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to - * discard the buffer - * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise - */ -int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render); - -/** - * Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface - * that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second - * of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using - * CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation - * of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details. - * - * @param buffer the buffer to render - * @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer - * @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise - */ -int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b77158e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/qsv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Intel MediaSDK QSV public API - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H -#define AVCODEC_QSV_H - -#include - -#include "libavutil/buffer.h" - -/** - * This struct is used for communicating QSV parameters between libavcodec and - * the caller. It is managed by the caller and must be assigned to - * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. - * - decoding: hwaccel_context must be set on return from the get_format() - * callback - * - encoding: hwaccel_context must be set before avcodec_open2() - */ -typedef struct AVQSVContext { - /** - * If non-NULL, the session to use for encoding or decoding. - * Otherwise, libavcodec will try to create an internal session. - */ - mfxSession session; - - /** - * The IO pattern to use. - */ - int iopattern; - - /** - * Extra buffers to pass to encoder or decoder initialization. - */ - mfxExtBuffer **ext_buffers; - int nb_ext_buffers; - - /** - * Encoding only. If this field is set to non-zero by the caller, libavcodec - * will create an mfxExtOpaqueSurfaceAlloc extended buffer and pass it to - * the encoder initialization. This only makes sense if iopattern is also - * set to MFX_IOPATTERN_IN_OPAQUE_MEMORY. - * - * The number of allocated opaque surfaces will be the sum of the number - * required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces. - * The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through - * the opaque_surfaces field. - */ - int opaque_alloc; - - /** - * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. Before - * calling avcodec_open2(), the caller should set this field to the number - * of extra opaque surfaces to allocate beyond what is required by the - * encoder. - * - * On return from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set by libavcodec to - * the total number of allocated opaque surfaces. - */ - int nb_opaque_surfaces; - - /** - * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return - * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be used by libavcodec to export the - * array of the allocated opaque surfaces to the caller, so they can be - * passed to other parts of the pipeline. - * - * The buffer reference exported here is owned and managed by libavcodec, - * the callers should make their own reference with av_buffer_ref() and free - * it with av_buffer_unref() when it is no longer needed. - * - * The buffer data is an nb_opaque_surfaces-sized array of mfxFrameSurface1. - */ - AVBufferRef *opaque_surfaces; - - /** - * Encoding only, and only if opaque_alloc is set to non-zero. On return - * from avcodec_open2(), this field will be set to the surface type used in - * the opaque allocation request. - */ - int opaque_alloc_type; -} AVQSVContext; - -/** - * Allocate a new context. - * - * It must be freed by the caller with av_free(). - */ -AVQSVContext *av_qsv_alloc_context(void); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_QSV_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2cf7da5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vaapi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Video Acceleration API (shared data between FFmpeg and the video player) - * HW decode acceleration for MPEG-2, MPEG-4, H.264 and VC-1 - * - * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Splitted-Desktop Systems - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_VAAPI_H -#define AVCODEC_VAAPI_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi - * Public libavcodec VA API header. - */ - -#include -#include "libavutil/attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel - * @{ - */ - -/** - * This structure is used to share data between the FFmpeg library and - * the client video application. - * This shall be zero-allocated and available as - * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. All user members can be set once - * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() - * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling - * decoding functions. - * - * Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead. - */ -struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context { - /** - * Window system dependent data - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - void *display; - - /** - * Configuration ID - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - uint32_t config_id; - - /** - * Context ID (video decode pipeline) - * - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - uint32_t context_id; -}; - -/* @} */ - -#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d99943..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -/* - * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for - * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. - * - * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H -#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau - * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. - */ - - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel - * - * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules - * - VDPAU decoding - * - VDPAU presentation - * - * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg - * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. - * - * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding - * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU - * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. - * - * @{ - */ - -#include - -#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" -#include "libavutil/attributes.h" - -#include "avcodec.h" -#include "version.h" - -struct AVCodecContext; -struct AVFrame; - -typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *, - const VdpPictureInfo *, uint32_t, - const VdpBitstreamBuffer *); - -/** - * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and - * the client video application. - * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel - * function and make it available as - * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once - * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() - * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling - * decoding functions. - * - * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not - * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an - * AVVDPAUContext. - */ -typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { - /** - * VDPAU decoder handle - * - * Set by user. - */ - VdpDecoder decoder; - - /** - * VDPAU decoder render callback - * - * Set by the user. - */ - VdpDecoderRender *render; - - AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; -} AVVDPAUContext; - -/** - * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext - * - * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI - */ -AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); - -AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *); -void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2); - -/** - * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. - * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, - * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change - * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent - * display preemption). - * - * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes - * successfully. - * - * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked - * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration - * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver - * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags - * - * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device, - VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address, unsigned flags); - -/** - * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec - * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. - * - * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a - * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). - * - * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream - * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type - * (or NULL to ignore) - * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width - * (or NULL to ignore) - * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height - * (or NULL to ignore) - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type, - uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height); - -/** - * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. - * - * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. - */ -AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); - -#if FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE -/** - * Get a decoder profile that should be used for initializing a VDPAU decoder. - * Should be called from the AVCodecContext.get_format() callback. - * - * @deprecated Use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead. - * - * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream - * @param profile a pointer into which the result will be written on success. - * The contents of profile are undefined if this function returns - * an error. - * - * @return 0 on success (non-negative), a negative AVERROR on failure. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile); -#endif - -/* @}*/ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3331d47..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H -#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup libavc - * Libavcodec version macros. - */ - -#include "libavutil/version.h" - -#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58 -#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 54 -#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 - -#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT - -#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) - -/** - * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be - * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of - * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. - * - * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually - * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all - * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. - */ - -#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES -#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV -#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE -#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME -#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT -#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE -#define FF_API_VDPAU_PROFILE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION -#define FF_API_CONVERGENCE_DURATION (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_AVPICTURE -#define FF_API_AVPICTURE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API -#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK -#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY -#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE -#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS -#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT -#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING -#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF -#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT -#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS -#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME -#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT -#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API -#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING -#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA -#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET -#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL -#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR -#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_NEXT -#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES -#define FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif - - -#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index af2db0d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Videotoolbox hardware acceleration - * - * copyright (c) 2012 Sebastien Zwickert - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H -#define AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox - * Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header. - */ - -#include - -#define Picture QuickdrawPicture -#include -#undef Picture - -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" - -/** - * This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed - * between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding. - * Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with - * av_videotoolbox_alloc_context() and freed with av_free(). - */ -typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext { - /** - * Videotoolbox decompression session object. - * Created and freed the caller. - */ - VTDecompressionSessionRef session; - - /** - * The output callback that must be passed to the session. - * Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init() - */ - VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback; - - /** - * CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames. - * set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is - * requested from the decoder, and its native format is output. - */ - OSType cv_pix_fmt_type; - - /** - * CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. - * Set by the caller. - */ - CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc; - - /** - * CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session. - * Set by the caller. - */ - int cm_codec_type; -} AVVideotoolboxContext; - -/** - * Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context. - * - * This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller - * selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create - * the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that - * will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding. - * - * When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder - * object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free(). - * - * @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure - */ -AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void); - -/** - * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using - * an internal implementation. - * - * @param avctx the corresponding codec context - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx); - -/** - * This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using - * an internal implementation. - * - * @param avctx the corresponding codec context - * @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx); - -/** - * This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with - * av_videotoolbox_default_init(). - * - * @param avctx the corresponding codec context - */ -void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h deleted file mode 100644 index 789932a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/vorbis_parser.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * A public API for Vorbis parsing - * - * Determines the duration for each packet. - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H -#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H - -#include - -typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext; - -/** - * Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata. - */ -AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata, - int extradata_size); - -/** - * Free the parser and everything associated with it. - */ -void av_vorbis_parse_free(AVVorbisParseContext **s); - -#define VORBIS_FLAG_HEADER 0x00000001 -#define VORBIS_FLAG_COMMENT 0x00000002 -#define VORBIS_FLAG_SETUP 0x00000004 - -/** - * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. - * - * If @p flags is @c NULL, - * special frames are considered invalid. - * - * @param s Vorbis parser context - * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame - * @param buf_size size of the buffer - * @param flags flags for special frames - */ -int av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, - int buf_size, int *flags); - -/** - * Get the duration for a Vorbis packet. - * - * @param s Vorbis parser context - * @param buf buffer containing a Vorbis frame - * @param buf_size size of the buffer - */ -int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf, - int buf_size); - -void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s); - -#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 465ee78..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavcodec/xvmc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H -#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc - * Public libavcodec XvMC header. - */ - -#include - -#include "libavutil/attributes.h" -#include "version.h" -#include "avcodec.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC - * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel - * - * @{ - */ - -#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct - the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */ - -struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt { - /** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID. - It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API, - and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int xvmc_id; - - /** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks(). - The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks(). - Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential - pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT. - - application - set the pointer during initialization - - libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array - */ - short* data_blocks; - - /** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by - XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks(). - - application - set the pointer during initialization - - libavcodec - fills description data into the array - */ - XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks; - - /** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks - array. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int allocated_mv_blocks; - - /** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int allocated_data_blocks; - - /** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT - coefficients and perform IDCT on them. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int idct; - - /** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in - unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int unsigned_intra; - - /** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface(). - It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit. - It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware. - - application - set during initialization - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - XvMCSurface* p_surface; - -/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(), - needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */ -//@{ - /** Pointer to the surface used as past reference - - application - unchanged - - libavcodec - set - */ - XvMCSurface* p_past_surface; - - /** Pointer to the surface used as future reference - - application - unchanged - - libavcodec - set - */ - XvMCSurface* p_future_surface; - - /** top/bottom field or frame - - application - unchanged - - libavcodec - set - */ - unsigned int picture_structure; - - /** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence - - application - unchanged - - libavcodec - set - */ - unsigned int flags; -//}@ - - /** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array - that have already been passed to the hardware. - - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). - A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it - with filled_mb_block_num or zero both. - - libavcodec - unchanged - */ - int start_mv_blocks_num; - - /** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after - start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be - passed to the hardware. - - application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful - ff_draw_horiz_band(). - - libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB - */ - int filled_mv_blocks_num; - - /** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of - 64 short values in the data_blocks array. - All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their - position into the corresponding block description structure field, - that are part of the mv_blocks array. - - application - zeroes it on get_buffer(). - A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together - with start_mb_blocks_num. - - libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number - of coded blocks it contains. - */ - int next_free_data_block_num; -}; - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6eb329f..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avformat.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3092 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H -#define AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup libavf - * Main libavformat public API header - */ - -/** - * @defgroup libavf libavformat - * I/O and Muxing/Demuxing Library - * - * Libavformat (lavf) is a library for dealing with various media container - * formats. Its main two purposes are demuxing - i.e. splitting a media file - * into component streams, and the reverse process of muxing - writing supplied - * data in a specified container format. It also has an @ref lavf_io - * "I/O module" which supports a number of protocols for accessing the data (e.g. - * file, tcp, http and others). - * Unless you are absolutely sure you won't use libavformat's network - * capabilities, you should also call avformat_network_init(). - * - * A supported input format is described by an AVInputFormat struct, conversely - * an output format is described by AVOutputFormat. You can iterate over all - * input/output formats using the av_demuxer_iterate / av_muxer_iterate() functions. - * The protocols layer is not part of the public API, so you can only get the names - * of supported protocols with the avio_enum_protocols() function. - * - * Main lavf structure used for both muxing and demuxing is AVFormatContext, - * which exports all information about the file being read or written. As with - * most Libavformat structures, its size is not part of public ABI, so it cannot be - * allocated on stack or directly with av_malloc(). To create an - * AVFormatContext, use avformat_alloc_context() (some functions, like - * avformat_open_input() might do that for you). - * - * Most importantly an AVFormatContext contains: - * @li the @ref AVFormatContext.iformat "input" or @ref AVFormatContext.oformat - * "output" format. It is either autodetected or set by user for input; - * always set by user for output. - * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.streams "array" of AVStreams, which describe all - * elementary streams stored in the file. AVStreams are typically referred to - * using their index in this array. - * @li an @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context". It is either opened by lavf or - * set by user for input, always set by user for output (unless you are dealing - * with an AVFMT_NOFILE format). - * - * @section lavf_options Passing options to (de)muxers - * It is possible to configure lavf muxers and demuxers using the @ref avoptions - * mechanism. Generic (format-independent) libavformat options are provided by - * AVFormatContext, they can be examined from a user program by calling - * av_opt_next() / av_opt_find() on an allocated AVFormatContext (or its AVClass - * from avformat_get_class()). Private (format-specific) options are provided by - * AVFormatContext.priv_data if and only if AVInputFormat.priv_class / - * AVOutputFormat.priv_class of the corresponding format struct is non-NULL. - * Further options may be provided by the @ref AVFormatContext.pb "I/O context", - * if its AVClass is non-NULL, and the protocols layer. See the discussion on - * nesting in @ref avoptions documentation to learn how to access those. - * - * @section urls - * URL strings in libavformat are made of a scheme/protocol, a ':', and a - * scheme specific string. URLs without a scheme and ':' used for local files - * are supported but deprecated. "file:" should be used for local files. - * - * It is important that the scheme string is not taken from untrusted - * sources without checks. - * - * Note that some schemes/protocols are quite powerful, allowing access to - * both local and remote files, parts of them, concatenations of them, local - * audio and video devices and so on. - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavf_decoding Demuxing - * @{ - * Demuxers read a media file and split it into chunks of data (@em packets). A - * @ref AVPacket "packet" contains one or more encoded frames which belongs to a - * single elementary stream. In the lavf API this process is represented by the - * avformat_open_input() function for opening a file, av_read_frame() for - * reading a single packet and finally avformat_close_input(), which does the - * cleanup. - * - * @section lavf_decoding_open Opening a media file - * The minimum information required to open a file is its URL, which - * is passed to avformat_open_input(), as in the following code: - * @code - * const char *url = "file:in.mp3"; - * AVFormatContext *s = NULL; - * int ret = avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, NULL); - * if (ret < 0) - * abort(); - * @endcode - * The above code attempts to allocate an AVFormatContext, open the - * specified file (autodetecting the format) and read the header, exporting the - * information stored there into s. Some formats do not have a header or do not - * store enough information there, so it is recommended that you call the - * avformat_find_stream_info() function which tries to read and decode a few - * frames to find missing information. - * - * In some cases you might want to preallocate an AVFormatContext yourself with - * avformat_alloc_context() and do some tweaking on it before passing it to - * avformat_open_input(). One such case is when you want to use custom functions - * for reading input data instead of lavf internal I/O layer. - * To do that, create your own AVIOContext with avio_alloc_context(), passing - * your reading callbacks to it. Then set the @em pb field of your - * AVFormatContext to newly created AVIOContext. - * - * Since the format of the opened file is in general not known until after - * avformat_open_input() has returned, it is not possible to set demuxer private - * options on a preallocated context. Instead, the options should be passed to - * avformat_open_input() wrapped in an AVDictionary: - * @code - * AVDictionary *options = NULL; - * av_dict_set(&options, "video_size", "640x480", 0); - * av_dict_set(&options, "pixel_format", "rgb24", 0); - * - * if (avformat_open_input(&s, url, NULL, &options) < 0) - * abort(); - * av_dict_free(&options); - * @endcode - * This code passes the private options 'video_size' and 'pixel_format' to the - * demuxer. They would be necessary for e.g. the rawvideo demuxer, since it - * cannot know how to interpret raw video data otherwise. If the format turns - * out to be something different than raw video, those options will not be - * recognized by the demuxer and therefore will not be applied. Such unrecognized - * options are then returned in the options dictionary (recognized options are - * consumed). The calling program can handle such unrecognized options as it - * wishes, e.g. - * @code - * AVDictionaryEntry *e; - * if (e = av_dict_get(options, "", NULL, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { - * fprintf(stderr, "Option %s not recognized by the demuxer.\n", e->key); - * abort(); - * } - * @endcode - * - * After you have finished reading the file, you must close it with - * avformat_close_input(). It will free everything associated with the file. - * - * @section lavf_decoding_read Reading from an opened file - * Reading data from an opened AVFormatContext is done by repeatedly calling - * av_read_frame() on it. Each call, if successful, will return an AVPacket - * containing encoded data for one AVStream, identified by - * AVPacket.stream_index. This packet may be passed straight into the libavcodec - * decoding functions avcodec_send_packet() or avcodec_decode_subtitle2() if the - * caller wishes to decode the data. - * - * AVPacket.pts, AVPacket.dts and AVPacket.duration timing information will be - * set if known. They may also be unset (i.e. AV_NOPTS_VALUE for - * pts/dts, 0 for duration) if the stream does not provide them. The timing - * information will be in AVStream.time_base units, i.e. it has to be - * multiplied by the timebase to convert them to seconds. - * - * If AVPacket.buf is set on the returned packet, then the packet is - * allocated dynamically and the user may keep it indefinitely. - * Otherwise, if AVPacket.buf is NULL, the packet data is backed by a - * static storage somewhere inside the demuxer and the packet is only valid - * until the next av_read_frame() call or closing the file. If the caller - * requires a longer lifetime, av_packet_make_refcounted() will ensure that - * the data is reference counted, copying the data if necessary. - * In both cases, the packet must be freed with av_packet_unref() when it is no - * longer needed. - * - * @section lavf_decoding_seek Seeking - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavf_encoding Muxing - * @{ - * Muxers take encoded data in the form of @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" and write - * it into files or other output bytestreams in the specified container format. - * - * The main API functions for muxing are avformat_write_header() for writing the - * file header, av_write_frame() / av_interleaved_write_frame() for writing the - * packets and av_write_trailer() for finalizing the file. - * - * At the beginning of the muxing process, the caller must first call - * avformat_alloc_context() to create a muxing context. The caller then sets up - * the muxer by filling the various fields in this context: - * - * - The @ref AVFormatContext.oformat "oformat" field must be set to select the - * muxer that will be used. - * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOFILE type, the @ref AVFormatContext.pb - * "pb" field must be set to an opened IO context, either returned from - * avio_open2() or a custom one. - * - Unless the format is of the AVFMT_NOSTREAMS type, at least one stream must - * be created with the avformat_new_stream() function. The caller should fill - * the @ref AVStream.codecpar "stream codec parameters" information, such as the - * codec @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_type "type", @ref AVCodecParameters.codec_id - * "id" and other parameters (e.g. width / height, the pixel or sample format, - * etc.) as known. The @ref AVStream.time_base "stream timebase" should - * be set to the timebase that the caller desires to use for this stream (note - * that the timebase actually used by the muxer can be different, as will be - * described later). - * - It is advised to manually initialize only the relevant fields in - * AVCodecParameters, rather than using @ref avcodec_parameters_copy() during - * remuxing: there is no guarantee that the codec context values remain valid - * for both input and output format contexts. - * - The caller may fill in additional information, such as @ref - * AVFormatContext.metadata "global" or @ref AVStream.metadata "per-stream" - * metadata, @ref AVFormatContext.chapters "chapters", @ref - * AVFormatContext.programs "programs", etc. as described in the - * AVFormatContext documentation. Whether such information will actually be - * stored in the output depends on what the container format and the muxer - * support. - * - * When the muxing context is fully set up, the caller must call - * avformat_write_header() to initialize the muxer internals and write the file - * header. Whether anything actually is written to the IO context at this step - * depends on the muxer, but this function must always be called. Any muxer - * private options must be passed in the options parameter to this function. - * - * The data is then sent to the muxer by repeatedly calling av_write_frame() or - * av_interleaved_write_frame() (consult those functions' documentation for - * discussion on the difference between them; only one of them may be used with - * a single muxing context, they should not be mixed). Do note that the timing - * information on the packets sent to the muxer must be in the corresponding - * AVStream's timebase. That timebase is set by the muxer (in the - * avformat_write_header() step) and may be different from the timebase - * requested by the caller. - * - * Once all the data has been written, the caller must call av_write_trailer() - * to flush any buffered packets and finalize the output file, then close the IO - * context (if any) and finally free the muxing context with - * avformat_free_context(). - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavf_io I/O Read/Write - * @{ - * @section lavf_io_dirlist Directory listing - * The directory listing API makes it possible to list files on remote servers. - * - * Some of possible use cases: - * - an "open file" dialog to choose files from a remote location, - * - a recursive media finder providing a player with an ability to play all - * files from a given directory. - * - * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_open Opening a directory - * At first, a directory needs to be opened by calling avio_open_dir() - * supplied with a URL and, optionally, ::AVDictionary containing - * protocol-specific parameters. The function returns zero or positive - * integer and allocates AVIODirContext on success. - * - * @code - * AVIODirContext *ctx = NULL; - * if (avio_open_dir(&ctx, "smb://example.com/some_dir", NULL) < 0) { - * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open directory.\n"); - * abort(); - * } - * @endcode - * - * This code tries to open a sample directory using smb protocol without - * any additional parameters. - * - * @subsection lavf_io_dirlist_read Reading entries - * Each directory's entry (i.e. file, another directory, anything else - * within ::AVIODirEntryType) is represented by AVIODirEntry. - * Reading consecutive entries from an opened AVIODirContext is done by - * repeatedly calling avio_read_dir() on it. Each call returns zero or - * positive integer if successful. Reading can be stopped right after the - * NULL entry has been read -- it means there are no entries left to be - * read. The following code reads all entries from a directory associated - * with ctx and prints their names to standard output. - * @code - * AVIODirEntry *entry = NULL; - * for (;;) { - * if (avio_read_dir(ctx, &entry) < 0) { - * fprintf(stderr, "Cannot list directory.\n"); - * abort(); - * } - * if (!entry) - * break; - * printf("%s\n", entry->name); - * avio_free_directory_entry(&entry); - * } - * @endcode - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavf_codec Demuxers - * @{ - * @defgroup lavf_codec_native Native Demuxers - * @{ - * @} - * @defgroup lavf_codec_wrappers External library wrappers - * @{ - * @} - * @} - * @defgroup lavf_protos I/O Protocols - * @{ - * @} - * @defgroup lavf_internal Internal - * @{ - * @} - * @} - */ - -#include -#include /* FILE */ -#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h" -#include "libavutil/dict.h" -#include "libavutil/log.h" - -#include "avio.h" -#include "libavformat/version.h" - -struct AVFormatContext; - -struct AVDeviceInfoList; -struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery; - -/** - * @defgroup metadata_api Public Metadata API - * @{ - * @ingroup libavf - * The metadata API allows libavformat to export metadata tags to a client - * application when demuxing. Conversely it allows a client application to - * set metadata when muxing. - * - * Metadata is exported or set as pairs of key/value strings in the 'metadata' - * fields of the AVFormatContext, AVStream, AVChapter and AVProgram structs - * using the @ref lavu_dict "AVDictionary" API. Like all strings in FFmpeg, - * metadata is assumed to be UTF-8 encoded Unicode. Note that metadata - * exported by demuxers isn't checked to be valid UTF-8 in most cases. - * - * Important concepts to keep in mind: - * - Keys are unique; there can never be 2 tags with the same key. This is - * also meant semantically, i.e., a demuxer should not knowingly produce - * several keys that are literally different but semantically identical. - * E.g., key=Author5, key=Author6. In this example, all authors must be - * placed in the same tag. - * - Metadata is flat, not hierarchical; there are no subtags. If you - * want to store, e.g., the email address of the child of producer Alice - * and actor Bob, that could have key=alice_and_bobs_childs_email_address. - * - Several modifiers can be applied to the tag name. This is done by - * appending a dash character ('-') and the modifier name in the order - * they appear in the list below -- e.g. foo-eng-sort, not foo-sort-eng. - * - language -- a tag whose value is localized for a particular language - * is appended with the ISO 639-2/B 3-letter language code. - * For example: Author-ger=Michael, Author-eng=Mike - * The original/default language is in the unqualified "Author" tag. - * A demuxer should set a default if it sets any translated tag. - * - sorting -- a modified version of a tag that should be used for - * sorting will have '-sort' appended. E.g. artist="The Beatles", - * artist-sort="Beatles, The". - * - Some protocols and demuxers support metadata updates. After a successful - * call to av_read_packet(), AVFormatContext.event_flags or AVStream.event_flags - * will be updated to indicate if metadata changed. In order to detect metadata - * changes on a stream, you need to loop through all streams in the AVFormatContext - * and check their individual event_flags. - * - * - Demuxers attempt to export metadata in a generic format, however tags - * with no generic equivalents are left as they are stored in the container. - * Follows a list of generic tag names: - * - @verbatim - album -- name of the set this work belongs to - album_artist -- main creator of the set/album, if different from artist. - e.g. "Various Artists" for compilation albums. - artist -- main creator of the work - comment -- any additional description of the file. - composer -- who composed the work, if different from artist. - copyright -- name of copyright holder. - creation_time-- date when the file was created, preferably in ISO 8601. - date -- date when the work was created, preferably in ISO 8601. - disc -- number of a subset, e.g. disc in a multi-disc collection. - encoder -- name/settings of the software/hardware that produced the file. - encoded_by -- person/group who created the file. - filename -- original name of the file. - genre -- . - language -- main language in which the work is performed, preferably - in ISO 639-2 format. Multiple languages can be specified by - separating them with commas. - performer -- artist who performed the work, if different from artist. - E.g for "Also sprach Zarathustra", artist would be "Richard - Strauss" and performer "London Philharmonic Orchestra". - publisher -- name of the label/publisher. - service_name -- name of the service in broadcasting (channel name). - service_provider -- name of the service provider in broadcasting. - title -- name of the work. - track -- number of this work in the set, can be in form current/total. - variant_bitrate -- the total bitrate of the bitrate variant that the current stream is part of - @endverbatim - * - * Look in the examples section for an application example how to use the Metadata API. - * - * @} - */ - -/* packet functions */ - - -/** - * Allocate and read the payload of a packet and initialize its - * fields with default values. - * - * @param s associated IO context - * @param pkt packet - * @param size desired payload size - * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise - */ -int av_get_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); - - -/** - * Read data and append it to the current content of the AVPacket. - * If pkt->size is 0 this is identical to av_get_packet. - * Note that this uses av_grow_packet and thus involves a realloc - * which is inefficient. Thus this function should only be used - * when there is no reasonable way to know (an upper bound of) - * the final size. - * - * @param s associated IO context - * @param pkt packet - * @param size amount of data to read - * @return >0 (read size) if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise, previous data - * will not be lost even if an error occurs. - */ -int av_append_packet(AVIOContext *s, AVPacket *pkt, int size); - -/*************************************************/ -/* input/output formats */ - -struct AVCodecTag; - -/** - * This structure contains the data a format has to probe a file. - */ -typedef struct AVProbeData { - const char *filename; - unsigned char *buf; /**< Buffer must have AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE of extra allocated bytes filled with zero. */ - int buf_size; /**< Size of buf except extra allocated bytes */ - const char *mime_type; /**< mime_type, when known. */ -} AVProbeData; - -#define AVPROBE_SCORE_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4) -#define AVPROBE_SCORE_STREAM_RETRY (AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX/4-1) - -#define AVPROBE_SCORE_EXTENSION 50 ///< score for file extension -#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MIME 75 ///< score for file mime type -#define AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX 100 ///< maximum score - -#define AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE 32 ///< extra allocated bytes at the end of the probe buffer - -/// Demuxer will use avio_open, no opened file should be provided by the caller. -#define AVFMT_NOFILE 0x0001 -#define AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER 0x0002 /**< Needs '%d' in filename. */ -#define AVFMT_SHOW_IDS 0x0008 /**< Show format stream IDs numbers. */ -#define AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER 0x0040 /**< Format wants global header. */ -#define AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS 0x0080 /**< Format does not need / have any timestamps. */ -#define AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX 0x0100 /**< Use generic index building code. */ -#define AVFMT_TS_DISCONT 0x0200 /**< Format allows timestamp discontinuities. Note, muxers always require valid (monotone) timestamps */ -#define AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS 0x0400 /**< Format allows variable fps. */ -#define AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS 0x0800 /**< Format does not need width/height */ -#define AVFMT_NOSTREAMS 0x1000 /**< Format does not require any streams */ -#define AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH 0x2000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on binary search via read_timestamp */ -#define AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH 0x4000 /**< Format does not allow to fall back on generic search */ -#define AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK 0x8000 /**< Format does not allow seeking by bytes */ -#define AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH 0x10000 /**< Format allows flushing. If not set, the muxer will not receive a NULL packet in the write_packet function. */ -#define AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT 0x20000 /**< Format does not require strictly - increasing timestamps, but they must - still be monotonic */ -#define AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE 0x40000 /**< Format allows muxing negative - timestamps. If not set the timestamp - will be shifted in av_write_frame and - av_interleaved_write_frame so they - start from 0. - The user or muxer can override this through - AVFormatContext.avoid_negative_ts - */ - -#define AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS 0x4000000 /**< Seeking is based on PTS */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavf_encoding - * @{ - */ -typedef struct AVOutputFormat { - const char *name; - /** - * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable - * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro - * to define it. - */ - const char *long_name; - const char *mime_type; - const char *extensions; /**< comma-separated filename extensions */ - /* output support */ - enum AVCodecID audio_codec; /**< default audio codec */ - enum AVCodecID video_codec; /**< default video codec */ - enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec; /**< default subtitle codec */ - /** - * can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, - * AVFMT_GLOBALHEADER, AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_VARIABLE_FPS, - * AVFMT_NODIMENSIONS, AVFMT_NOSTREAMS, AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH, - * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, AVFMT_TS_NEGATIVE - */ - int flags; - - /** - * List of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, ordered by "better - * choice first". The arrays are all terminated by AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. - */ - const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; - - - const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context - - /***************************************************************** - * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - /** - * The ff_const59 define is not part of the public API and will - * be removed without further warning. - */ -#if FF_API_AVIOFORMAT -#define ff_const59 -#else -#define ff_const59 const -#endif - ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *next; - /** - * size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper - */ - int priv_data_size; - - int (*write_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); - /** - * Write a packet. If AVFMT_ALLOW_FLUSH is set in flags, - * pkt can be NULL in order to flush data buffered in the muxer. - * When flushing, return 0 if there still is more data to flush, - * or 1 if everything was flushed and there is no more buffered - * data. - */ - int (*write_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); - int (*write_trailer)(struct AVFormatContext *); - /** - * Currently only used to set pixel format if not YUV420P. - */ - int (*interleave_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *out, - AVPacket *in, int flush); - /** - * Test if the given codec can be stored in this container. - * - * @return 1 if the codec is supported, 0 if it is not. - * A negative number if unknown. - * MKTAG('A', 'P', 'I', 'C') if the codec is only supported as AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC - */ - int (*query_codec)(enum AVCodecID id, int std_compliance); - - void (*get_output_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, - int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); - /** - * Allows sending messages from application to device. - */ - int (*control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, - void *data, size_t data_size); - - /** - * Write an uncoded AVFrame. - * - * See av_write_uncoded_frame() for details. - * - * The library will free *frame afterwards, but the muxer can prevent it - * by setting the pointer to NULL. - */ - int (*write_uncoded_frame)(struct AVFormatContext *, int stream_index, - AVFrame **frame, unsigned flags); - /** - * Returns device list with it properties. - * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. - */ - int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); - /** - * Initialize device capabilities submodule. - * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. - */ - int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); - /** - * Free device capabilities submodule. - * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. - */ - int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); - enum AVCodecID data_codec; /**< default data codec */ - /** - * Initialize format. May allocate data here, and set any AVFormatContext or - * AVStream parameters that need to be set before packets are sent. - * This method must not write output. - * - * Return 0 if streams were fully configured, 1 if not, negative AVERROR on failure - * - * Any allocations made here must be freed in deinit(). - */ - int (*init)(struct AVFormatContext *); - /** - * Deinitialize format. If present, this is called whenever the muxer is being - * destroyed, regardless of whether or not the header has been written. - * - * If a trailer is being written, this is called after write_trailer(). - * - * This is called if init() fails as well. - */ - void (*deinit)(struct AVFormatContext *); - /** - * Set up any necessary bitstream filtering and extract any extra data needed - * for the global header. - * Return 0 if more packets from this stream must be checked; 1 if not. - */ - int (*check_bitstream)(struct AVFormatContext *, const AVPacket *pkt); -} AVOutputFormat; -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavf_decoding - * @{ - */ -typedef struct AVInputFormat { - /** - * A comma separated list of short names for the format. New names - * may be appended with a minor bump. - */ - const char *name; - - /** - * Descriptive name for the format, meant to be more human-readable - * than name. You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro - * to define it. - */ - const char *long_name; - - /** - * Can use flags: AVFMT_NOFILE, AVFMT_NEEDNUMBER, AVFMT_SHOW_IDS, - * AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS, AVFMT_GENERIC_INDEX, AVFMT_TS_DISCONT, AVFMT_NOBINSEARCH, - * AVFMT_NOGENSEARCH, AVFMT_NO_BYTE_SEEK, AVFMT_SEEK_TO_PTS. - */ - int flags; - - /** - * If extensions are defined, then no probe is done. You should - * usually not use extension format guessing because it is not - * reliable enough - */ - const char *extensions; - - const struct AVCodecTag * const *codec_tag; - - const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context - - /** - * Comma-separated list of mime types. - * It is used check for matching mime types while probing. - * @see av_probe_input_format2 - */ - const char *mime_type; - - /***************************************************************** - * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *next; - - /** - * Raw demuxers store their codec ID here. - */ - int raw_codec_id; - - /** - * Size of private data so that it can be allocated in the wrapper. - */ - int priv_data_size; - - /** - * Tell if a given file has a chance of being parsed as this format. - * The buffer provided is guaranteed to be AVPROBE_PADDING_SIZE bytes - * big so you do not have to check for that unless you need more. - */ - int (*read_probe)(const AVProbeData *); - - /** - * Read the format header and initialize the AVFormatContext - * structure. Return 0 if OK. 'avformat_new_stream' should be - * called to create new streams. - */ - int (*read_header)(struct AVFormatContext *); - - /** - * Read one packet and put it in 'pkt'. pts and flags are also - * set. 'avformat_new_stream' can be called only if the flag - * AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is used and only in the calling thread (not in a - * background thread). - * @return 0 on success, < 0 on error. - * When returning an error, pkt must not have been allocated - * or must be freed before returning - */ - int (*read_packet)(struct AVFormatContext *, AVPacket *pkt); - - /** - * Close the stream. The AVFormatContext and AVStreams are not - * freed by this function - */ - int (*read_close)(struct AVFormatContext *); - - /** - * Seek to a given timestamp relative to the frames in - * stream component stream_index. - * @param stream_index Must not be -1. - * @param flags Selects which direction should be preferred if no exact - * match is available. - * @return >= 0 on success (but not necessarily the new offset) - */ - int (*read_seek)(struct AVFormatContext *, - int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, int flags); - - /** - * Get the next timestamp in stream[stream_index].time_base units. - * @return the timestamp or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if an error occurred - */ - int64_t (*read_timestamp)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, - int64_t *pos, int64_t pos_limit); - - /** - * Start/resume playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format - * (RTSP). - */ - int (*read_play)(struct AVFormatContext *); - - /** - * Pause playing - only meaningful if using a network-based format - * (RTSP). - */ - int (*read_pause)(struct AVFormatContext *); - - /** - * Seek to timestamp ts. - * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams - * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. - * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. - */ - int (*read_seek2)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); - - /** - * Returns device list with it properties. - * @see avdevice_list_devices() for more details. - */ - int (*get_device_list)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceInfoList *device_list); - - /** - * Initialize device capabilities submodule. - * @see avdevice_capabilities_create() for more details. - */ - int (*create_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); - - /** - * Free device capabilities submodule. - * @see avdevice_capabilities_free() for more details. - */ - int (*free_device_capabilities)(struct AVFormatContext *s, struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps); -} AVInputFormat; -/** - * @} - */ - -enum AVStreamParseType { - AVSTREAM_PARSE_NONE, - AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL, /**< full parsing and repack */ - AVSTREAM_PARSE_HEADERS, /**< Only parse headers, do not repack. */ - AVSTREAM_PARSE_TIMESTAMPS, /**< full parsing and interpolation of timestamps for frames not starting on a packet boundary */ - AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_ONCE, /**< full parsing and repack of the first frame only, only implemented for H.264 currently */ - AVSTREAM_PARSE_FULL_RAW, /**< full parsing and repack with timestamp and position generation by parser for raw - this assumes that each packet in the file contains no demuxer level headers and - just codec level data, otherwise position generation would fail */ -}; - -typedef struct AVIndexEntry { - int64_t pos; - int64_t timestamp; /**< - * Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units, preferably the time from which on correctly decoded frames are available - * when seeking to this entry. That means preferable PTS on keyframe based formats. - * But demuxers can choose to store a different timestamp, if it is more convenient for the implementation or nothing better - * is known - */ -#define AVINDEX_KEYFRAME 0x0001 -#define AVINDEX_DISCARD_FRAME 0x0002 /** - * Flag is used to indicate which frame should be discarded after decoding. - */ - int flags:2; - int size:30; //Yeah, trying to keep the size of this small to reduce memory requirements (it is 24 vs. 32 bytes due to possible 8-byte alignment). - int min_distance; /**< Minimum distance between this and the previous keyframe, used to avoid unneeded searching. */ -} AVIndexEntry; - -#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEFAULT 0x0001 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_DUB 0x0002 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_ORIGINAL 0x0004 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_COMMENT 0x0008 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_LYRICS 0x0010 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_KARAOKE 0x0020 - -/** - * Track should be used during playback by default. - * Useful for subtitle track that should be displayed - * even when user did not explicitly ask for subtitles. - */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_FORCED 0x0040 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_HEARING_IMPAIRED 0x0080 /**< stream for hearing impaired audiences */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_VISUAL_IMPAIRED 0x0100 /**< stream for visual impaired audiences */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_CLEAN_EFFECTS 0x0200 /**< stream without voice */ -/** - * The stream is stored in the file as an attached picture/"cover art" (e.g. - * APIC frame in ID3v2). The first (usually only) packet associated with it - * will be returned among the first few packets read from the file unless - * seeking takes place. It can also be accessed at any time in - * AVStream.attached_pic. - */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC 0x0400 -/** - * The stream is sparse, and contains thumbnail images, often corresponding - * to chapter markers. Only ever used with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC. - */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_TIMED_THUMBNAILS 0x0800 - -typedef struct AVStreamInternal AVStreamInternal; - -/** - * To specify text track kind (different from subtitles default). - */ -#define AV_DISPOSITION_CAPTIONS 0x10000 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_DESCRIPTIONS 0x20000 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_METADATA 0x40000 -#define AV_DISPOSITION_DEPENDENT 0x80000 ///< dependent audio stream (mix_type=0 in mpegts) -#define AV_DISPOSITION_STILL_IMAGE 0x100000 ///< still images in video stream (still_picture_flag=1 in mpegts) - -/** - * Options for behavior on timestamp wrap detection. - */ -#define AV_PTS_WRAP_IGNORE 0 ///< ignore the wrap -#define AV_PTS_WRAP_ADD_OFFSET 1 ///< add the format specific offset on wrap detection -#define AV_PTS_WRAP_SUB_OFFSET -1 ///< subtract the format specific offset on wrap detection - -/** - * Stream structure. - * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. - * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major - * version bump. - * sizeof(AVStream) must not be used outside libav*. - */ -typedef struct AVStream { - int index; /**< stream index in AVFormatContext */ - /** - * Format-specific stream ID. - * decoding: set by libavformat - * encoding: set by the user, replaced by libavformat if left unset - */ - int id; -#if FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX - /** - * @deprecated use the codecpar struct instead - */ - attribute_deprecated - AVCodecContext *codec; -#endif - void *priv_data; - - /** - * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms - * of which frame timestamps are represented. - * - * decoding: set by libavformat - * encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to - * provide a hint to the muxer about the desired timebase. In - * avformat_write_header(), the muxer will overwrite this field - * with the timebase that will actually be used for the timestamps - * written into the file (which may or may not be related to the - * user-provided one, depending on the format). - */ - AVRational time_base; - - /** - * Decoding: pts of the first frame of the stream in presentation order, in stream time base. - * Only set this if you are absolutely 100% sure that the value you set - * it to really is the pts of the first frame. - * This may be undefined (AV_NOPTS_VALUE). - * @note The ASF header does NOT contain a correct start_time the ASF - * demuxer must NOT set this. - */ - int64_t start_time; - - /** - * Decoding: duration of the stream, in stream time base. - * If a source file does not specify a duration, but does specify - * a bitrate, this value will be estimated from bitrate and file size. - * - * Encoding: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() to - * provide a hint to the muxer about the estimated duration. - */ - int64_t duration; - - int64_t nb_frames; ///< number of frames in this stream if known or 0 - - int disposition; /**< AV_DISPOSITION_* bit field */ - - enum AVDiscard discard; ///< Selects which packets can be discarded at will and do not need to be demuxed. - - /** - * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavformat. - */ - AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; - - AVDictionary *metadata; - - /** - * Average framerate - * - * - demuxing: May be set by libavformat when creating the stream or in - * avformat_find_stream_info(). - * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). - */ - AVRational avg_frame_rate; - - /** - * For streams with AV_DISPOSITION_ATTACHED_PIC disposition, this packet - * will contain the attached picture. - * - * decoding: set by libavformat, must not be modified by the caller. - * encoding: unused - */ - AVPacket attached_pic; - - /** - * An array of side data that applies to the whole stream (i.e. the - * container does not allow it to change between packets). - * - * There may be no overlap between the side data in this array and side data - * in the packets. I.e. a given side data is either exported by the muxer - * (demuxing) / set by the caller (muxing) in this array, then it never - * appears in the packets, or the side data is exported / sent through - * the packets (always in the first packet where the value becomes known or - * changes), then it does not appear in this array. - * - * - demuxing: Set by libavformat when the stream is created. - * - muxing: May be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). - * - * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). - * - * @see av_format_inject_global_side_data() - */ - AVPacketSideData *side_data; - /** - * The number of elements in the AVStream.side_data array. - */ - int nb_side_data; - - /** - * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the stream. Flags must - * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. - * A combination of AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_*. - */ - int event_flags; -#define AVSTREAM_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. - - /** - * Real base framerate of the stream. - * This is the lowest framerate with which all timestamps can be - * represented accurately (it is the least common multiple of all - * framerates in the stream). Note, this value is just a guess! - * For example, if the time base is 1/90000 and all frames have either - * approximately 3600 or 1800 timer ticks, then r_frame_rate will be 50/1. - */ - AVRational r_frame_rate; - -#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER - /** - * String containing pairs of key and values describing recommended encoder configuration. - * Pairs are separated by ','. - * Keys are separated from values by '='. - * - * @deprecated unused - */ - attribute_deprecated - char *recommended_encoder_configuration; -#endif - - /** - * Codec parameters associated with this stream. Allocated and freed by - * libavformat in avformat_new_stream() and avformat_free_context() - * respectively. - * - * - demuxing: filled by libavformat on stream creation or in - * avformat_find_stream_info() - * - muxing: filled by the caller before avformat_write_header() - */ - AVCodecParameters *codecpar; - - /***************************************************************** - * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * Internal note: be aware that physically removing these fields - * will break ABI. Replace removed fields with dummy fields, and - * add new fields to AVStreamInternal. - ***************************************************************** - */ - -#define MAX_STD_TIMEBASES (30*12+30+3+6) - /** - * Stream information used internally by avformat_find_stream_info() - */ - struct { - int64_t last_dts; - int64_t duration_gcd; - int duration_count; - int64_t rfps_duration_sum; - double (*duration_error)[2][MAX_STD_TIMEBASES]; - int64_t codec_info_duration; - int64_t codec_info_duration_fields; - int frame_delay_evidence; - - /** - * 0 -> decoder has not been searched for yet. - * >0 -> decoder found - * <0 -> decoder with codec_id == -found_decoder has not been found - */ - int found_decoder; - - int64_t last_duration; - - /** - * Those are used for average framerate estimation. - */ - int64_t fps_first_dts; - int fps_first_dts_idx; - int64_t fps_last_dts; - int fps_last_dts_idx; - - } *info; - - int pts_wrap_bits; /**< number of bits in pts (used for wrapping control) */ - - // Timestamp generation support: - /** - * Timestamp corresponding to the last dts sync point. - * - * Initialized when AVCodecParserContext.dts_sync_point >= 0 and - * a DTS is received from the underlying container. Otherwise set to - * AV_NOPTS_VALUE by default. - */ - int64_t first_dts; - int64_t cur_dts; - int64_t last_IP_pts; - int last_IP_duration; - - /** - * Number of packets to buffer for codec probing - */ - int probe_packets; - - /** - * Number of frames that have been demuxed during avformat_find_stream_info() - */ - int codec_info_nb_frames; - - /* av_read_frame() support */ - enum AVStreamParseType need_parsing; - struct AVCodecParserContext *parser; - - /** - * last packet in packet_buffer for this stream when muxing. - */ - struct AVPacketList *last_in_packet_buffer; - AVProbeData probe_data; -#define MAX_REORDER_DELAY 16 - int64_t pts_buffer[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; - - AVIndexEntry *index_entries; /**< Only used if the format does not - support seeking natively. */ - int nb_index_entries; - unsigned int index_entries_allocated_size; - - /** - * Stream Identifier - * This is the MPEG-TS stream identifier +1 - * 0 means unknown - */ - int stream_identifier; - - /** - * Details of the MPEG-TS program which created this stream. - */ - int program_num; - int pmt_version; - int pmt_stream_idx; - - int64_t interleaver_chunk_size; - int64_t interleaver_chunk_duration; - - /** - * stream probing state - * -1 -> probing finished - * 0 -> no probing requested - * rest -> perform probing with request_probe being the minimum score to accept. - * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API - */ - int request_probe; - /** - * Indicates that everything up to the next keyframe - * should be discarded. - */ - int skip_to_keyframe; - - /** - * Number of samples to skip at the start of the frame decoded from the next packet. - */ - int skip_samples; - - /** - * If not 0, the number of samples that should be skipped from the start of - * the stream (the samples are removed from packets with pts==0, which also - * assumes negative timestamps do not happen). - * Intended for use with formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless audio - * support. - */ - int64_t start_skip_samples; - - /** - * If not 0, the first audio sample that should be discarded from the stream. - * This is broken by design (needs global sample count), but can't be - * avoided for broken by design formats such as mp3 with ad-hoc gapless - * audio support. - */ - int64_t first_discard_sample; - - /** - * The sample after last sample that is intended to be discarded after - * first_discard_sample. Works on frame boundaries only. Used to prevent - * early EOF if the gapless info is broken (considered concatenated mp3s). - */ - int64_t last_discard_sample; - - /** - * Number of internally decoded frames, used internally in libavformat, do not access - * its lifetime differs from info which is why it is not in that structure. - */ - int nb_decoded_frames; - - /** - * Timestamp offset added to timestamps before muxing - * NOT PART OF PUBLIC API - */ - int64_t mux_ts_offset; - - /** - * Internal data to check for wrapping of the time stamp - */ - int64_t pts_wrap_reference; - - /** - * Options for behavior, when a wrap is detected. - * - * Defined by AV_PTS_WRAP_ values. - * - * If correction is enabled, there are two possibilities: - * If the first time stamp is near the wrap point, the wrap offset - * will be subtracted, which will create negative time stamps. - * Otherwise the offset will be added. - */ - int pts_wrap_behavior; - - /** - * Internal data to prevent doing update_initial_durations() twice - */ - int update_initial_durations_done; - - /** - * Internal data to generate dts from pts - */ - int64_t pts_reorder_error[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; - uint8_t pts_reorder_error_count[MAX_REORDER_DELAY+1]; - - /** - * Internal data to analyze DTS and detect faulty mpeg streams - */ - int64_t last_dts_for_order_check; - uint8_t dts_ordered; - uint8_t dts_misordered; - - /** - * Internal data to inject global side data - */ - int inject_global_side_data; - - /** - * display aspect ratio (0 if unknown) - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by libavformat to calculate sample_aspect_ratio internally - */ - AVRational display_aspect_ratio; - - /** - * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. - * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. - */ - AVStreamInternal *internal; -} AVStream; - -#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET -/** - * Accessors for some AVStream fields. These used to be provided for ABI - * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVRational av_stream_get_r_frame_rate(const AVStream *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_stream_set_r_frame_rate(AVStream *s, AVRational r); -#if FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER -attribute_deprecated -char* av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration(const AVStream *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration(AVStream *s, char *configuration); -#endif -#endif - -struct AVCodecParserContext *av_stream_get_parser(const AVStream *s); - -/** - * Returns the pts of the last muxed packet + its duration - * - * the retuned value is undefined when used with a demuxer. - */ -int64_t av_stream_get_end_pts(const AVStream *st); - -#define AV_PROGRAM_RUNNING 1 - -/** - * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. - * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major - * version bump. - * sizeof(AVProgram) must not be used outside libav*. - */ -typedef struct AVProgram { - int id; - int flags; - enum AVDiscard discard; ///< selects which program to discard and which to feed to the caller - unsigned int *stream_index; - unsigned int nb_stream_indexes; - AVDictionary *metadata; - - int program_num; - int pmt_pid; - int pcr_pid; - int pmt_version; - - /***************************************************************** - * All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They - * may not be used outside of libavformat and can be changed and - * removed at will. - * New public fields should be added right above. - ***************************************************************** - */ - int64_t start_time; - int64_t end_time; - - int64_t pts_wrap_reference; ///< reference dts for wrap detection - int pts_wrap_behavior; ///< behavior on wrap detection -} AVProgram; - -#define AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER 0x0001 /**< signal that no header is present - (streams are added dynamically) */ -#define AVFMTCTX_UNSEEKABLE 0x0002 /**< signal that the stream is definitely - not seekable, and attempts to call the - seek function will fail. For some - network protocols (e.g. HLS), this can - change dynamically at runtime. */ - -typedef struct AVChapter { - int id; ///< unique ID to identify the chapter - AVRational time_base; ///< time base in which the start/end timestamps are specified - int64_t start, end; ///< chapter start/end time in time_base units - AVDictionary *metadata; -} AVChapter; - - -/** - * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. - */ -typedef int (*av_format_control_message)(struct AVFormatContext *s, int type, - void *data, size_t data_size); - -typedef int (*AVOpenCallback)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, int flags, - const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * The duration of a video can be estimated through various ways, and this enum can be used - * to know how the duration was estimated. - */ -enum AVDurationEstimationMethod { - AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, ///< Duration accurately estimated from PTSes - AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, ///< Duration estimated from a stream with a known duration - AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE ///< Duration estimated from bitrate (less accurate) -}; - -typedef struct AVFormatInternal AVFormatInternal; - -/** - * Format I/O context. - * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. - * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major - * version bump. - * sizeof(AVFormatContext) must not be used outside libav*, use - * avformat_alloc_context() to create an AVFormatContext. - * - * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions (av_opt*), - * the name string used matches the associated command line parameter name and - * can be found in libavformat/options_table.h. - * The AVOption/command line parameter names differ in some cases from the C - * structure field names for historic reasons or brevity. - */ -typedef struct AVFormatContext { - /** - * A class for logging and @ref avoptions. Set by avformat_alloc_context(). - * Exports (de)muxer private options if they exist. - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - - /** - * The input container format. - * - * Demuxing only, set by avformat_open_input(). - */ - ff_const59 struct AVInputFormat *iformat; - - /** - * The output container format. - * - * Muxing only, must be set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). - */ - ff_const59 struct AVOutputFormat *oformat; - - /** - * Format private data. This is an AVOptions-enabled struct - * if and only if iformat/oformat.priv_class is not NULL. - * - * - muxing: set by avformat_write_header() - * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() - */ - void *priv_data; - - /** - * I/O context. - * - * - demuxing: either set by the user before avformat_open_input() (then - * the user must close it manually) or set by avformat_open_input(). - * - muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header(). The caller must - * take care of closing / freeing the IO context. - * - * Do NOT set this field if AVFMT_NOFILE flag is set in - * iformat/oformat.flags. In such a case, the (de)muxer will handle - * I/O in some other way and this field will be NULL. - */ - AVIOContext *pb; - - /* stream info */ - /** - * Flags signalling stream properties. A combination of AVFMTCTX_*. - * Set by libavformat. - */ - int ctx_flags; - - /** - * Number of elements in AVFormatContext.streams. - * - * Set by avformat_new_stream(), must not be modified by any other code. - */ - unsigned int nb_streams; - /** - * A list of all streams in the file. New streams are created with - * avformat_new_stream(). - * - * - demuxing: streams are created by libavformat in avformat_open_input(). - * If AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in ctx_flags, then new streams may also - * appear in av_read_frame(). - * - muxing: streams are created by the user before avformat_write_header(). - * - * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). - */ - AVStream **streams; - -#if FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME - /** - * input or output filename - * - * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input() - * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() - * - * @deprecated Use url instead. - */ - attribute_deprecated - char filename[1024]; -#endif - - /** - * input or output URL. Unlike the old filename field, this field has no - * length restriction. - * - * - demuxing: set by avformat_open_input(), initialized to an empty - * string if url parameter was NULL in avformat_open_input(). - * - muxing: may be set by the caller before calling avformat_write_header() - * (or avformat_init_output() if that is called first) to a string - * which is freeable by av_free(). Set to an empty string if it - * was NULL in avformat_init_output(). - * - * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). - */ - char *url; - - /** - * Position of the first frame of the component, in - * AV_TIME_BASE fractional seconds. NEVER set this value directly: - * It is deduced from the AVStream values. - * - * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. - */ - int64_t start_time; - - /** - * Duration of the stream, in AV_TIME_BASE fractional - * seconds. Only set this value if you know none of the individual stream - * durations and also do not set any of them. This is deduced from the - * AVStream values if not set. - * - * Demuxing only, set by libavformat. - */ - int64_t duration; - - /** - * Total stream bitrate in bit/s, 0 if not - * available. Never set it directly if the file_size and the - * duration are known as FFmpeg can compute it automatically. - */ - int64_t bit_rate; - - unsigned int packet_size; - int max_delay; - - /** - * Flags modifying the (de)muxer behaviour. A combination of AVFMT_FLAG_*. - * Set by the user before avformat_open_input() / avformat_write_header(). - */ - int flags; -#define AVFMT_FLAG_GENPTS 0x0001 ///< Generate missing pts even if it requires parsing future frames. -#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNIDX 0x0002 ///< Ignore index. -#define AVFMT_FLAG_NONBLOCK 0x0004 ///< Do not block when reading packets from input. -#define AVFMT_FLAG_IGNDTS 0x0008 ///< Ignore DTS on frames that contain both DTS & PTS -#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN 0x0010 ///< Do not infer any values from other values, just return what is stored in the container -#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOPARSE 0x0020 ///< Do not use AVParsers, you also must set AVFMT_FLAG_NOFILLIN as the fillin code works on frames and no parsing -> no frames. Also seeking to frames can not work if parsing to find frame boundaries has been disabled -#define AVFMT_FLAG_NOBUFFER 0x0040 ///< Do not buffer frames when possible -#define AVFMT_FLAG_CUSTOM_IO 0x0080 ///< The caller has supplied a custom AVIOContext, don't avio_close() it. -#define AVFMT_FLAG_DISCARD_CORRUPT 0x0100 ///< Discard frames marked corrupted -#define AVFMT_FLAG_FLUSH_PACKETS 0x0200 ///< Flush the AVIOContext every packet. -/** - * When muxing, try to avoid writing any random/volatile data to the output. - * This includes any random IDs, real-time timestamps/dates, muxer version, etc. - * - * This flag is mainly intended for testing. - */ -#define AVFMT_FLAG_BITEXACT 0x0400 -#if FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM -#define AVFMT_FLAG_MP4A_LATM 0x8000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. -#endif -#define AVFMT_FLAG_SORT_DTS 0x10000 ///< try to interleave outputted packets by dts (using this flag can slow demuxing down) -#define AVFMT_FLAG_PRIV_OPT 0x20000 ///< Enable use of private options by delaying codec open (this could be made default once all code is converted) -#if FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG -#define AVFMT_FLAG_KEEP_SIDE_DATA 0x40000 ///< Deprecated, does nothing. -#endif -#define AVFMT_FLAG_FAST_SEEK 0x80000 ///< Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats -#define AVFMT_FLAG_SHORTEST 0x100000 ///< Stop muxing when the shortest stream stops. -#define AVFMT_FLAG_AUTO_BSF 0x200000 ///< Add bitstream filters as requested by the muxer - - /** - * Maximum size of the data read from input for determining - * the input container format. - * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). - */ - int64_t probesize; - - /** - * Maximum duration (in AV_TIME_BASE units) of the data read - * from input in avformat_find_stream_info(). - * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). - * Can be set to 0 to let avformat choose using a heuristic. - */ - int64_t max_analyze_duration; - - const uint8_t *key; - int keylen; - - unsigned int nb_programs; - AVProgram **programs; - - /** - * Forced video codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user. - */ - enum AVCodecID video_codec_id; - - /** - * Forced audio codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user. - */ - enum AVCodecID audio_codec_id; - - /** - * Forced subtitle codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user. - */ - enum AVCodecID subtitle_codec_id; - - /** - * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for the index of each stream. - * If the index exceeds this size, entries will be discarded as - * needed to maintain a smaller size. This can lead to slower or less - * accurate seeking (depends on demuxer). - * Demuxers for which a full in-memory index is mandatory will ignore - * this. - * - muxing: unused - * - demuxing: set by user - */ - unsigned int max_index_size; - - /** - * Maximum amount of memory in bytes to use for buffering frames - * obtained from realtime capture devices. - */ - unsigned int max_picture_buffer; - - /** - * Number of chapters in AVChapter array. - * When muxing, chapters are normally written in the file header, - * so nb_chapters should normally be initialized before write_header - * is called. Some muxers (e.g. mov and mkv) can also write chapters - * in the trailer. To write chapters in the trailer, nb_chapters - * must be zero when write_header is called and non-zero when - * write_trailer is called. - * - muxing: set by user - * - demuxing: set by libavformat - */ - unsigned int nb_chapters; - AVChapter **chapters; - - /** - * Metadata that applies to the whole file. - * - * - demuxing: set by libavformat in avformat_open_input() - * - muxing: may be set by the caller before avformat_write_header() - * - * Freed by libavformat in avformat_free_context(). - */ - AVDictionary *metadata; - - /** - * Start time of the stream in real world time, in microseconds - * since the Unix epoch (00:00 1st January 1970). That is, pts=0 in the - * stream was captured at this real world time. - * - muxing: Set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). If set to - * either 0 or AV_NOPTS_VALUE, then the current wall-time will - * be used. - * - demuxing: Set by libavformat. AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown. Note that - * the value may become known after some number of frames - * have been received. - */ - int64_t start_time_realtime; - - /** - * The number of frames used for determining the framerate in - * avformat_find_stream_info(). - * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_find_stream_info(). - */ - int fps_probe_size; - - /** - * Error recognition; higher values will detect more errors but may - * misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. - * Demuxing only, set by the caller before avformat_open_input(). - */ - int error_recognition; - - /** - * Custom interrupt callbacks for the I/O layer. - * - * demuxing: set by the user before avformat_open_input(). - * muxing: set by the user before avformat_write_header() - * (mainly useful for AVFMT_NOFILE formats). The callback - * should also be passed to avio_open2() if it's used to - * open the file. - */ - AVIOInterruptCB interrupt_callback; - - /** - * Flags to enable debugging. - */ - int debug; -#define FF_FDEBUG_TS 0x0001 - - /** - * Maximum buffering duration for interleaving. - * - * To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, - * av_interleaved_write_frame() will wait until it has at least one packet - * for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output file. - * When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between - * successive packets), this can result in excessive buffering. - * - * This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the - * first and the last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat - * will output a packet regardless of whether it has queued a packet for all - * the streams. - * - * Muxing only, set by the caller before avformat_write_header(). - */ - int64_t max_interleave_delta; - - /** - * Allow non-standard and experimental extension - * @see AVCodecContext.strict_std_compliance - */ - int strict_std_compliance; - - /** - * Flags for the user to detect events happening on the file. Flags must - * be cleared by the user once the event has been handled. - * A combination of AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_*. - */ - int event_flags; -#define AVFMT_EVENT_FLAG_METADATA_UPDATED 0x0001 ///< The call resulted in updated metadata. - - /** - * Maximum number of packets to read while waiting for the first timestamp. - * Decoding only. - */ - int max_ts_probe; - - /** - * Avoid negative timestamps during muxing. - * Any value of the AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_* constants. - * Note, this only works when using av_interleaved_write_frame. (interleave_packet_per_dts is in use) - * - muxing: Set by user - * - demuxing: unused - */ - int avoid_negative_ts; -#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_AUTO -1 ///< Enabled when required by target format -#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_NON_NEGATIVE 1 ///< Shift timestamps so they are non negative -#define AVFMT_AVOID_NEG_TS_MAKE_ZERO 2 ///< Shift timestamps so that they start at 0 - - /** - * Transport stream id. - * This will be moved into demuxer private options. Thus no API/ABI compatibility - */ - int ts_id; - - /** - * Audio preload in microseconds. - * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: unused - */ - int audio_preload; - - /** - * Max chunk time in microseconds. - * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: unused - */ - int max_chunk_duration; - - /** - * Max chunk size in bytes - * Note, not all formats support this and unpredictable things may happen if it is used when not supported. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: unused - */ - int max_chunk_size; - - /** - * forces the use of wallclock timestamps as pts/dts of packets - * This has undefined results in the presence of B frames. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - int use_wallclock_as_timestamps; - - /** - * avio flags, used to force AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - int avio_flags; - - /** - * The duration field can be estimated through various ways, and this field can be used - * to know how the duration was estimated. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Read by user - */ - enum AVDurationEstimationMethod duration_estimation_method; - - /** - * Skip initial bytes when opening stream - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - int64_t skip_initial_bytes; - - /** - * Correct single timestamp overflows - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - unsigned int correct_ts_overflow; - - /** - * Force seeking to any (also non key) frames. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Set by user - */ - int seek2any; - - /** - * Flush the I/O context after each packet. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: unused - */ - int flush_packets; - - /** - * format probing score. - * The maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX, its set when the demuxer probes - * the format. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by avformat, read by user - */ - int probe_score; - - /** - * number of bytes to read maximally to identify format. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - int format_probesize; - - /** - * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. - * If NULL then all are allowed - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - char *codec_whitelist; - - /** - * ',' separated list of allowed demuxers. - * If NULL then all are allowed - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - char *format_whitelist; - - /** - * An opaque field for libavformat internal usage. - * Must not be accessed in any way by callers. - */ - AVFormatInternal *internal; - - /** - * IO repositioned flag. - * This is set by avformat when the underlaying IO context read pointer - * is repositioned, for example when doing byte based seeking. - * Demuxers can use the flag to detect such changes. - */ - int io_repositioned; - - /** - * Forced video codec. - * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with - * the same codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user - */ - AVCodec *video_codec; - - /** - * Forced audio codec. - * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with - * the same codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user - */ - AVCodec *audio_codec; - - /** - * Forced subtitle codec. - * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with - * the same codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user - */ - AVCodec *subtitle_codec; - - /** - * Forced data codec. - * This allows forcing a specific decoder, even when there are multiple with - * the same codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user - */ - AVCodec *data_codec; - - /** - * Number of bytes to be written as padding in a metadata header. - * Demuxing: Unused. - * Muxing: Set by user via av_format_set_metadata_header_padding. - */ - int metadata_header_padding; - - /** - * User data. - * This is a place for some private data of the user. - */ - void *opaque; - - /** - * Callback used by devices to communicate with application. - */ - av_format_control_message control_message_cb; - - /** - * Output timestamp offset, in microseconds. - * Muxing: set by user - */ - int64_t output_ts_offset; - - /** - * dump format separator. - * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else - * - muxing: Set by user. - * - demuxing: Set by user. - */ - uint8_t *dump_separator; - - /** - * Forced Data codec_id. - * Demuxing: Set by user. - */ - enum AVCodecID data_codec_id; - -#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS - /** - * Called to open further IO contexts when needed for demuxing. - * - * This can be set by the user application to perform security checks on - * the URLs before opening them. - * The function should behave like avio_open2(), AVFormatContext is provided - * as contextual information and to reach AVFormatContext.opaque. - * - * If NULL then some simple checks are used together with avio_open2(). - * - * Must not be accessed directly from outside avformat. - * @See av_format_set_open_cb() - * - * Demuxing: Set by user. - * - * @deprecated Use io_open and io_close. - */ - attribute_deprecated - int (*open_cb)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **p, const char *url, int flags, const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); -#endif - - /** - * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - char *protocol_whitelist; - - /** - * A callback for opening new IO streams. - * - * Whenever a muxer or a demuxer needs to open an IO stream (typically from - * avformat_open_input() for demuxers, but for certain formats can happen at - * other times as well), it will call this callback to obtain an IO context. - * - * @param s the format context - * @param pb on success, the newly opened IO context should be returned here - * @param url the url to open - * @param flags a combination of AVIO_FLAG_* - * @param options a dictionary of additional options, with the same - * semantics as in avio_open2() - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - * - * @note Certain muxers and demuxers do nesting, i.e. they open one or more - * additional internal format contexts. Thus the AVFormatContext pointer - * passed to this callback may be different from the one facing the caller. - * It will, however, have the same 'opaque' field. - */ - int (*io_open)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext **pb, const char *url, - int flags, AVDictionary **options); - - /** - * A callback for closing the streams opened with AVFormatContext.io_open(). - */ - void (*io_close)(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVIOContext *pb); - - /** - * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - char *protocol_blacklist; - - /** - * The maximum number of streams. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - int max_streams; - - /** - * Skip duration calcuation in estimate_timings_from_pts. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by user - */ - int skip_estimate_duration_from_pts; -} AVFormatContext; - -#if FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET -/** - * Accessors for some AVFormatContext fields. These used to be provided for ABI - * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_format_get_probe_score(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -AVCodec * av_format_get_video_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_video_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); -attribute_deprecated -AVCodec * av_format_get_audio_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_audio_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); -attribute_deprecated -AVCodec * av_format_get_subtitle_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_subtitle_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); -attribute_deprecated -AVCodec * av_format_get_data_codec(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_data_codec(AVFormatContext *s, AVCodec *c); -attribute_deprecated -int av_format_get_metadata_header_padding(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_metadata_header_padding(AVFormatContext *s, int c); -attribute_deprecated -void * av_format_get_opaque(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_opaque(AVFormatContext *s, void *opaque); -attribute_deprecated -av_format_control_message av_format_get_control_message_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated -void av_format_set_control_message_cb(AVFormatContext *s, av_format_control_message callback); -#if FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS -attribute_deprecated AVOpenCallback av_format_get_open_cb(const AVFormatContext *s); -attribute_deprecated void av_format_set_open_cb(AVFormatContext *s, AVOpenCallback callback); -#endif -#endif - -/** - * This function will cause global side data to be injected in the next packet - * of each stream as well as after any subsequent seek. - */ -void av_format_inject_global_side_data(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Returns the method used to set ctx->duration. - * - * @return AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_PTS, AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_STREAM, or AVFMT_DURATION_FROM_BITRATE. - */ -enum AVDurationEstimationMethod av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method(const AVFormatContext* ctx); - -typedef struct AVPacketList { - AVPacket pkt; - struct AVPacketList *next; -} AVPacketList; - - -/** - * @defgroup lavf_core Core functions - * @ingroup libavf - * - * Functions for querying libavformat capabilities, allocating core structures, - * etc. - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Return the LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT constant. - */ -unsigned avformat_version(void); - -/** - * Return the libavformat build-time configuration. - */ -const char *avformat_configuration(void); - -/** - * Return the libavformat license. - */ -const char *avformat_license(void); - -#if FF_API_NEXT -/** - * Initialize libavformat and register all the muxers, demuxers and - * protocols. If you do not call this function, then you can select - * exactly which formats you want to support. - * - * @see av_register_input_format() - * @see av_register_output_format() - */ -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_all(void); - -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_input_format(AVInputFormat *format); -attribute_deprecated -void av_register_output_format(AVOutputFormat *format); -#endif - -/** - * Do global initialization of network libraries. This is optional, - * and not recommended anymore. - * - * This functions only exists to work around thread-safety issues - * with older GnuTLS or OpenSSL libraries. If libavformat is linked - * to newer versions of those libraries, or if you do not use them, - * calling this function is unnecessary. Otherwise, you need to call - * this function before any other threads using them are started. - * - * This function will be deprecated once support for older GnuTLS and - * OpenSSL libraries is removed, and this function has no purpose - * anymore. - */ -int avformat_network_init(void); - -/** - * Undo the initialization done by avformat_network_init. Call it only - * once for each time you called avformat_network_init. - */ -int avformat_network_deinit(void); - -#if FF_API_NEXT -/** - * If f is NULL, returns the first registered input format, - * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered input format after f - * or NULL if f is the last one. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVInputFormat *av_iformat_next(const AVInputFormat *f); - -/** - * If f is NULL, returns the first registered output format, - * if f is non-NULL, returns the next registered output format after f - * or NULL if f is the last one. - */ -attribute_deprecated -AVOutputFormat *av_oformat_next(const AVOutputFormat *f); -#endif - -/** - * Iterate over all registered muxers. - * - * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must - * point to NULL to start the iteration. - * - * @return the next registered muxer or NULL when the iteration is - * finished - */ -const AVOutputFormat *av_muxer_iterate(void **opaque); - -/** - * Iterate over all registered demuxers. - * - * @param opaque a pointer where libavformat will store the iteration state. Must - * point to NULL to start the iteration. - * - * @return the next registered demuxer or NULL when the iteration is - * finished - */ -const AVInputFormat *av_demuxer_iterate(void **opaque); - -/** - * Allocate an AVFormatContext. - * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and everything - * allocated by the framework within it. - */ -AVFormatContext *avformat_alloc_context(void); - -/** - * Free an AVFormatContext and all its streams. - * @param s context to free - */ -void avformat_free_context(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Get the AVClass for AVFormatContext. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *avformat_get_class(void); - -/** - * Add a new stream to a media file. - * - * When demuxing, it is called by the demuxer in read_header(). If the - * flag AVFMTCTX_NOHEADER is set in s.ctx_flags, then it may also - * be called in read_packet(). - * - * When muxing, should be called by the user before avformat_write_header(). - * - * User is required to call avcodec_close() and avformat_free_context() to - * clean up the allocation by avformat_new_stream(). - * - * @param s media file handle - * @param c If non-NULL, the AVCodecContext corresponding to the new stream - * will be initialized to use this codec. This is needed for e.g. codec-specific - * defaults to be set, so codec should be provided if it is known. - * - * @return newly created stream or NULL on error. - */ -AVStream *avformat_new_stream(AVFormatContext *s, const AVCodec *c); - -/** - * Wrap an existing array as stream side data. - * - * @param st stream - * @param type side information type - * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() - * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to - * st. - * @param size side information size - * @return zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. On failure, - * the stream is unchanged and the data remains owned by the caller. - */ -int av_stream_add_side_data(AVStream *st, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, - uint8_t *data, size_t size); - -/** - * Allocate new information from stream. - * - * @param stream stream - * @param type desired side information type - * @param size side information size - * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise - */ -uint8_t *av_stream_new_side_data(AVStream *stream, - enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int size); -/** - * Get side information from stream. - * - * @param stream stream - * @param type desired side information type - * @param size pointer for side information size to store (optional) - * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise - */ -uint8_t *av_stream_get_side_data(const AVStream *stream, - enum AVPacketSideDataType type, int *size); - -AVProgram *av_new_program(AVFormatContext *s, int id); - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * Allocate an AVFormatContext for an output format. - * avformat_free_context() can be used to free the context and - * everything allocated by the framework within it. - * - * @param *ctx is set to the created format context, or to NULL in - * case of failure - * @param oformat format to use for allocating the context, if NULL - * format_name and filename are used instead - * @param format_name the name of output format to use for allocating the - * context, if NULL filename is used instead - * @param filename the name of the filename to use for allocating the - * context, may be NULL - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative AVERROR code in case of - * failure - */ -int avformat_alloc_output_context2(AVFormatContext **ctx, ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *oformat, - const char *format_name, const char *filename); - -/** - * @addtogroup lavf_decoding - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Find AVInputFormat based on the short name of the input format. - */ -ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_find_input_format(const char *short_name); - -/** - * Guess the file format. - * - * @param pd data to be probed - * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether - * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. - */ -ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened); - -/** - * Guess the file format. - * - * @param pd data to be probed - * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether - * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. - * @param score_max A probe score larger that this is required to accept a - * detection, the variable is set to the actual detection - * score afterwards. - * If the score is <= AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX / 4 it is recommended - * to retry with a larger probe buffer. - */ -ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format2(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_max); - -/** - * Guess the file format. - * - * @param is_opened Whether the file is already opened; determines whether - * demuxers with or without AVFMT_NOFILE are probed. - * @param score_ret The score of the best detection. - */ -ff_const59 AVInputFormat *av_probe_input_format3(ff_const59 AVProbeData *pd, int is_opened, int *score_ret); - -/** - * Probe a bytestream to determine the input format. Each time a probe returns - * with a score that is too low, the probe buffer size is increased and another - * attempt is made. When the maximum probe size is reached, the input format - * with the highest score is returned. - * - * @param pb the bytestream to probe - * @param fmt the input format is put here - * @param url the url of the stream - * @param logctx the log context - * @param offset the offset within the bytestream to probe from - * @param max_probe_size the maximum probe buffer size (zero for default) - * @return the score in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * the maximal score is AVPROBE_SCORE_MAX - * AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_probe_input_buffer2(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, - const char *url, void *logctx, - unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); - -/** - * Like av_probe_input_buffer2() but returns 0 on success - */ -int av_probe_input_buffer(AVIOContext *pb, ff_const59 AVInputFormat **fmt, - const char *url, void *logctx, - unsigned int offset, unsigned int max_probe_size); - -/** - * Open an input stream and read the header. The codecs are not opened. - * The stream must be closed with avformat_close_input(). - * - * @param ps Pointer to user-supplied AVFormatContext (allocated by avformat_alloc_context). - * May be a pointer to NULL, in which case an AVFormatContext is allocated by this - * function and written into ps. - * Note that a user-supplied AVFormatContext will be freed on failure. - * @param url URL of the stream to open. - * @param fmt If non-NULL, this parameter forces a specific input format. - * Otherwise the format is autodetected. - * @param options A dictionary filled with AVFormatContext and demuxer-private options. - * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing - * options that were not found. May be NULL. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. - * - * @note If you want to use custom IO, preallocate the format context and set its pb field. - */ -int avformat_open_input(AVFormatContext **ps, const char *url, ff_const59 AVInputFormat *fmt, AVDictionary **options); - -attribute_deprecated -int av_demuxer_open(AVFormatContext *ic); - -/** - * Read packets of a media file to get stream information. This - * is useful for file formats with no headers such as MPEG. This - * function also computes the real framerate in case of MPEG-2 repeat - * frame mode. - * The logical file position is not changed by this function; - * examined packets may be buffered for later processing. - * - * @param ic media file handle - * @param options If non-NULL, an ic.nb_streams long array of pointers to - * dictionaries, where i-th member contains options for - * codec corresponding to i-th stream. - * On return each dictionary will be filled with options that were not found. - * @return >=0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error - * - * @note this function isn't guaranteed to open all the codecs, so - * options being non-empty at return is a perfectly normal behavior. - * - * @todo Let the user decide somehow what information is needed so that - * we do not waste time getting stuff the user does not need. - */ -int avformat_find_stream_info(AVFormatContext *ic, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Find the programs which belong to a given stream. - * - * @param ic media file handle - * @param last the last found program, the search will start after this - * program, or from the beginning if it is NULL - * @param s stream index - * @return the next program which belongs to s, NULL if no program is found or - * the last program is not among the programs of ic. - */ -AVProgram *av_find_program_from_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, AVProgram *last, int s); - -void av_program_add_stream_index(AVFormatContext *ac, int progid, unsigned int idx); - -/** - * Find the "best" stream in the file. - * The best stream is determined according to various heuristics as the most - * likely to be what the user expects. - * If the decoder parameter is non-NULL, av_find_best_stream will find the - * default decoder for the stream's codec; streams for which no decoder can - * be found are ignored. - * - * @param ic media file handle - * @param type stream type: video, audio, subtitles, etc. - * @param wanted_stream_nb user-requested stream number, - * or -1 for automatic selection - * @param related_stream try to find a stream related (eg. in the same - * program) to this one, or -1 if none - * @param decoder_ret if non-NULL, returns the decoder for the - * selected stream - * @param flags flags; none are currently defined - * @return the non-negative stream number in case of success, - * AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND if no stream with the requested type - * could be found, - * AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND if streams were found but no decoder - * @note If av_find_best_stream returns successfully and decoder_ret is not - * NULL, then *decoder_ret is guaranteed to be set to a valid AVCodec. - */ -int av_find_best_stream(AVFormatContext *ic, - enum AVMediaType type, - int wanted_stream_nb, - int related_stream, - AVCodec **decoder_ret, - int flags); - -/** - * Return the next frame of a stream. - * This function returns what is stored in the file, and does not validate - * that what is there are valid frames for the decoder. It will split what is - * stored in the file into frames and return one for each call. It will not - * omit invalid data between valid frames so as to give the decoder the maximum - * information possible for decoding. - * - * If pkt->buf is NULL, then the packet is valid until the next - * av_read_frame() or until avformat_close_input(). Otherwise the packet - * is valid indefinitely. In both cases the packet must be freed with - * av_packet_unref when it is no longer needed. For video, the packet contains - * exactly one frame. For audio, it contains an integer number of frames if each - * frame has a known fixed size (e.g. PCM or ADPCM data). If the audio frames - * have a variable size (e.g. MPEG audio), then it contains one frame. - * - * pkt->pts, pkt->dts and pkt->duration are always set to correct - * values in AVStream.time_base units (and guessed if the format cannot - * provide them). pkt->pts can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if the video format - * has B-frames, so it is better to rely on pkt->dts if you do not - * decompress the payload. - * - * @return 0 if OK, < 0 on error or end of file - */ -int av_read_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Seek to the keyframe at timestamp. - * 'timestamp' in 'stream_index'. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @param stream_index If stream_index is (-1), a default - * stream is selected, and timestamp is automatically converted - * from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base. - * @param timestamp Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units - * or, if no stream is specified, in AV_TIME_BASE units. - * @param flags flags which select direction and seeking mode - * @return >= 0 on success - */ -int av_seek_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t timestamp, - int flags); - -/** - * Seek to timestamp ts. - * Seeking will be done so that the point from which all active streams - * can be presented successfully will be closest to ts and within min/max_ts. - * Active streams are all streams that have AVStream.discard < AVDISCARD_ALL. - * - * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE, then all timestamps are in bytes and - * are the file position (this may not be supported by all demuxers). - * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME, then all timestamps are in frames - * in the stream with stream_index (this may not be supported by all demuxers). - * Otherwise all timestamps are in units of the stream selected by stream_index - * or if stream_index is -1, in AV_TIME_BASE units. - * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, then non-keyframes are treated as - * keyframes (this may not be supported by all demuxers). - * If flags contain AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, it is ignored. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @param stream_index index of the stream which is used as time base reference - * @param min_ts smallest acceptable timestamp - * @param ts target timestamp - * @param max_ts largest acceptable timestamp - * @param flags flags - * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise - * - * @note This is part of the new seek API which is still under construction. - * Thus do not use this yet. It may change at any time, do not expect - * ABI compatibility yet! - */ -int avformat_seek_file(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, int64_t min_ts, int64_t ts, int64_t max_ts, int flags); - -/** - * Discard all internally buffered data. This can be useful when dealing with - * discontinuities in the byte stream. Generally works only with formats that - * can resync. This includes headerless formats like MPEG-TS/TS but should also - * work with NUT, Ogg and in a limited way AVI for example. - * - * The set of streams, the detected duration, stream parameters and codecs do - * not change when calling this function. If you want a complete reset, it's - * better to open a new AVFormatContext. - * - * This does not flush the AVIOContext (s->pb). If necessary, call - * avio_flush(s->pb) before calling this function. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @return >=0 on success, error code otherwise - */ -int avformat_flush(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Start playing a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream) at the - * current position. - */ -int av_read_play(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Pause a network-based stream (e.g. RTSP stream). - * - * Use av_read_play() to resume it. - */ -int av_read_pause(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Close an opened input AVFormatContext. Free it and all its contents - * and set *s to NULL. - */ -void avformat_close_input(AVFormatContext **s); -/** - * @} - */ - -#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD 1 ///< seek backward -#define AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE 2 ///< seeking based on position in bytes -#define AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY 4 ///< seek to any frame, even non-keyframes -#define AVSEEK_FLAG_FRAME 8 ///< seeking based on frame number - -/** - * @addtogroup lavf_encoding - * @{ - */ - -#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER 0 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_write_header -#define AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT 1 ///< stream parameters initialized in avformat_init_output - -/** - * Allocate the stream private data and write the stream header to - * an output media file. - * - * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). - * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; - * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. - * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. - * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing - * options that were not found. May be NULL. - * - * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec had not already been fully initialized in avformat_init, - * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec had already been fully initialized in avformat_init, - * negative AVERROR on failure. - * - * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_init_output. - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int avformat_write_header(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Allocate the stream private data and initialize the codec, but do not write the header. - * May optionally be used before avformat_write_header to initialize stream parameters - * before actually writing the header. - * If using this function, do not pass the same options to avformat_write_header. - * - * @param s Media file handle, must be allocated with avformat_alloc_context(). - * Its oformat field must be set to the desired output format; - * Its pb field must be set to an already opened AVIOContext. - * @param options An AVDictionary filled with AVFormatContext and muxer-private options. - * On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing - * options that were not found. May be NULL. - * - * @return AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_WRITE_HEADER on success if the codec requires avformat_write_header to fully initialize, - * AVSTREAM_INIT_IN_INIT_OUTPUT on success if the codec has been fully initialized, - * negative AVERROR on failure. - * - * @see av_opt_find, av_dict_set, avio_open, av_oformat_next, avformat_write_header. - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int avformat_init_output(AVFormatContext *s, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Write a packet to an output media file. - * - * This function passes the packet directly to the muxer, without any buffering - * or reordering. The caller is responsible for correctly interleaving the - * packets if the format requires it. Callers that want libavformat to handle - * the interleaving should call av_interleaved_write_frame() instead of this - * function. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. Note that unlike - * av_interleaved_write_frame(), this function does not take - * ownership of the packet passed to it (though some muxers may make - * an internal reference to the input packet). - *
- * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), in - * order to immediately flush data buffered within the muxer, for - * muxers that buffer up data internally before writing it to the - * output. - *
- * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be - * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref - * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". - *
- * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") - * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the - * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then - * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). - * The dts for subsequent packets passed to this function must be strictly - * increasing when compared in their respective timebases (unless the - * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they - * merely have to be nondecreasing). @ref AVPacket.duration - * "duration") should also be set if known. - * @return < 0 on error, = 0 if OK, 1 if flushed and there is no more data to flush - * - * @see av_interleaved_write_frame() - */ -int av_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Write a packet to an output media file ensuring correct interleaving. - * - * This function will buffer the packets internally as needed to make sure the - * packets in the output file are properly interleaved in the order of - * increasing dts. Callers doing their own interleaving should call - * av_write_frame() instead of this function. - * - * Using this function instead of av_write_frame() can give muxers advance - * knowledge of future packets, improving e.g. the behaviour of the mp4 - * muxer for VFR content in fragmenting mode. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @param pkt The packet containing the data to be written. - *
- * If the packet is reference-counted, this function will take - * ownership of this reference and unreference it later when it sees - * fit. - * The caller must not access the data through this reference after - * this function returns. If the packet is not reference-counted, - * libavformat will make a copy. - *
- * This parameter can be NULL (at any time, not just at the end), to - * flush the interleaving queues. - *
- * Packet's @ref AVPacket.stream_index "stream_index" field must be - * set to the index of the corresponding stream in @ref - * AVFormatContext.streams "s->streams". - *
- * The timestamps (@ref AVPacket.pts "pts", @ref AVPacket.dts "dts") - * must be set to correct values in the stream's timebase (unless the - * output format is flagged with the AVFMT_NOTIMESTAMPS flag, then - * they can be set to AV_NOPTS_VALUE). - * The dts for subsequent packets in one stream must be strictly - * increasing (unless the output format is flagged with the - * AVFMT_TS_NONSTRICT, then they merely have to be nondecreasing). - * @ref AVPacket.duration "duration") should also be set if known. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. Libavformat will always - * take care of freeing the packet, even if this function fails. - * - * @see av_write_frame(), AVFormatContext.max_interleave_delta - */ -int av_interleaved_write_frame(AVFormatContext *s, AVPacket *pkt); - -/** - * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. - * - * The frame must be correctly interleaved according to the container - * specification; if not, then av_interleaved_write_frame() must be used. - * - * See av_interleaved_write_frame() for details. - */ -int av_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, - AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Write an uncoded frame to an output media file. - * - * If the muxer supports it, this function makes it possible to write an AVFrame - * structure directly, without encoding it into a packet. - * It is mostly useful for devices and similar special muxers that use raw - * video or PCM data and will not serialize it into a byte stream. - * - * To test whether it is possible to use it with a given muxer and stream, - * use av_write_uncoded_frame_query(). - * - * The caller gives up ownership of the frame and must not access it - * afterwards. - * - * @return >=0 for success, a negative code on error - */ -int av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index, - AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Test whether a muxer supports uncoded frame. - * - * @return >=0 if an uncoded frame can be written to that muxer and stream, - * <0 if not - */ -int av_write_uncoded_frame_query(AVFormatContext *s, int stream_index); - -/** - * Write the stream trailer to an output media file and free the - * file private data. - * - * May only be called after a successful call to avformat_write_header. - * - * @param s media file handle - * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error - */ -int av_write_trailer(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Return the output format in the list of registered output formats - * which best matches the provided parameters, or return NULL if - * there is no match. - * - * @param short_name if non-NULL checks if short_name matches with the - * names of the registered formats - * @param filename if non-NULL checks if filename terminates with the - * extensions of the registered formats - * @param mime_type if non-NULL checks if mime_type matches with the - * MIME type of the registered formats - */ -ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *av_guess_format(const char *short_name, - const char *filename, - const char *mime_type); - -/** - * Guess the codec ID based upon muxer and filename. - */ -enum AVCodecID av_guess_codec(ff_const59 AVOutputFormat *fmt, const char *short_name, - const char *filename, const char *mime_type, - enum AVMediaType type); - -/** - * Get timing information for the data currently output. - * The exact meaning of "currently output" depends on the format. - * It is mostly relevant for devices that have an internal buffer and/or - * work in real time. - * @param s media file handle - * @param stream stream in the media file - * @param[out] dts DTS of the last packet output for the stream, in stream - * time_base units - * @param[out] wall absolute time when that packet whas output, - * in microsecond - * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the format does not support it - * Note: some formats or devices may not allow to measure dts and wall - * atomically. - */ -int av_get_output_timestamp(struct AVFormatContext *s, int stream, - int64_t *dts, int64_t *wall); - - -/** - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @defgroup lavf_misc Utility functions - * @ingroup libavf - * @{ - * - * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both muxing and demuxing - * (or neither). - */ - -/** - * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the specified file stream. - * - * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. - * @param buf buffer - * @param size buffer size - * - * @see av_hex_dump_log, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 - */ -void av_hex_dump(FILE *f, const uint8_t *buf, int size); - -/** - * Send a nice hexadecimal dump of a buffer to the log. - * - * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct. - * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying - * higher importance. - * @param buf buffer - * @param size buffer size - * - * @see av_hex_dump, av_pkt_dump2, av_pkt_dump_log2 - */ -void av_hex_dump_log(void *avcl, int level, const uint8_t *buf, int size); - -/** - * Send a nice dump of a packet to the specified file stream. - * - * @param f The file stream pointer where the dump should be sent to. - * @param pkt packet to dump - * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. - * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to - */ -void av_pkt_dump2(FILE *f, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, const AVStream *st); - - -/** - * Send a nice dump of a packet to the log. - * - * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct. - * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying - * higher importance. - * @param pkt packet to dump - * @param dump_payload True if the payload must be displayed, too. - * @param st AVStream that the packet belongs to - */ -void av_pkt_dump_log2(void *avcl, int level, const AVPacket *pkt, int dump_payload, - const AVStream *st); - -/** - * Get the AVCodecID for the given codec tag tag. - * If no codec id is found returns AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. - * - * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored - * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag - * @param tag codec tag to match to a codec ID - */ -enum AVCodecID av_codec_get_id(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, unsigned int tag); - -/** - * Get the codec tag for the given codec id id. - * If no codec tag is found returns 0. - * - * @param tags list of supported codec_id-codec_tag pairs, as stored - * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag - * @param id codec ID to match to a codec tag - */ -unsigned int av_codec_get_tag(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id); - -/** - * Get the codec tag for the given codec id. - * - * @param tags list of supported codec_id - codec_tag pairs, as stored - * in AVInputFormat.codec_tag and AVOutputFormat.codec_tag - * @param id codec id that should be searched for in the list - * @param tag A pointer to the found tag - * @return 0 if id was not found in tags, > 0 if it was found - */ -int av_codec_get_tag2(const struct AVCodecTag * const *tags, enum AVCodecID id, - unsigned int *tag); - -int av_find_default_stream_index(AVFormatContext *s); - -/** - * Get the index for a specific timestamp. - * - * @param st stream that the timestamp belongs to - * @param timestamp timestamp to retrieve the index for - * @param flags if AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD then the returned index will correspond - * to the timestamp which is <= the requested one, if backward - * is 0, then it will be >= - * if AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY seek to any frame, only keyframes otherwise - * @return < 0 if no such timestamp could be found - */ -int av_index_search_timestamp(AVStream *st, int64_t timestamp, int flags); - -/** - * Add an index entry into a sorted list. Update the entry if the list - * already contains it. - * - * @param timestamp timestamp in the time base of the given stream - */ -int av_add_index_entry(AVStream *st, int64_t pos, int64_t timestamp, - int size, int distance, int flags); - - -/** - * Split a URL string into components. - * - * The pointers to buffers for storing individual components may be null, - * in order to ignore that component. Buffers for components not found are - * set to empty strings. If the port is not found, it is set to a negative - * value. - * - * @param proto the buffer for the protocol - * @param proto_size the size of the proto buffer - * @param authorization the buffer for the authorization - * @param authorization_size the size of the authorization buffer - * @param hostname the buffer for the host name - * @param hostname_size the size of the hostname buffer - * @param port_ptr a pointer to store the port number in - * @param path the buffer for the path - * @param path_size the size of the path buffer - * @param url the URL to split - */ -void av_url_split(char *proto, int proto_size, - char *authorization, int authorization_size, - char *hostname, int hostname_size, - int *port_ptr, - char *path, int path_size, - const char *url); - - -/** - * Print detailed information about the input or output format, such as - * duration, bitrate, streams, container, programs, metadata, side data, - * codec and time base. - * - * @param ic the context to analyze - * @param index index of the stream to dump information about - * @param url the URL to print, such as source or destination file - * @param is_output Select whether the specified context is an input(0) or output(1) - */ -void av_dump_format(AVFormatContext *ic, - int index, - const char *url, - int is_output); - - -#define AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_MULTIPLE 1 ///< Allow multiple %d - -/** - * Return in 'buf' the path with '%d' replaced by a number. - * - * Also handles the '%0nd' format where 'n' is the total number - * of digits and '%%'. - * - * @param buf destination buffer - * @param buf_size destination buffer size - * @param path numbered sequence string - * @param number frame number - * @param flags AV_FRAME_FILENAME_FLAGS_* - * @return 0 if OK, -1 on format error - */ -int av_get_frame_filename2(char *buf, int buf_size, - const char *path, int number, int flags); - -int av_get_frame_filename(char *buf, int buf_size, - const char *path, int number); - -/** - * Check whether filename actually is a numbered sequence generator. - * - * @param filename possible numbered sequence string - * @return 1 if a valid numbered sequence string, 0 otherwise - */ -int av_filename_number_test(const char *filename); - -/** - * Generate an SDP for an RTP session. - * - * Note, this overwrites the id values of AVStreams in the muxer contexts - * for getting unique dynamic payload types. - * - * @param ac array of AVFormatContexts describing the RTP streams. If the - * array is composed by only one context, such context can contain - * multiple AVStreams (one AVStream per RTP stream). Otherwise, - * all the contexts in the array (an AVCodecContext per RTP stream) - * must contain only one AVStream. - * @param n_files number of AVCodecContexts contained in ac - * @param buf buffer where the SDP will be stored (must be allocated by - * the caller) - * @param size the size of the buffer - * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx on error - */ -int av_sdp_create(AVFormatContext *ac[], int n_files, char *buf, int size); - -/** - * Return a positive value if the given filename has one of the given - * extensions, 0 otherwise. - * - * @param filename file name to check against the given extensions - * @param extensions a comma-separated list of filename extensions - */ -int av_match_ext(const char *filename, const char *extensions); - -/** - * Test if the given container can store a codec. - * - * @param ofmt container to check for compatibility - * @param codec_id codec to potentially store in container - * @param std_compliance standards compliance level, one of FF_COMPLIANCE_* - * - * @return 1 if codec with ID codec_id can be stored in ofmt, 0 if it cannot. - * A negative number if this information is not available. - */ -int avformat_query_codec(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, enum AVCodecID codec_id, - int std_compliance); - -/** - * @defgroup riff_fourcc RIFF FourCCs - * @{ - * Get the tables mapping RIFF FourCCs to libavcodec AVCodecIDs. The tables are - * meant to be passed to av_codec_get_id()/av_codec_get_tag() as in the - * following code: - * @code - * uint32_t tag = MKTAG('H', '2', '6', '4'); - * const struct AVCodecTag *table[] = { avformat_get_riff_video_tags(), 0 }; - * enum AVCodecID id = av_codec_get_id(table, tag); - * @endcode - */ -/** - * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. - */ -const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_video_tags(void); -/** - * @return the table mapping RIFF FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. - */ -const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_riff_audio_tags(void); -/** - * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for video to libavcodec AVCodecID. - */ -const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_video_tags(void); -/** - * @return the table mapping MOV FourCCs for audio to AVCodecID. - */ -const struct AVCodecTag *avformat_get_mov_audio_tags(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * Guess the sample aspect ratio of a frame, based on both the stream and the - * frame aspect ratio. - * - * Since the frame aspect ratio is set by the codec but the stream aspect ratio - * is set by the demuxer, these two may not be equal. This function tries to - * return the value that you should use if you would like to display the frame. - * - * Basic logic is to use the stream aspect ratio if it is set to something sane - * otherwise use the frame aspect ratio. This way a container setting, which is - * usually easy to modify can override the coded value in the frames. - * - * @param format the format context which the stream is part of - * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of - * @param frame the frame with the aspect ratio to be determined - * @return the guessed (valid) sample_aspect_ratio, 0/1 if no idea - */ -AVRational av_guess_sample_aspect_ratio(AVFormatContext *format, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Guess the frame rate, based on both the container and codec information. - * - * @param ctx the format context which the stream is part of - * @param stream the stream which the frame is part of - * @param frame the frame for which the frame rate should be determined, may be NULL - * @return the guessed (valid) frame rate, 0/1 if no idea - */ -AVRational av_guess_frame_rate(AVFormatContext *ctx, AVStream *stream, AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Check if the stream st contained in s is matched by the stream specifier - * spec. - * - * See the "stream specifiers" chapter in the documentation for the syntax - * of spec. - * - * @return >0 if st is matched by spec; - * 0 if st is not matched by spec; - * AVERROR code if spec is invalid - * - * @note A stream specifier can match several streams in the format. - */ -int avformat_match_stream_specifier(AVFormatContext *s, AVStream *st, - const char *spec); - -int avformat_queue_attached_pictures(AVFormatContext *s); - -#if FF_API_OLD_BSF -/** - * Apply a list of bitstream filters to a packet. - * - * @param codec AVCodecContext, usually from an AVStream - * @param pkt the packet to apply filters to. If, on success, the returned - * packet has size == 0 and side_data_elems == 0, it indicates that - * the packet should be dropped - * @param bsfc a NULL-terminated list of filters to apply - * @return >=0 on success; - * AVERROR code on failure - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_apply_bitstream_filters(AVCodecContext *codec, AVPacket *pkt, - AVBitStreamFilterContext *bsfc); -#endif - -enum AVTimebaseSource { - AVFMT_TBCF_AUTO = -1, - AVFMT_TBCF_DECODER, - AVFMT_TBCF_DEMUXER, -#if FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE - AVFMT_TBCF_R_FRAMERATE, -#endif -}; - -/** - * Transfer internal timing information from one stream to another. - * - * This function is useful when doing stream copy. - * - * @param ofmt target output format for ost - * @param ost output stream which needs timings copy and adjustments - * @param ist reference input stream to copy timings from - * @param copy_tb define from where the stream codec timebase needs to be imported - */ -int avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info(const AVOutputFormat *ofmt, - AVStream *ost, const AVStream *ist, - enum AVTimebaseSource copy_tb); - -/** - * Get the internal codec timebase from a stream. - * - * @param st input stream to extract the timebase from - */ -AVRational av_stream_get_codec_timebase(const AVStream *st); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVFORMAT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h deleted file mode 100644 index dcb8dcd..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/avio.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,861 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ -#ifndef AVFORMAT_AVIO_H -#define AVFORMAT_AVIO_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavf_io - * Buffered I/O operations - */ - -#include - -#include "libavutil/common.h" -#include "libavutil/dict.h" -#include "libavutil/log.h" - -#include "libavformat/version.h" - -/** - * Seeking works like for a local file. - */ -#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0) - -/** - * Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible. - */ -#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1) - -/** - * Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions. - * AVERROR_EXIT is returned in this case by the interrupted - * function. During blocking operations, callback is called with - * opaque as parameter. If the callback returns 1, the - * blocking operation will be aborted. - * - * No members can be added to this struct without a major bump, if - * new elements have been added after this struct in AVFormatContext - * or AVIOContext. - */ -typedef struct AVIOInterruptCB { - int (*callback)(void*); - void *opaque; -} AVIOInterruptCB; - -/** - * Directory entry types. - */ -enum AVIODirEntryType { - AVIO_ENTRY_UNKNOWN, - AVIO_ENTRY_BLOCK_DEVICE, - AVIO_ENTRY_CHARACTER_DEVICE, - AVIO_ENTRY_DIRECTORY, - AVIO_ENTRY_NAMED_PIPE, - AVIO_ENTRY_SYMBOLIC_LINK, - AVIO_ENTRY_SOCKET, - AVIO_ENTRY_FILE, - AVIO_ENTRY_SERVER, - AVIO_ENTRY_SHARE, - AVIO_ENTRY_WORKGROUP, -}; - -/** - * Describes single entry of the directory. - * - * Only name and type fields are guaranteed be set. - * Rest of fields are protocol or/and platform dependent and might be unknown. - */ -typedef struct AVIODirEntry { - char *name; /**< Filename */ - int type; /**< Type of the entry */ - int utf8; /**< Set to 1 when name is encoded with UTF-8, 0 otherwise. - Name can be encoded with UTF-8 even though 0 is set. */ - int64_t size; /**< File size in bytes, -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t modification_timestamp; /**< Time of last modification in microseconds since unix - epoch, -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t access_timestamp; /**< Time of last access in microseconds since unix epoch, - -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t status_change_timestamp; /**< Time of last status change in microseconds since unix - epoch, -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t user_id; /**< User ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t group_id; /**< Group ID of owner, -1 if unknown. */ - int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */ -} AVIODirEntry; - -typedef struct AVIODirContext { - struct URLContext *url_context; -} AVIODirContext; - -/** - * Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO - * write_data_type callback. - */ -enum AVIODataMarkerType { - /** - * Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, - /** - * A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding - * (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with - * AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, - * should give decodeable results. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT, - /** - * A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing - * (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any - * non-keyframe packet start point. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, - /** - * This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking - * any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point - * that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment - * that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN, - /** - * Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for - * finalizing the output file. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER, - /** - * A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might - * flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically - * means the end of a packet. - */ - AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT, -}; - -/** - * Bytestream IO Context. - * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. - * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major - * version bump. - * sizeof(AVIOContext) must not be used outside libav*. - * - * @note None of the function pointers in AVIOContext should be called - * directly, they should only be set by the client application - * when implementing custom I/O. Normally these are set to the - * function pointers specified in avio_alloc_context() - */ -typedef struct AVIOContext { - /** - * A class for private options. - * - * If this AVIOContext is created by avio_open2(), av_class is set and - * passes the options down to protocols. - * - * If this AVIOContext is manually allocated, then av_class may be set by - * the caller. - * - * warning -- this field can be NULL, be sure to not pass this AVIOContext - * to any av_opt_* functions in that case. - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - - /* - * The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr, - * buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing - * (since AVIOContext is used for both): - * - ********************************************************************************** - * READING - ********************************************************************************** - * - * | buffer_size | - * |---------------------------------------| - * | | - * - * buffer buf_ptr buf_end - * +---------------+-----------------------+ - * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | - * read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| | - * |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| | - * +---------------+-----------------------+ - * - * pos - * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ - * input file: | | | - * +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+ - * - * - ********************************************************************************** - * WRITING - ********************************************************************************** - * - * | buffer_size | - * |--------------------------------------| - * | | - * - * buf_ptr_max - * buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end - * +-----------------------+--------------+ - * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | - * write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | | - * |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| | - * +-----------------------+--------------+ - * buf_ptr can be in this - * due to a backward seek - * - * pos - * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ - * output file: | | | - * +-------------+----------------------------------------------+ - * - */ - unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */ - int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */ - unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */ - unsigned char *buf_end; /**< End of the data, may be less than - buffer+buffer_size if the read function returned - less data than requested, e.g. for streams where - no more data has been received yet. */ - void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/... - functions. */ - int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); - int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size); - int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence); - int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */ - int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */ - int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */ - int max_packet_size; - unsigned long checksum; - unsigned char *checksum_ptr; - unsigned long (*update_checksum)(unsigned long checksum, const uint8_t *buf, unsigned int size); - int error; /**< contains the error code or 0 if no error happened */ - /** - * Pause or resume playback for network streaming protocols - e.g. MMS. - */ - int (*read_pause)(void *opaque, int pause); - /** - * Seek to a given timestamp in stream with the specified stream_index. - * Needed for some network streaming protocols which don't support seeking - * to byte position. - */ - int64_t (*read_seek)(void *opaque, int stream_index, - int64_t timestamp, int flags); - /** - * A combination of AVIO_SEEKABLE_ flags or 0 when the stream is not seekable. - */ - int seekable; - - /** - * max filesize, used to limit allocations - * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. - */ - int64_t maxsize; - - /** - * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly - * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always - * call the underlying seek function directly. - */ - int direct; - - /** - * Bytes read statistic - * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. - */ - int64_t bytes_read; - - /** - * seek statistic - * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. - */ - int seek_count; - - /** - * writeout statistic - * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. - */ - int writeout_count; - - /** - * Original buffer size - * used internally after probing and ensure seekback to reset the buffer size - * This field is internal to libavformat and access from outside is not allowed. - */ - int orig_buffer_size; - - /** - * Threshold to favor readahead over seek. - * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. - */ - int short_seek_threshold; - - /** - * ',' separated list of allowed protocols. - */ - const char *protocol_whitelist; - - /** - * ',' separated list of disallowed protocols. - */ - const char *protocol_blacklist; - - /** - * A callback that is used instead of write_packet. - */ - int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size, - enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time); - /** - * If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT, - * but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly - * small chunks of data returned from the callback). - */ - int ignore_boundary_point; - - /** - * Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext. - */ - enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type; - int64_t last_time; - - /** - * A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold. - * This is current internal only, do not use from outside. - */ - int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque); - - int64_t written; - - /** - * Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer, - * used keeping track of already written data for a later flush. - */ - unsigned char *buf_ptr_max; - - /** - * Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it - */ - int min_packet_size; -} AVIOContext; - -/** - * Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL. - * - * NULL is returned if no protocol could be found for the given URL. - * - * @return Name of the protocol or NULL. - */ -const char *avio_find_protocol_name(const char *url); - -/** - * Return AVIO_FLAG_* access flags corresponding to the access permissions - * of the resource in url, or a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code in case of failure. The returned access flags are - * masked by the value in flags. - * - * @note This function is intrinsically unsafe, in the sense that the - * checked resource may change its existence or permission status from - * one call to another. Thus you should not trust the returned value, - * unless you are sure that no other processes are accessing the - * checked resource. - */ -int avio_check(const char *url, int flags); - -/** - * Move or rename a resource. - * - * @note url_src and url_dst should share the same protocol and authority. - * - * @param url_src url to resource to be moved - * @param url_dst new url to resource if the operation succeeded - * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. - */ -int avpriv_io_move(const char *url_src, const char *url_dst); - -/** - * Delete a resource. - * - * @param url resource to be deleted. - * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. - */ -int avpriv_io_delete(const char *url); - -/** - * Open directory for reading. - * - * @param s directory read context. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed. - * @param url directory to be listed. - * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return - * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dictionary - * containing options that were not found. May be NULL. - * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. - */ -int avio_open_dir(AVIODirContext **s, const char *url, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Get next directory entry. - * - * Returned entry must be freed with avio_free_directory_entry(). In particular - * it may outlive AVIODirContext. - * - * @param s directory read context. - * @param[out] next next entry or NULL when no more entries. - * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. End of list is not considered an - * error. - */ -int avio_read_dir(AVIODirContext *s, AVIODirEntry **next); - -/** - * Close directory. - * - * @note Entries created using avio_read_dir() are not deleted and must be - * freeded with avio_free_directory_entry(). - * - * @param s directory read context. - * @return >=0 on success or negative on error. - */ -int avio_close_dir(AVIODirContext **s); - -/** - * Free entry allocated by avio_read_dir(). - * - * @param entry entry to be freed. - */ -void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry); - -/** - * Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later - * freed with avio_context_free(). - * - * @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext. - * The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends. - * It may be freed and replaced with a new buffer by libavformat. - * AVIOContext.buffer holds the buffer currently in use, - * which must be later freed with av_free(). - * @param buffer_size The buffer size is very important for performance. - * For protocols with fixed blocksize it should be set to this blocksize. - * For others a typical size is a cache page, e.g. 4kb. - * @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise. - * @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data. - * @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL. - * For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather - * a proper AVERROR code. - * @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL. - * The function may not change the input buffers content. - * @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL. - * - * @return Allocated AVIOContext or NULL on failure. - */ -AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context( - unsigned char *buffer, - int buffer_size, - int write_flag, - void *opaque, - int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), - int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size), - int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence)); - -/** - * Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it. - * - * @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL - * into s. - */ -void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s); - -void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b); -void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size); -void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); -void avio_wb64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val); -void avio_wl32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); -void avio_wb32(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); -void avio_wl24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); -void avio_wb24(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); -void avio_wl16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); -void avio_wb16(AVIOContext *s, unsigned int val); - -/** - * Write a NULL-terminated string. - * @return number of bytes written. - */ -int avio_put_str(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); - -/** - * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16LE and write it. - * @param s the AVIOContext - * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string - * - * @return number of bytes written. - */ -int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); - -/** - * Convert an UTF-8 string to UTF-16BE and write it. - * @param s the AVIOContext - * @param str NULL-terminated UTF-8 string - * - * @return number of bytes written. - */ -int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str); - -/** - * Mark the written bytestream as a specific type. - * - * Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output. - * - * @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to - * (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not - * applicable - * @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos - */ -void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type); - -/** - * ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to - * return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional. - * If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0. - */ -#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000 - -/** - * Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to - * seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable - * means that can be extremely slow. - * This may be ignored by the seek code. - */ -#define AVSEEK_FORCE 0x20000 - -/** - * fseek() equivalent for AVIOContext. - * @return new position or AVERROR. - */ -int64_t avio_seek(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset, int whence); - -/** - * Skip given number of bytes forward - * @return new position or AVERROR. - */ -int64_t avio_skip(AVIOContext *s, int64_t offset); - -/** - * ftell() equivalent for AVIOContext. - * @return position or AVERROR. - */ -static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s) -{ - return avio_seek(s, 0, SEEK_CUR); -} - -/** - * Get the filesize. - * @return filesize or AVERROR - */ -int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s); - -/** - * Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors. - * @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading. - */ -int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s); - -/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */ -int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); - -/** - * Force flushing of buffered data. - * - * For write streams, force the buffered data to be immediately written to the output, - * without to wait to fill the internal buffer. - * - * For read streams, discard all currently buffered data, and advance the - * reported file position to that of the underlying stream. This does not - * read new data, and does not perform any seeks. - */ -void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s); - -/** - * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. - * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR - */ -int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); - -/** - * Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed - * to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next - * call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte. - * Useful to reduce latency in certain cases. - * @return number of bytes read or AVERROR - */ -int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size); - -/** - * @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext - * @{ - * - * @note return 0 if EOF, so you cannot use it if EOF handling is - * necessary - */ -int avio_r8 (AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rl16(AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rl24(AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rl32(AVIOContext *s); -uint64_t avio_rl64(AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rb16(AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rb24(AVIOContext *s); -unsigned int avio_rb32(AVIOContext *s); -uint64_t avio_rb64(AVIOContext *s); -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * Read a string from pb into buf. The reading will terminate when either - * a NULL character was encountered, maxlen bytes have been read, or nothing - * more can be read from pb. The result is guaranteed to be NULL-terminated, it - * will be truncated if buf is too small. - * Note that the string is not interpreted or validated in any way, it - * might get truncated in the middle of a sequence for multi-byte encodings. - * - * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen). - * If reading ends on EOF or error, the return value will be one more than - * bytes actually read. - */ -int avio_get_str(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); - -/** - * Read a UTF-16 string from pb and convert it to UTF-8. - * The reading will terminate when either a null or invalid character was - * encountered or maxlen bytes have been read. - * @return number of bytes read (is always <= maxlen) - */ -int avio_get_str16le(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); -int avio_get_str16be(AVIOContext *pb, int maxlen, char *buf, int buflen); - - -/** - * @name URL open modes - * The flags argument to avio_open must be one of the following - * constants, optionally ORed with other flags. - * @{ - */ -#define AVIO_FLAG_READ 1 /**< read-only */ -#define AVIO_FLAG_WRITE 2 /**< write-only */ -#define AVIO_FLAG_READ_WRITE (AVIO_FLAG_READ|AVIO_FLAG_WRITE) /**< read-write pseudo flag */ -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * Use non-blocking mode. - * If this flag is set, operations on the context will return - * AVERROR(EAGAIN) if they can not be performed immediately. - * If this flag is not set, operations on the context will never return - * AVERROR(EAGAIN). - * Note that this flag does not affect the opening/connecting of the - * context. Connecting a protocol will always block if necessary (e.g. on - * network protocols) but never hang (e.g. on busy devices). - * Warning: non-blocking protocols is work-in-progress; this flag may be - * silently ignored. - */ -#define AVIO_FLAG_NONBLOCK 8 - -/** - * Use direct mode. - * avio_read and avio_write should if possible be satisfied directly - * instead of going through a buffer, and avio_seek will always - * call the underlying seek function directly. - */ -#define AVIO_FLAG_DIRECT 0x8000 - -/** - * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the - * resource indicated by url. - * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in - * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. - * - * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. - * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. - * @param url resource to access - * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url - * is to be opened - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code in case of failure - */ -int avio_open(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags); - -/** - * Create and initialize a AVIOContext for accessing the - * resource indicated by url. - * @note When the resource indicated by url has been opened in - * read+write mode, the AVIOContext can be used only for writing. - * - * @param s Used to return the pointer to the created AVIOContext. - * In case of failure the pointed to value is set to NULL. - * @param url resource to access - * @param flags flags which control how the resource indicated by url - * is to be opened - * @param int_cb an interrupt callback to be used at the protocols level - * @param options A dictionary filled with protocol-private options. On return - * this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict containing options - * that were not found. May be NULL. - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code in case of failure - */ -int avio_open2(AVIOContext **s, const char *url, int flags, - const AVIOInterruptCB *int_cb, AVDictionary **options); - -/** - * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext s and free it. - * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). - * - * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the - * resource. - * - * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. - * @see avio_closep - */ -int avio_close(AVIOContext *s); - -/** - * Close the resource accessed by the AVIOContext *s, free it - * and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL. - * This function can only be used if s was opened by avio_open(). - * - * The internal buffer is automatically flushed before closing the - * resource. - * - * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR < 0 on error. - * @see avio_close - */ -int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s); - - -/** - * Open a write only memory stream. - * - * @param s new IO context - * @return zero if no error. - */ -int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s); - -/** - * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. - * The AVIOContext stream is left intact. - * The buffer must NOT be freed. - * No padding is added to the buffer. - * - * @param s IO context - * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer - * @return the length of the byte buffer - */ -int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); - -/** - * Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer - * must be freed with av_free(). - * Padding of AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE is added to the buffer. - * - * @param s IO context - * @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer - * @return the length of the byte buffer - */ -int avio_close_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer); - -/** - * Iterate through names of available protocols. - * - * @param opaque A private pointer representing current protocol. - * It must be a pointer to NULL on first iteration and will - * be updated by successive calls to avio_enum_protocols. - * @param output If set to 1, iterate over output protocols, - * otherwise over input protocols. - * - * @return A static string containing the name of current protocol or NULL - */ -const char *avio_enum_protocols(void **opaque, int output); - -/** - * Pause and resume playing - only meaningful if using a network streaming - * protocol (e.g. MMS). - * - * @param h IO context from which to call the read_pause function pointer - * @param pause 1 for pause, 0 for resume - */ -int avio_pause(AVIOContext *h, int pause); - -/** - * Seek to a given timestamp relative to some component stream. - * Only meaningful if using a network streaming protocol (e.g. MMS.). - * - * @param h IO context from which to call the seek function pointers - * @param stream_index The stream index that the timestamp is relative to. - * If stream_index is (-1) the timestamp should be in AV_TIME_BASE - * units from the beginning of the presentation. - * If a stream_index >= 0 is used and the protocol does not support - * seeking based on component streams, the call will fail. - * @param timestamp timestamp in AVStream.time_base units - * or if there is no stream specified then in AV_TIME_BASE units. - * @param flags Optional combination of AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD, AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE - * and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY. The protocol may silently ignore - * AVSEEK_FLAG_BACKWARD and AVSEEK_FLAG_ANY, but AVSEEK_FLAG_BYTE will - * fail if used and not supported. - * @return >= 0 on success - * @see AVInputFormat::read_seek - */ -int64_t avio_seek_time(AVIOContext *h, int stream_index, - int64_t timestamp, int flags); - -/* Avoid a warning. The header can not be included because it breaks c++. */ -struct AVBPrint; - -/** - * Read contents of h into print buffer, up to max_size bytes, or up to EOF. - * - * @return 0 for success (max_size bytes read or EOF reached), negative error - * code otherwise - */ -int avio_read_to_bprint(AVIOContext *h, struct AVBPrint *pb, size_t max_size); - -/** - * Accept and allocate a client context on a server context. - * @param s the server context - * @param c the client context, must be unallocated - * @return >= 0 on success or a negative value corresponding - * to an AVERROR on failure - */ -int avio_accept(AVIOContext *s, AVIOContext **c); - -/** - * Perform one step of the protocol handshake to accept a new client. - * This function must be called on a client returned by avio_accept() before - * using it as a read/write context. - * It is separate from avio_accept() because it may block. - * A step of the handshake is defined by places where the application may - * decide to change the proceedings. - * For example, on a protocol with a request header and a reply header, each - * one can constitute a step because the application may use the parameters - * from the request to change parameters in the reply; or each individual - * chunk of the request can constitute a step. - * If the handshake is already finished, avio_handshake() does nothing and - * returns 0 immediately. - * - * @param c the client context to perform the handshake on - * @return 0 on a complete and successful handshake - * > 0 if the handshake progressed, but is not complete - * < 0 for an AVERROR code - */ -int avio_handshake(AVIOContext *c); -#endif /* AVFORMAT_AVIO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index 22ed534..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavformat/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Version macros. - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVFORMAT_VERSION_H -#define AVFORMAT_VERSION_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup libavf - * Libavformat version macros - */ - -#include "libavutil/version.h" - -// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium) -// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here -#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58 -#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29 -#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100 - -#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVFORMAT_BUILD LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT - -#define LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT "Lavf" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION) - -/** - * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be - * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of - * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. - * - * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually - * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all - * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. - * - */ -#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 -#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS -#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX -#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT -#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP -#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME -#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG -#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API -#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET -#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 -#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER -#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME -#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS -#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_NEXT -#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION -#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM -#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_AVIOFORMAT -#define FF_API_AVIOFORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59) -#endif - - -#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE -#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1 -#endif -#endif /* AVFORMAT_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h deleted file mode 100644 index a1f035b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/adler32.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_adler32 - * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H -#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H - -#include -#include "attributes.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32 - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * Adler-32 hash function implementation. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer. - * - * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call - * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though - * they were concatenated. - * - * @param adler initial checksum value - * @param buf pointer to input buffer - * @param len size of input buffer - * @return updated checksum - */ -unsigned long av_adler32_update(unsigned long adler, const uint8_t *buf, - unsigned int len) av_pure; - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h deleted file mode 100644 index 09efbda..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H -#define AVUTIL_AES_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_aes AES - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_aes_size; - -struct AVAES; - -/** - * Allocate an AVAES context. - */ -struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVAES context. - * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256 - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. - * @param count number of 16 byte blocks - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h deleted file mode 100644 index e4aae12..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -/* - * AES-CTR cipher - * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H -#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16) -#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8) - -struct AVAESCTR; - -/** - * Allocate an AVAESCTR context. - */ -struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVAESCTR context. - * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE - */ -int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key); - -/** - * Release an AVAESCTR context. - */ -void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a); - -/** - * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context. - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param size the size of src and dst - */ -void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size); - -/** - * Get the current iv - */ -const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); - -/** - * Generate a random iv - */ -void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); - -/** - * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv - */ -void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); - -/** - * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter - */ -void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv); - -/** - * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame) - */ -void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h deleted file mode 100644 index ced108a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/attributes.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,167 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H -#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H - -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) -# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) -#else -# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0 -# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y) 0 -#endif - -#ifndef av_always_inline -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) -# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define av_always_inline __forceinline -#else -# define av_always_inline inline -#endif -#endif - -#ifndef av_extern_inline -#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) -# define av_extern_inline extern inline -#else -# define av_extern_inline inline -#endif -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4) -# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) -#else -# define av_warn_unused_result -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) -# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) -#else -# define av_noinline -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) -#else -# define av_pure -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_const __attribute__((const)) -#else -# define av_const -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) -#else -# define av_cold -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__) -# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) -#else -# define av_flatten -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) -# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) -#else -# define attribute_deprecated -#endif - -/** - * Disable warnings about deprecated features - * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and - * scheduled for removal. - */ -#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) -# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ - _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ - _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ - code \ - _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) -# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ - __pragma(warning(push)) \ - __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \ - code; \ - __pragma(warning(pop)) -#else -# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code -#endif -#endif - -#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) -#else -# define av_unused -#endif - -/** - * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it - * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline - * assembler without the compiler being aware. - */ -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_used __attribute__((used)) -#else -# define av_used -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) -#else -# define av_alias -#endif - -#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) -# define av_uninit(x) x=x -#else -# define av_uninit(x) x -#endif - -#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p -# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) -#else -# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 -# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) -#endif - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__) -# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) -#else -# define av_noreturn -#endif - -#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h deleted file mode 100644 index d8a9194..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Audio FIFO - * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Audio FIFO Buffer - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H -#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H - -#include "avutil.h" -#include "fifo.h" -#include "samplefmt.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_audio - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer. - * - * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level. - * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format. - * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer. - */ -typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo; - -/** - * Free an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to free - */ -void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af); - -/** - * Allocate an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @param sample_fmt sample format - * @param channels number of channels - * @param nb_samples initial allocation size, in samples - * @return newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error - */ -AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels, - int nb_samples); - -/** - * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to reallocate - * @param nb_samples new allocation size, in samples - * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); - -/** - * Write data to an AVAudioFifo. - * - * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space - * is less than nb_samples. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to write to - * @param data audio data plane pointers - * @param nb_samples number of samples to write - * @return number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR - * code on failure. If successful, the number of samples - * actually written will always be nb_samples. - */ -int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); - -/** - * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from - * @param data audio data plane pointers - * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek - * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code - * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not - * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than - * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. - */ -int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); - -/** - * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from - * @param data audio data plane pointers - * @param nb_samples number of samples to peek - * @param offset offset from current read position - * @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code - * on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not - * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than - * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. - */ -int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset); - -/** - * Read data from an AVAudioFifo. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to read from - * @param data audio data plane pointers - * @param nb_samples number of samples to read - * @return number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code - * on failure. The number of samples actually read will not - * be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than - * nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples. - */ -int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples); - -/** - * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo. - * - * Removes the data without reading it. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to drain - * @param nb_samples number of samples to drain - * @return 0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples); - -/** - * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer. - * - * This empties all data in the buffer. - * - * @param af AVAudioFifo to reset - */ -void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af); - -/** - * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading. - * - * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query - * @return number of samples available for reading - */ -int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af); - -/** - * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing. - * - * @param af the AVAudioFifo to query - * @return number of samples available for writing - */ -int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9abeade..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avassert.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert(). - * @author Michael Niedermayer - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H -#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H - -#include -#include "avutil.h" -#include "log.h" - -/** - * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled. - */ -#define av_assert0(cond) do { \ - if (!(cond)) { \ - av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n", \ - AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - abort(); \ - } \ -} while (0) - - -/** - * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code. - * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss. - */ -#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0 -#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond) -#else -#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0) -#endif - - -/** - * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code. - */ -#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1 -#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond) -#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu() -#else -#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0) -#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0) -#endif - -/** - * Assert that floating point operations can be executed. - * - * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86 - */ -void av_assert0_fpu(void); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h deleted file mode 100644 index c289fbb..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avconfig.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ -#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H -#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H -#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 -#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 -#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h deleted file mode 100644 index 37dd4e2..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avstring.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,413 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H -#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H - -#include -#include -#include "attributes.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_string - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to - * the address of the first character in str after the prefix. - * - * @param str input string - * @param pfx prefix to test - * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str - * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise - */ -int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); - -/** - * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If - * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str - * after the prefix. - * - * @param str input string - * @param pfx prefix to test - * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str - * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise - */ -int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr); - -/** - * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack - * of the string needle. A zero-length string needle is considered to - * match at the start of haystack. - * - * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr(). - * - * @param haystack string to search in - * @param needle string to search for - * @return pointer to the located match within haystack - * or a null pointer if no match - */ -char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle); - -/** - * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack - * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length - * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack. - * - * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr(). - * - * @param haystack string to search in - * @param needle string to search for - * @param hay_length length of string to search in - * @return pointer to the located match within haystack - * or a null pointer if no match - */ -char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length); - -/** - * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and - * null-terminate dst. - * - * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy(). - * - * @param dst destination buffer - * @param src source string - * @param size size of destination buffer - * @return the length of src - * - * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely - * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond - * the end of the buffer and possibly crash. - */ -size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); - -/** - * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of - * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst. - * - * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when - * size <= strlen(dst). - * - * @param dst destination buffer - * @param src source string - * @param size size of destination buffer - * @return the total length of src and dst - * - * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these - * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this - * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash. - */ -size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size); - -/** - * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of - * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within - * the buffer. - * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is - * appended) - * @param size total size of the destination buffer - * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the - * following parameters are used - * @return the length of the string that would have been generated - * if enough space had been available - */ -size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); - -/** - * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning. - * - * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that - * is the maximum value which is returned by the function - */ -static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len) -{ - size_t i; - for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++) - ; - return i; -} - -/** - * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto - * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf(). - * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the - * following parameters are used. - * @return the allocated string - * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free(). - */ -char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2); - -/** - * Convert a number to an av_malloced string. - */ -char *av_d2str(double d); - -/** - * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char, - * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string. - * - * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing - * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are - * enclosed between ''. - * - * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the - * terminating char - * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars - * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by - * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure - */ -char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term); - -/** - * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by - * successive calls to av_strtok(). - * - * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the - * set specified in delim. - * - * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to - * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s - * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous - * call. - * - * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1. - * - * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL - * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL - * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored - * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same - * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the - * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated - * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found - */ -char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr); - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit. - */ -static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c) -{ - return c >= '0' && c <= '9'; -} - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph. - */ -static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c) -{ - return c > 32 && c < 127; -} - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace. - */ -static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c) -{ - return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || - c == '\v'; -} - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase. - */ -static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c) -{ - if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - c ^= 0x20; - return c; -} - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase. - */ -static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c) -{ - if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') - c ^= 0x20; - return c; -} - -/** - * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit. - */ -static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c) -{ - c = av_tolower(c); - return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'); -} - -/** - * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. - * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive - */ -int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b); - -/** - * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare. - * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive - */ -int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n); - -/** - * Locale-independent strings replace. - * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace - */ -char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to); - -/** - * Thread safe basename. - * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. - * @return pointer to the basename substring. - */ -const char *av_basename(const char *path); - -/** - * Thread safe dirname. - * @param path the path, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators. - * @return the path with the separator replaced by the string terminator or ".". - * @note the function may change the input string. - */ -const char *av_dirname(char *path); - -/** - * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names. - * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list, - * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-' - * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to - * match all names. - * - * @param name Name to look for. - * @param names List of names. - * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise. - */ -int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names); - -/** - * Append path component to the existing path. - * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed. - * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free(). - * @param path base path - * @param component component to be appended - * @return new path or NULL on error. - */ -char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component); - -enum AVEscapeMode { - AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO, ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode. - AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping. - AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE, ///< Use single-quote escaping. -}; - -/** - * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the - * string. - * - * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special - * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list - * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil. - */ -#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0) - -/** - * Escape only specified special characters. - * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered - * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote. - */ -#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1) - -/** - * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated - * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free(). - * - * @param dst pointer where an allocated string is put - * @param src string to escape, must be non-NULL - * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which - * need to be escaped, can be NULL - * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. - * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to - * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without - * notice. - * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros - * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error - * @see av_bprint_escape() - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars, - enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); - -#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES 1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF -#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS 2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF -#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes -#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML - -#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \ - AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES - -/** - * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the - * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to - * decode. - * - * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to - * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will - * return an error code. - * - * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in - * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range. - * - * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of - * GET_UTF8() may be preferred. - * - * @param codep pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success. - * The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails. - * @param bufp pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence - * to decode, updated by the function to point to the - * byte next after the decoded sequence - * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next - * byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to - * avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished - * UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer). - * @param flags a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags - * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative - * value in case of invalid sequence - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end, - unsigned int flags); - -/** - * Check if a name is in a list. - * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the - * list. - */ -int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator); - -/** - * See libc sscanf manual for more information. - * Locale-independent sscanf implementation. - */ -int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4d63315..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/avutil.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,365 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H -#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu - * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. - */ - -/** - * @mainpage - * - * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction - * - * This document describes the usage of the different libraries - * provided by FFmpeg. - * - * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library - * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library - * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library - * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library - * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library - * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing - * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library - * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library - * - * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility - * - * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a - * major, minor and micro version number with the - * LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO} macros. The major version - * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing - * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor - * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major - * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro - * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program - * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously - * unspecified situation. - * - * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long - * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols - * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and - * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were - * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will - * not change. - * - * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot - * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the - * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new - * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program - * links against. - * - * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to - * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in - * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented - * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied - * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro - * version number. - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu libavutil - * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. - * - * @note - * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the - * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include - * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using - * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which - * brings in most of the "core" components. - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing - * - * @{ - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_video Video related - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_misc Other - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros - * - * @{ - * - * @} - * - * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros - * - * @{ - * - * @} - */ - - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_ver - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. - */ -unsigned avutil_version(void); - -/** - * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release - * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format - * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. - */ -const char *av_version_info(void); - -/** - * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. - */ -const char *avutil_configuration(void); - -/** - * Return the libavutil license. - */ -const char *avutil_license(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type - * @brief Media Type - */ - -enum AVMediaType { - AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA - AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, - AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, - AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous - AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, - AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse - AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB -}; - -/** - * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type - * is unknown. - */ -const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_const Constants - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific - * - * @note those definition should move to avcodec - * @{ - */ - -#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 -#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1< - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64 - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Decode a base64-encoded string. - * - * @param out buffer for decoded data - * @param in null-terminated input string - * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at - * least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in)) - * @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of - * invalid input - */ -int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size); - -/** - * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string - * with length x to a data buffer. - */ -#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4) - -/** - * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate. - * - * @param out buffer for encoded data - * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the - * null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size) - * @param in input buffer containing the data to encode - * @param in_size size in bytes of the in buffer - * @return out or NULL in case of error - */ -char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size); - -/** - * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a - * null-terminated string. - */ -#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x) (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1) - - /** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e289a4..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/blowfish.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Blowfish algorithm - * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H -#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H - -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16 - -typedef struct AVBlowfish { - uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2]; - uint32_t s[4][256]; -} AVBlowfish; - -/** - * Allocate an AVBlowfish context. - */ -AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVBlowfish context. - * - * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context - * @param key a key - * @param key_len length of the key - */ -void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. - * - * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context - * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted - * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr, - int decrypt); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. - * - * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, - int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h deleted file mode 100644 index c09b1ac..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bprint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,219 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H -#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "avstring.h" - -/** - * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size - * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions. - */ - -#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \ -struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \ -typedef struct name { \ - __VA_ARGS__ \ - char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \ -} name; - -/** - * Buffer to print data progressively - * - * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated. - * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is - * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data. - * - * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no - * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed - * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as - * declaring a local "char buf[512]". - * - * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is - * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total - * length. - * - * In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the - * total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been - * enough memory. - * - * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory - * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length - * is still updated. This situation can be tested with - * av_bprint_is_complete(). - * - * The size_max field determines several possible behaviours: - * - * size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be - * reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost. - * - * size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total - * length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in - * a buffer with exactly the necessary size - * (using size_init = size_max = len + 1). - * - * size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the - * structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The - * internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, - * such as the current paragraph. - */ - -FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024, - char *str; /**< string so far */ - unsigned len; /**< length so far */ - unsigned size; /**< allocated memory */ - unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */ - char reserved_internal_buffer[1]; -) - -/** - * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max - * parameter. - */ -#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1) -#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1 -#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0 - -/** - * Init a print buffer. - * - * @param buf buffer to init - * @param size_init initial size (including the final 0) - * @param size_max maximum size; - * 0 means do not write anything, just count the length; - * 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage; - * any large value means that the internal buffer will be - * reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to - * UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible. - * Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros. - */ -void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max); - -/** - * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer. - * - * The buffer will not be reallocated. - * - * @param buf buffer structure to init - * @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data - * @param size size of buffer - */ -void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size); - -/** - * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. - */ -void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3); - -/** - * Append a formatted string to a print buffer. - */ -void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg); - -/** - * Append char c n times to a print buffer. - */ -void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n); - -/** - * Append data to a print buffer. - * - * param buf bprint buffer to use - * param data pointer to data - * param size size of data - */ -void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size); - -struct tm; -/** - * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer. - * - * param buf bprint buffer to use - * param fmt date and time format string, see strftime() - * param tm broken-down time structure to translate - * - * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may - * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and - * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option. - */ -void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm); - -/** - * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use. - * - * @param[in] buf buffer structure - * @param[in] size required size - * @param[out] mem pointer to the memory area - * @param[out] actual_size size of the memory area after allocation; - * can be larger or smaller than size - */ -void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size, - unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size); - -/** - * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data. - */ -void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf); - -/** - * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated). - * - * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure - * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary). - */ -static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf) -{ - return buf->len < buf->size; -} - -/** - * Finalize a print buffer. - * - * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards, - * but the len and size fields are still valid. - * - * @arg[out] ret_str if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the - * buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails; - * if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed - * @return 0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM)) - */ -int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str); - -/** - * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf. - * - * @param dstbuf already inited destination bprint buffer - * @param src string containing the text to escape - * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which - * need to be escaped, can be NULL - * @param mode escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros. - * Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to - * AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without - * notice. - * @param flags flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros - */ -void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars, - enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h deleted file mode 100644 index 91cb795..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/bswap.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * byte swapping routines - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H -#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H - -#include -#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" -#include "attributes.h" - -#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H - -#include "config.h" - -#if ARCH_AARCH64 -# include "aarch64/bswap.h" -#elif ARCH_ARM -# include "arm/bswap.h" -#elif ARCH_AVR32 -# include "avr32/bswap.h" -#elif ARCH_SH4 -# include "sh4/bswap.h" -#elif ARCH_X86 -# include "x86/bswap.h" -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ - -#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00) | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff)) -#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16)) -#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32)) - -#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x) - -#ifndef av_bswap16 -static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x) -{ - x= (x>>8) | (x<<8); - return x; -} -#endif - -#ifndef av_bswap32 -static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x) -{ - return AV_BSWAP32C(x); -} -#endif - -#ifndef av_bswap64 -static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x) -{ - return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32); -} -#endif - -// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian -// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -#define av_be2ne16(x) (x) -#define av_be2ne32(x) (x) -#define av_be2ne64(x) (x) -#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) -#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) -#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) -#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x) -#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) -#else -#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x) -#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x) -#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x) -#define av_le2ne16(x) (x) -#define av_le2ne32(x) (x) -#define av_le2ne64(x) (x) -#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x) -#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x) -#endif - -#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x) -#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x) -#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x) -#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x) -#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x) -#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x) - -#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h deleted file mode 100644 index 73b6bd0..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/buffer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,291 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_buffer - * refcounted data buffer API - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H -#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H - -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer - * @ingroup lavu_data - * - * @{ - * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. - * - * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer - * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed - * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may - * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references - * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single - * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the - * caller directly. - * - * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single - * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and - * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing - * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). - * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the - * data once all the references are freed). - * - * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the - * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and - * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is - * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will - * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. - * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, - * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its - * control. - * - * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus - * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for - * additional locking. - * - * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different - * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). - */ - -/** - * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through - * references (AVBufferRef). - */ -typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; - -/** - * A reference to a data buffer. - * - * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant - * to be allocated directly. - */ -typedef struct AVBufferRef { - AVBuffer *buffer; - - /** - * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if - * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case - * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. - */ - uint8_t *data; - /** - * Size of data in bytes. - */ - int size; -} AVBufferRef; - -/** - * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). - * - * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory - */ -AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(int size); - -/** - * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized - * to zero. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(int size); - -/** - * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one - * reference. - */ -#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) - -/** - * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. - * - * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may - * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from - * it. - * If this function fails, data is left untouched. - * @param data data array - * @param size size of data in bytes - * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data - * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free - * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* - * - * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, int size, - void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data), - void *opaque, int flags); - -/** - * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. - * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called - * directly. - */ -void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data); - -/** - * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. - * - * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on - * failure. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(AVBufferRef *buf); - -/** - * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more - * references to it. - * - * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. - */ -void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf); - -/** - * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is - * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). - * Return 0 otherwise. - * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. - */ -int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf); - -/** - * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. - */ -void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf); - -int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf); - -/** - * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy - * if possible. - * - * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left - * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is - * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. - */ -int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf); - -/** - * Reallocate a given buffer. - * - * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be - * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be - * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf - * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. - * @param size required new buffer size. - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. - * - * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was - * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one - * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases - * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. - */ -int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, int size); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool - * @ingroup lavu_data - * - * @{ - * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. - * - * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is - * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the - * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio - * frames). - * - * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the - * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to - * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new - * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by - * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is - * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be - * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. - * - * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new - * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. - * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. - * - * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as - * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is - * thread-safe. - */ - -/** - * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed - * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with - * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). - */ -typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; - -/** - * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. - * - * @param size size of each buffer in this pool - * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the - * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used - * (av_buffer_alloc()). - * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. - */ -AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size)); - -/** - * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. - * - * @param size size of each buffer in this pool - * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator - * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the - * pool is empty. - * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool - * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called - * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool - * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque - * data. - * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. - */ -AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque, - AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size), - void (*pool_free)(void *opaque)); - -/** - * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only - * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it - * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still - * in use. - * - * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. - */ -void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool); - -/** - * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. - * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. - * - * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h deleted file mode 100644 index e674c9b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/camellia.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* - * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H -#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H - -#include - - -/** - * @file - * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm - * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_camellia_size; - -struct AVCAMELLIA; - -/** - * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context - * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) - */ -struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context. - * - * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context - * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption - * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256 - */ -int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context - * - * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 16 byte blocks - * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad5b347..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cast5.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* - * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H -#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H - -#include - - -/** - * @file - * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm - * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5 - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_cast5_size; - -struct AVCAST5; - -/** - * Allocate an AVCAST5 context - * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) - */ -struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void); -/** - * Initialize an AVCAST5 context. - * - * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context - * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption - * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128 - * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure - */ -int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only - * - * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context - * - * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50bb8f0..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H -#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * audio channel layout utility functions - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_audio - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks - * - * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. - * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. - * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. - * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels - * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as - * dual-mono. - * - * @{ - */ -#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 -#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 -#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 -#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 -#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 -#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 -#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 -#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 -#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 -#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 -#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 -#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 -#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 -#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 -#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 -#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 -#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 -#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 -#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. -#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. -#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL -#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL -#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL -#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL -#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL - -/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout - to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output - to be the native codec channel order. */ -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL - -/** - * @} - * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts - * @{ - * */ -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) -#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) - -enum AVMatrixEncoding { - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, - AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB -}; - -/** - * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. - * - * name can be one or several of the following notations, - * separated by '+' or '|': - * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, - * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); - * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, - * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); - * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding - * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see - * av_get_default_channel_layout); - * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the - * AV_CH_* macros). - * - * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" - */ -uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name); - -/** - * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name. - * - * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse - * unknown channel layout specifications. - * - * @param[in] name channel layout specification string - * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) - * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels - * - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. - */ -int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels); - -/** - * Return a description of a channel layout. - * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. - * - * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout - * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer - */ -void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); - -struct AVBPrint; -/** - * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. - */ -void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout); - -/** - * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. - */ -int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); - -/** - * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. - */ -int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); - -/** - * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. - * - * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be - * present in channel_layout. - * - * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR - * on error. - */ -int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, - uint64_t channel); - -/** - * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. - */ -uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); - -/** - * Get the name of a given channel. - * - * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. - */ -const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); - -/** - * Get the description of a given channel. - * - * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel - * @return channel description on success, NULL on error - */ -const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); - -/** - * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. - * - * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 - * @param[out] layout channel layout mask - * @param[out] name name of the layout - * @return 0 if the layout exists, - * <0 if index is beyond the limits - */ -int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout, - const char **name); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8db0291..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,560 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * common internal and external API header - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H -#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H - -#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C) -#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "macros.h" -#include "version.h" -#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) -#else -# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) -#endif - -//rounded division & shift -#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b)) -/* assume b>0 */ -#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b)) -/* Fast a/(1<=0 and b>=0 */ -#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \ - : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b)) -/* Backwards compat. */ -#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT - -#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b)) -#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b)) - -/** - * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they - * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same - * as with *abs() - * @see FFNABS() - */ -#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) -#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) - -/** - * Negative Absolute value. - * this works for all integers of all types. - * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have - * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. - */ -#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) - -/** - * Comparator. - * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 - * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. - * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and - * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. - * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus - * must not have a side-effect. - */ -#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y))) - -#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) -#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c) -#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) -#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c) - -#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0) -#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) - -/* misc math functions */ - -#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H -# include "config.h" -# include "intmath.h" -#endif - -/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */ -#include "common.h" - -#ifndef av_log2 -av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); -#endif - -#ifndef av_log2_16bit -av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); -#endif - -/** - * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. - * @param a value to clip - * @param amin minimum value of the clip range - * @param amax maximum value of the clip range - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) -{ -#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 - if (amin > amax) abort(); -#endif - if (a < amin) return amin; - else if (a > amax) return amax; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. - * @param a value to clip - * @param amin minimum value of the clip range - * @param amax maximum value of the clip range - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax) -{ -#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 - if (amin > amax) abort(); -#endif - if (a < amin) return amin; - else if (a > amax) return amax; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. - * @param a value to clip - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) -{ - if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. - * @param a value to clip - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) -{ - if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. - * @param a value to clip - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) -{ - if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. - * @param a value to clip - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) -{ - if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. - * @param a value to clip - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) -{ - if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); - else return (int32_t)a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. - * @param a value to clip - * @param p bit position to clip at - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) -{ - if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) - return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); - else - return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. - * @param a value to clip - * @param p bit position to clip at - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) -{ - if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<= 2 - if (amin > amax) abort(); -#endif - if (a < amin) return amin; - else if (a > amax) return amax; - else return a; -} - -/** - * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. - * @param a value to clip - * @param amin minimum value of the clip range - * @param amax maximum value of the clip range - * @return clipped value - */ -static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax) -{ -#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 - if (amin > amax) abort(); -#endif - if (a < amin) return amin; - else if (a > amax) return amax; - else return a; -} - -/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). - * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) - * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) -{ - return av_log2((x - 1) << 1); -} - -/** - * Count number of bits set to one in x - * @param x value to count bits of - * @return the number of bits set to one in x - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) -{ - x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; - x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); - x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; - x += x >> 8; - return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; -} - -/** - * Count number of bits set to one in x - * @param x value to count bits of - * @return the number of bits set to one in x - */ -static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) -{ - return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); -} - -static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) -{ - return av_popcount(v) & 1; -} - -#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) -#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) - -/** - * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. - * - * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. - * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. - * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently - * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer - * input, this could be *ptr++. - * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, - * typically a goto statement. - * - * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which - * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an - * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order - * to prevent undefined results. - */ -#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\ - val= (GET_BYTE);\ - {\ - uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\ - if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\ - ERROR\ - while (val & top) {\ - int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\ - if(tmp>>6)\ - ERROR\ - val= (val<<6) + tmp;\ - top <<= 5;\ - }\ - val &= (top << 1) - 1;\ - } - -/** - * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. - * - * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. - * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted - * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. - * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, - * typically a goto statement. - */ -#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\ - val = GET_16BIT;\ - {\ - unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\ - if (hi < 0x800) {\ - val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\ - if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\ - ERROR\ - val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\ - }\ - }\ - -/** - * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) - * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long). - * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds - * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If - * val is given as a function it is executed only once. - * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It - * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be - * output by PUT_BYTE. - * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. - * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. - * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be - * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to - * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted - * Unicode character. - */ -#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\ - {\ - int bytes, shift;\ - uint32_t in = val;\ - if (in < 0x80) {\ - tmp = in;\ - PUT_BYTE\ - } else {\ - bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\ - shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\ - tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\ - PUT_BYTE\ - while (shift >= 6) {\ - shift -= 6;\ - tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\ - PUT_BYTE\ - }\ - }\ - } - -/** - * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) - * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). - * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds - * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If - * val is given as a function it is executed only once. - * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It - * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be - * output by PUT_16BIT. - * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination - * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp - * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" - * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. - */ -#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\ - {\ - uint32_t in = val;\ - if (in < 0x10000) {\ - tmp = in;\ - PUT_16BIT\ - } else {\ - tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\ - PUT_16BIT\ - tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\ - PUT_16BIT\ - }\ - }\ - - - -#include "mem.h" - -#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H -# include "internal.h" -#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ - -/* - * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard - * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h. - */ - -#ifndef av_ceil_log2 -# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip -# define av_clip av_clip_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip64 -# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_uint8 -# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_int8 -# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_uint16 -# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_int16 -# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clipl_int32 -# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_intp2 -# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 -# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c -#endif -#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 -# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c -#endif -#ifndef av_sat_add32 -# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c -#endif -#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 -# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c -#endif -#ifndef av_sat_sub32 -# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c -#endif -#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 -# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clipf -# define av_clipf av_clipf_c -#endif -#ifndef av_clipd -# define av_clipd av_clipd_c -#endif -#ifndef av_popcount -# define av_popcount av_popcount_c -#endif -#ifndef av_popcount64 -# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c -#endif -#ifndef av_parity -# define av_parity av_parity_c -#endif diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8bb9eb6..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/cpu.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H -#define AVUTIL_CPU_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" - -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ - - /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster - ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster - ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used - -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 - -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations -#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16) - -/** - * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. - * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used - * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to - * detect the enabled cpu flags. - */ -int av_get_cpu_flags(void); - -/** - * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. - * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. - */ -void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); - -/** - * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags(). - * This function is mainly useful for testing. - * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible - */ -attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask); - -/** - * Parse CPU flags from a string. - * - * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags. - * - * This function exists only for compatibility with libav. - * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible. - * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s); - -/** - * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that. - * - * @return negative on error. - */ -int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s); - -/** - * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. - */ -int av_cpu_count(void); - -/** - * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. - * - * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, - * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with - * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through - * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not - * present. - */ -size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 47e22b4..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/crc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_crc32 - * Public header for CRC hash function implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H -#define AVUTIL_CRC_H - -#include -#include -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation. - * - * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most - * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available - * polynomials. - * - * @{ - */ - -typedef uint32_t AVCRC; - -typedef enum { - AV_CRC_8_ATM, - AV_CRC_16_ANSI, - AV_CRC_16_CCITT, - AV_CRC_32_IEEE, - AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */ - AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */ - AV_CRC_24_IEEE, - AV_CRC_8_EBU, - AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */ -}AVCRCId; - -/** - * Initialize a CRC table. - * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024 - * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest - * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and - * actual CRC). - * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc - * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in - * most cases to e.g. bswap16): - * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits)) - * @param bits number of bits for the CRC - * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the - * representation as specified by le - * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes - * @return <0 on failure - */ -int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size); - -/** - * Get an initialized standard CRC table. - * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC - * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure - */ -const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id); - -/** - * Calculate the CRC of a block. - * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC - * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block - * - * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter - */ -uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc, - const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure; - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4cf11f5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/des.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - * DES encryption/decryption - * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H -#define AVUTIL_DES_H - -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_des DES - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -typedef struct AVDES { - uint64_t round_keys[3][16]; - int triple_des; -} AVDES; - -/** - * Allocate an AVDES context. - */ -AVDES *av_des_alloc(void); - -/** - * @brief Initializes an AVDES context. - * - * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192 - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption - * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise - */ -int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); - -/** - * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm. - * - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used, - * must be 8-byte aligned - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm. - * - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL - */ -void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h deleted file mode 100644 index 118f1f0..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/dict.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,200 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Public dictionary API. - * @deprecated - * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in - * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is - * extremely slow with large dictionaries. - * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h - * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H -#define AVUTIL_DICT_H - -#include - -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary - * @ingroup lavu_data - * - * @brief Simple key:value store - * - * @{ - * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create - * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to - * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever - * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. - * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all - * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary - * and all its contents. - * - @code - AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary - AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; - - av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry - - char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, - char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this - av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); - - while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { - <....> // iterate over all entries in d - } - av_dict_free(&d); - @endcode - */ - -#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ -#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key, - ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */ -#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been - allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ -#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been - allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ -#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. -#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no - delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ -#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ - -typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { - char *key; - char *value; -} AVDictionaryEntry; - -typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; - -/** - * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. - * - * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will - * cause undefined behavior. - * - * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key - * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. - * - * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. - * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. - * @param key matching key - * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved - * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary - */ -AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key, - const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags); - -/** - * Get number of entries in dictionary. - * - * @param m dictionary - * @return number of entries in dictionary - */ -int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m); - -/** - * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. - * - * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, - * these arguments will be freed on error. - * - * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries - * previously returned with av_dict_get. - * - * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL - * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. - * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags) - * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags). - * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted. - * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 - */ -int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags); - -/** - * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string - * and stores it. - * - * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. - */ -int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags); - -/** - * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. - * - * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in - * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. - * - * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * key from value - * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * two pairs from each other - * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. - * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL - * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always - * be duplicated. - * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str, - const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, - int flags); - -/** - * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. - * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, - * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst - * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct - * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst - * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag - * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated - * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. - */ -int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags); - -/** - * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct - * and all keys and values. - */ -void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m); - -/** - * Get dictionary entries as a string. - * - * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. - * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). - * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). - * - * @param[in] m dictionary - * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries. - * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. - * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value - * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other - * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error - * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. - */ -int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer, - const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h deleted file mode 100644 index 515adad..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/display.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Display matrix - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H -#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H - -#include -#include "common.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video_display - * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that - * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible - * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format. - * - * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array: - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * | a b u | - * (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v | - * | x y w | - * @endcode - * - * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values, - * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values. - * - * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation) - * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as - * follows: - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * | a b u | - * (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1) - * | x y w | - * @endcode - * - * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as - * follows: - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z; - * q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z; - * z = u * p + v * q + w - * @endcode - */ - -/** - * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix. - * - * @param matrix the transformation matrix - * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame - * counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0], - * or NaN if the matrix is singular. - * - * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are - * recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use. - */ -double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]); - -/** - * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure counterclockwise - * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees). - * - * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten - * by this function) - * @param angle rotation angle in degrees. - */ -void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle); - -/** - * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically. - * - * @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix - * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally - * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically - */ -void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h deleted file mode 100644 index 221cf5b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H -#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H - -#include "frame.h" - -/** - * @file - * audio downmix medatata - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_audio - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Possible downmix types. - */ -enum AVDownmixType { - AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */ - AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO, /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */ - AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */ - AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII, /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */ - AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */ -}; - -/** - * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. - * - * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio - * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise. - */ -typedef struct AVDownmixInfo { - /** - * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer. - */ - enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type; - - /** - * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center - * channel during a regular downmix. - */ - double center_mix_level; - - /** - * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center - * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. - */ - double center_mix_level_ltrt; - - /** - * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround - * channels during a regular downmix. - */ - double surround_mix_level; - - /** - * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround - * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix. - */ - double surround_mix_level_ltrt; - - /** - * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is - * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing. - */ - double lfe_mix_level; -} AVDownmixInfo; - -/** - * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing. - * - * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame. - * - * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created - * - * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if - * the structure cannot be allocated. - */ -AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8fe7ebf..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -/** - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H -#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H - -#include -#include - -typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo { - /** The number of bytes that are clear. */ - unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data; - - /** - * The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption, - * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern - * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted. - */ - unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data; -} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo; - -/** - * This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific - * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder. - * - * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo { - /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */ - uint32_t scheme; - - /** - * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks - * that are encrypted. - */ - uint32_t crypt_byte_block; - - /** - * Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks - * that are clear. - */ - uint32_t skip_byte_block; - - /** - * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be - * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future. - */ - uint8_t *key_id; - uint32_t key_id_size; - - /** - * The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the - * correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be - * changed in the future. - */ - uint8_t *iv; - uint32_t iv_size; - - /** - * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample - * are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is - * encrypted. - */ - AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples; - uint32_t subsample_count; -} AVEncryptionInfo; - -/** - * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system. - * - * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo { - /** - * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it - * is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the - * future. - */ - uint8_t* system_id; - uint32_t system_id_size; - - /** - * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the - * same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs. - */ - uint8_t** key_ids; - /** The number of key IDs. */ - uint32_t num_key_ids; - /** - * The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may - * change in the future. - */ - uint32_t key_id_size; - - /** - * Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly - * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This - * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there - * will be at least one key ID. - */ - uint8_t* data; - uint32_t data_size; - - /** - * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list. - */ - struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next; -} AVEncryptionInitInfo; - -/** - * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given - * number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV, - * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest. - * - * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples. - * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16. - * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16. - * - * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. - */ -AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size); - -/** - * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data. - * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. - */ -AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info); - -/** - * Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the - * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. - */ -void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info); - -/** - * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side - * data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free() - * when done. - * - * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error. - */ -AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size); - -/** - * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption - * info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given - * to av_packet_add_side_data(). - * - * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. - */ -uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data( - const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); - - -/** - * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the - * given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields. - * - * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. - */ -AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc( - uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size); - -/** - * Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free - * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods. - */ -void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info); - -/** - * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given - * side data. The resulting object should be passed to - * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done. - * - * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error. - */ -AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data( - const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size); - -/** - * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption - * init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or - * given to av_packet_add_side_data(). - * - * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL. - */ -uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data( - const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h deleted file mode 100644 index 71df4da..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/error.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * error code definitions - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H -#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H - -#include -#include - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_error - * - * @{ - */ - - -/* error handling */ -#if EDOM > 0 -#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions. -#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value. -#else -/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ -#define AVERROR(e) (e) -#define AVUNERROR(e) (e) -#endif - -#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) - -#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found -#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 -#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small -#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found -#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found -#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found -#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file -#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted -#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library -#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found -#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input -#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found -#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found -#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome -#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found - -#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found -/** - * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG - * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value. - */ -#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ') -#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library -#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. -#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) -#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) -/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ -#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0') -#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1') -#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3') -#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4') -#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X') -#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X') - -#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 - -/** - * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. - * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the - * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic - * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. - * - * @param errnum error code to describe - * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written - * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf - * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum - * cannot be found - */ -int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); - -/** - * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string - * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. - * - * @param errbuf a buffer - * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf - * @param errnum error code to describe - * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description - * @see av_strerror() - */ -static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum) -{ - av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); - return errbuf; -} - -/** - * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in - * function arguments but never stand-alone. - */ -#define av_err2str(errnum) \ - av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h deleted file mode 100644 index dacd22b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/eval.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * simple arithmetic expression evaluator - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H -#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H - -#include "avutil.h" - -typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr; - -/** - * Parse and evaluate an expression. - * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval(). - * - * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of - * the expression, or NAN in case of error - * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" - * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} - * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names - * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers - * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument - * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers - * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments - * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 - * @param log_ctx parent logging context - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s, - const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values, - const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), - const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), - void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Parse an expression. - * - * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed - * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise. - * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user - * when it is not needed anymore. - * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)" - * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0} - * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers - * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument - * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers - * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments - * @param log_ctx parent logging context - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s, - const char * const *const_names, - const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double), - const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double), - int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Evaluate a previously parsed expression. - * - * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names - * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2 - * @return the value of the expression - */ -double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque); - -/** - * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse(). - */ -void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e); - -/** - * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If - * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain - * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a - * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case, - * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value - * of numstr. - * - * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of - * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M', - * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used - * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by - * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This - * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix. - * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next - * after the last parsed character - */ -double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h deleted file mode 100644 index e5c2702..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ffversion.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */ -#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H -#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H -#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.2.2" -#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc7bc6f..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/fifo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H -#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H - -#include -#include "avutil.h" -#include "attributes.h" - -typedef struct AVFifoBuffer { - uint8_t *buffer; - uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end; - uint32_t rndx, wndx; -} AVFifoBuffer; - -/** - * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. - * @param size of FIFO - * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure - */ -AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size); - -/** - * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer. - * @param nmemb number of elements - * @param size size of the single element - * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure - */ -AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); - -/** - * Free an AVFifoBuffer. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free - */ -void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f); - -/** - * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free - */ -void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f); - -/** - * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset - */ -void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f); - -/** - * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the - * amount of data you can read from it. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from - * @return size - */ -int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f); - -/** - * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the - * amount of data you can write into it. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into - * @return size - */ -int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f); - -/** - * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. - * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from - * @param offset offset from current read position - * @param buf_size number of bytes to read - * @param func generic read function - * @param dest data destination - */ -int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); - -/** - * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. - * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from - * @param buf_size number of bytes to read - * @param func generic read function - * @param dest data destination - */ -int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); - -/** - * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from - * @param buf_size number of bytes to read - * @param func generic read function - * @param dest data destination - */ -int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int)); - -/** - * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to - * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a - * modifiable context by the function defined in func - * @param size number of bytes to write - * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src, - * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size. - * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to - * indicate no more data available to write. - * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data. - * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO - */ -int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int)); - -/** - * Resize an AVFifoBuffer. - * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. - * - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize - * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes - * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise - */ -int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size); - -/** - * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer. - * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged. - * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size. - * - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize - * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size() - * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise - */ -int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space); - -/** - * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer. - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from - * @param size amount of data to read in bytes - */ -void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size); - -/** - * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset. - * The FIFO buffer is not modified. - * - * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL - * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less - * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will - * point outside to the buffer data. - * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size(). - */ -static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs) -{ - uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs; - if (ptr >= f->end) - ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end); - else if (ptr < f->buffer) - ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr); - return ptr; -} - -#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3ef4a60..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/file.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H -#define AVUTIL_FILE_H - -#include - -#include "avutil.h" - -/** - * @file - * Misc file utilities. - */ - -/** - * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly - * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available. - * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and - * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr. - * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this - * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0. - * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap(). - * - * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging - * @param log_ctx context used for logging - * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value - * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size, - int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map(). - * - * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned - * by av_file_map() - */ -void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size); - -/** - * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw. - * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible. - * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally. - * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code on error) - * and opened file name in **filename. - * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before - * calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in - * libraries and could interfere with the calling application. - * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms - */ -int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d3231e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/frame.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,971 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_frame - * reference-counted frame API - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H -#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H - -#include -#include - -#include "avutil.h" -#include "buffer.h" -#include "dict.h" -#include "rational.h" -#include "samplefmt.h" -#include "pixfmt.h" -#include "version.h" - - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame - * @ingroup lavu_data - * - * @{ - * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. - */ - -enum AVFrameSideDataType { - /** - * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, - /** - * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. - * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. - * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, - /** - * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. - * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, - /** - * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, - /** - * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. - * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, - /** - * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, - /** - * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine - * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct - * presentation. - * - * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, - /** - * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified - * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, - /** - * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs - * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). - * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in - * libavutil/motion_vector.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, - /** - * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported - * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. - * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. - * @code - * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet - * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet - * u8 reason for start skip - * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) - * @endcode - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, - /** - * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to - * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, - /** - * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is - * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the - * mastering display color volume. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, - /** - * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. - * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, - - /** - * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in - * libavutil/spherical.h. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, - - /** - * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in - * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, - - /** - * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the - * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the - * metadata key entry "name". - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, - -#if FF_API_FRAME_QP - /** - * Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA. - * The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use - * av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a - * meaningful way instead. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES, - - /** - * Raw QP table data. Its format is described by - * AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and - * av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA, -#endif - - /** - * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t - * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used. - * The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() - * function in libavutil/timecode.c. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, - - /** - * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is - * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color - * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, - - /** - * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of - * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. - */ - AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, -}; - -enum AVActiveFormatDescription { - AV_AFD_SAME = 8, - AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, - AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, - AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, - AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, - AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, - AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, -}; - - -/** - * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. - * - * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added - * to the end with a minor bump. - */ -typedef struct AVFrameSideData { - enum AVFrameSideDataType type; - uint8_t *data; - int size; - AVDictionary *metadata; - AVBufferRef *buf; -} AVFrameSideData; - -/** - * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. - * - * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they - * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only - * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have - * to truncate the list. - * - * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given - * area of the frame applies. - */ -typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { - /** - * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, - * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). - */ - uint32_t self_size; - /** - * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and - * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and - * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. - * - * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region - * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other - * reasons. - */ - int top; - int bottom; - int left; - int right; - /** - * Quantisation offset. - * - * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality - * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), - * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). - * - * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the - * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the - * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region - * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate - * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. - * - * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between - * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that - * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full - * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame - * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP - * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). - * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be - * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of - * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. - */ - AVRational qoffset; -} AVRegionOfInterest; - -/** - * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. - * - * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only - * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed - * through other means (see below). - * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). - * - * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold - * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a - * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by - * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it - * is reused again. - * - * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the - * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / - * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at - * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, - * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in - * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. - * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for - * each plane, or anything in between. - * - * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added - * to the end with a minor bump. - * - * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the - * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass - * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() - */ -typedef struct AVFrame { -#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 - /** - * pointer to the picture/channel planes. - * This might be different from the first allocated byte - * - * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please - * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read - * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, - * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. - * - * NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format - * MUST be set to NULL. - */ - uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; - - /** - * For video, size in bytes of each picture line. - * For audio, size in bytes of each plane. - * - * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel - * plane must be the same size. - * - * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment - * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. - * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without - * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. - * - * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there - * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. - */ - int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; - - /** - * pointers to the data planes/channels. - * - * For video, this should simply point to data[]. - * - * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and - * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. - * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] - * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. - * - * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, - * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, - * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. - */ - uint8_t **extended_data; - - /** - * @name Video dimensions - * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, - * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. - * - * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further - * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". - * @{ - */ - int width, height; - /** - * @} - */ - - /** - * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame - */ - int nb_samples; - - /** - * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset - * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, - * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) - */ - int format; - - /** - * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not - */ - int key_frame; - - /** - * Picture type of the frame. - */ - enum AVPictureType pict_type; - - /** - * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. - */ - AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; - - /** - * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user). - */ - int64_t pts; - -#if FF_API_PKT_PTS - /** - * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame. - * @deprecated use the pts field instead - */ - attribute_deprecated - int64_t pkt_pts; -#endif - - /** - * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used) - * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from - * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. - */ - int64_t pkt_dts; - - /** - * picture number in bitstream order - */ - int coded_picture_number; - /** - * picture number in display order - */ - int display_picture_number; - - /** - * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) - */ - int quality; - - /** - * for some private data of the user - */ - void *opaque; - -#if FF_API_ERROR_FRAME - /** - * @deprecated unused - */ - attribute_deprecated - uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; -#endif - - /** - * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. - * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) - */ - int repeat_pict; - - /** - * The content of the picture is interlaced. - */ - int interlaced_frame; - - /** - * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. - */ - int top_field_first; - - /** - * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. - */ - int palette_has_changed; - - /** - * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float - * PTS but can be anything). - * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at - * that time, - * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque - * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque - */ - int64_t reordered_opaque; - - /** - * Sample rate of the audio data. - */ - int sample_rate; - - /** - * Channel layout of the audio data. - */ - uint64_t channel_layout; - - /** - * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of - * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted. This array - * must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is non-NULL then buf[j] must - * also be non-NULL for all j < i. - * - * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array - * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than - * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in - * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the - * extended_buf array. - */ - AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; - - /** - * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS - * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which - * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. - * - * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always - * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, - * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. - * - * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs - * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). - */ - AVBufferRef **extended_buf; - /** - * Number of elements in extended_buf. - */ - int nb_extended_buf; - - AVFrameSideData **side_data; - int nb_side_data; - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS - * @ingroup lavu_frame - * Flags describing additional frame properties. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. - */ -#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) -/** - * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. - */ -#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) -/** - * @} - */ - - /** - * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags - */ - int flags; - - /** - * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorRange color_range; - - enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; - - enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; - - /** - * YUV colorspace type. - * - encoding: Set by user - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec - */ - enum AVColorSpace colorspace; - - enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; - - /** - * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. - */ - int64_t best_effort_timestamp; - - /** - * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Read by user. - */ - int64_t pkt_pos; - - /** - * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in - * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Read by user. - */ - int64_t pkt_duration; - - /** - * metadata. - * - encoding: Set by user. - * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. - */ - AVDictionary *metadata; - - /** - * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of - * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there - * were errors during the decoding. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. - */ - int decode_error_flags; -#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 -#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 -#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 -#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 - - /** - * number of audio channels, only used for audio. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: Read by user. - */ - int channels; - - /** - * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed - * frame. - * It is set to a negative value if unknown. - * - encoding: unused - * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. - */ - int pkt_size; - -#if FF_API_FRAME_QP - /** - * QP table - */ - attribute_deprecated - int8_t *qscale_table; - /** - * QP store stride - */ - attribute_deprecated - int qstride; - - attribute_deprecated - int qscale_type; - - attribute_deprecated - AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf; -#endif - /** - * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the - * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. - */ - AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx; - - /** - * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the - * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when - * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new - * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. - * - * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar - * purpose. - */ - AVBufferRef *opaque_ref; - - /** - * @anchor cropping - * @name Cropping - * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the - * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of - * the frame intended for presentation. - * @{ - */ - size_t crop_top; - size_t crop_bottom; - size_t crop_left; - size_t crop_right; - /** - * @} - */ - - /** - * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. - * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. - * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. - * - * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref. - * - * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. - * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() - * for the target frame's private_ref field. - */ - AVBufferRef *private_ref; -} AVFrame; - -#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET -/** - * Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI - * compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore. - */ -attribute_deprecated -int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); -attribute_deprecated -int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); -attribute_deprecated -int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); -attribute_deprecated -int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val); -attribute_deprecated -int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val); -attribute_deprecated -int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val); -attribute_deprecated -AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val); -attribute_deprecated -int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val); -attribute_deprecated -int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val); -#if FF_API_FRAME_QP -attribute_deprecated -int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type); -attribute_deprecated -int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type); -#endif -attribute_deprecated -enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val); -attribute_deprecated -enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame); -attribute_deprecated -void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val); -#endif - -/** - * Get the name of a colorspace. - * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. - */ -const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); - -/** - * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting - * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). - * - * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. - * - * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those - * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or - * manually. - */ -AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void); - -/** - * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, - * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be - * unreferenced first. - * - * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. - */ -void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame); - -/** - * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. - * - * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each - * AVBufferRef from src. - * - * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is - * copied. - * - * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), - * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this - * function, or undefined behavior will occur. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error - */ -int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); - -/** - * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. - * - * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). - * - * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. - */ -AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src); - -/** - * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. - */ -void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. - * - * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading - * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually - * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. - */ -void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src); - -/** - * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. - * - * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: - * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) - * - width and height for video - * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio - * - * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if - * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. - * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. - * - * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will - * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain - * cases. - * - * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. - * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be - * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly - * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. - */ -int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align); - -/** - * Check if the frame data is writable. - * - * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and - * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one - * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. - * - * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any - * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). - * - * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() - */ -int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. - * - * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data - * if it is not. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. - * - * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), - * av_buffer_make_writable() - */ -int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Copy the frame data from src to dst. - * - * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and - * allocated with the same parameters as src. - * - * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / - * extended data arrays), not any other properties. - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. - */ -int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); - -/** - * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. - * - * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect - * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample - * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. - * Side data is also copied. - */ -int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src); - -/** - * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. - * - * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. - * - * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input - * frame is not valid. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane); - -/** - * Add a new side data to a frame. - * - * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added - * @param type type of the added side data - * @param size size of the side data - * - * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error - */ -AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame, - enum AVFrameSideDataType type, - int size); - -/** - * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef - * - * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added - * @param type the type of the added side data - * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of - * the reference is transferred to the frame. - * - * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure - * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by - * the caller. - */ -AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame, - enum AVFrameSideDataType type, - AVBufferRef *buf); - -/** - * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there - * is no side data with such type in this frame. - */ -AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame, - enum AVFrameSideDataType type); - -/** - * If side data of the supplied type exists in the frame, free it and remove it - * from the frame. - */ -void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); - - -/** - * Flags for frame cropping. - */ -enum { - /** - * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the - * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data - * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior - * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that - * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you - * absolutely know what you are doing. - */ - AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, -}; - -/** - * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ - * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the - * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. - * - * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent - * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel - * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even - * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. - * - * @param frame the frame which should be cropped - * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. - * - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields - * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. - */ -int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags); - -/** - * @return a string identifying the side data type - */ -const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7693e6b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hash.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic - * Generic hashing API - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H -#define AVUTIL_HASH_H - -#include - -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * Hash functions useful in multimedia. - * - * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and - * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient - * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for - * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications. - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API - * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil. - * - * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash - * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic, - * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil. - * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash - * "individual hash" directly. - * - * @section Sample Code - * - * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows: - * - * @code - * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL; - * const char *hash_name = NULL; - * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL; - * - * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names() - * hash_name = ...; - * - * // Allocate a hash context - * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name); - * if (ret < 0) - * return ret; - * - * // Initialize the hash context - * av_hash_init(ctx); - * - * // Update the hash context with data - * while (data_left) { - * av_hash_update(ctx, data, size); - * } - * - * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the - * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can - * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just - * // av_malloc(). - * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx)); - * if (!output_buf) - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * - * // Finalize the hash context. - * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other - * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation - * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra - * // memory needed. - * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer); - * - * // Free the context - * av_hash_freep(&ctx); - * @endcode - * - * @section Hash Function-Specific Information - * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be - * used. - * - * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref - * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @example ffhash.c - * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more - * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation, - * initialization, updating, and finalizing. - */ - -struct AVHashContext; - -/** - * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name. - * - * @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure - * - * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must - * call av_hash_init() to do so. - */ -int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name); - -/** - * Get the names of available hash algorithms. - * - * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms. - * - * @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0 - * @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range - */ -const char *av_hash_names(int i); - -/** - * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context. - */ -const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); - -/** - * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return. - * - * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for - * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to - * libavutil without recompilation. - * - * @warning - * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing - * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from - * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with - * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are - * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation. - */ -#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64 - -/** - * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes. - * - * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro - * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. - * - * @param[in] ctx Hash context - * @return Size of the hash value in bytes - */ -int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx); - -/** - * Initialize or reset a hash context. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - */ -void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx); - -/** - * Update a hash context with additional data. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - * @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context - * @param[in] len Size of the additional data - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); -#else -void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value. - * - * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or - * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged. - * - * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already - * been finalized. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored - * - * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API - */ -void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst); - -/** - * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer. - * - * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already - * been finalized. - * - * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the - * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored - * @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst` - */ -void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); - -/** - * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the - * actual hash value as a string. - * - * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already - * been finalized. - * - * The string is always 0-terminated. - * - * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the - * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - * @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored - * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` - */ -void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); - -/** - * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the - * actual hash value as a string. - * - * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already - * been finalized. - * - * The string is always 0-terminated. - * - * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is - * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context - * @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored - * @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst` - */ -void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size); - -/** - * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`. - * - * @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context - */ -void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2d72de5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,343 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H -#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H - -#include "frame.h" -#include "rational.h" - -/** - * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image. - */ -enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption { - AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0, - AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1, -}; - -/** - * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in - * a distribution. - */ -typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile { - /** - * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized - * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in - * the range of 0 to100, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t percentage; - - /** - * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing - * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive - * and in multiples of 0.00001. - */ - AVRational percentile; -} AVHDRPlusPercentile; - -/** - * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for - * SMPTE 2094-40. - */ -typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams { - /** - * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and - * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds - * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for - * first processing window shall be 0. - */ - AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x; - - /** - * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and - * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds - * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for - * first processing window shall be 0. - */ - AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y; - - /** - * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and - * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds - * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for - * first processing window shall be 1. - */ - AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x; - - /** - * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and - * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds - * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for - * first processing window shall be 1. - */ - AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y; - - /** - * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and - * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1), - * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. - */ - uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x; - - /** - * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and - * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing - * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1), - * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. - */ - uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y; - - /** - * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the - * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external - * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The - * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1. - */ - uint8_t rotation_angle; - - /** - * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel - * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be - * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. - */ - uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse; - - /** - * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel - * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value - * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current - * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535, - * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. - */ - uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse; - - /** - * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel - * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be - * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel. - */ - uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse; - - /** - * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining - * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one - * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors - * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value. - */ - enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option; - - /** - * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the - * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to - * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and - * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively. - */ - AVRational maxscl[3]; - - /** - * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the - * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in - * multiples of 0.00001. - */ - AVRational average_maxrgb; - - /** - * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the - * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15. - */ - uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles; - - /** - * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the - * processing window in the scene. - */ - AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15]; - - /** - * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest - * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive - * and in multiples of 0.001. - */ - AVRational fraction_bright_pixels; - - /** - * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in - * the processing window is present (for value of 1). - */ - uint8_t tone_mapping_flag; - - /** - * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the - * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range - * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. - */ - AVRational knee_point_x; - - /** - * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the - * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range - * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095. - */ - AVRational knee_point_y; - - /** - * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping - * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15. - */ - uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors; - - /** - * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the - * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 - * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023. - */ - AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15]; - - /** - * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of - * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use. - */ - uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag; - - /** - * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The - * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of - * 1/8. The default value shall be 1. - */ - AVRational color_saturation_weight; -} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams; - -/** - * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform - - * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. - * - * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the - * appropriate type. - * - * @note The struct should be allocated with - * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of - * the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus { - /** - * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5. - */ - uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code; - - /** - * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094 - * suite. The value shall be set to 0. - */ - uint8_t application_version; - - /** - * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range - * of 1 to 3, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t num_windows; - - /** - * The color transform parameters for every processing window. - */ - AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3]; - - /** - * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display, - * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in - * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive. - */ - AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance; - - /** - * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version - * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. - */ - uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; - - /** - * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance - * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; - - /** - * The number of columns in the - * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be - * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance; - - /** - * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The - * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of - * 1/15. - */ - AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; - - /** - * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of - * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use. - */ - uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag; - - /** - * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array. - * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; - - /** - * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance - * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive. - */ - uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance; - - /** - * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for - * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1, - * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15. - */ - AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25]; -} AVDynamicHDRPlus; - -/** - * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to - * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). - * - * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size); - -/** - * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame. - * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. - * - * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h deleted file mode 100644 index 412e950..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hmac.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H -#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H - -#include - -#include "version.h" -/** - * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -enum AVHMACType { - AV_HMAC_MD5, - AV_HMAC_SHA1, - AV_HMAC_SHA224, - AV_HMAC_SHA256, - AV_HMAC_SHA384, - AV_HMAC_SHA512, -}; - -typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC; - -/** - * Allocate an AVHMAC context. - * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC. - */ -AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type); - -/** - * Free an AVHMAC context. - * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL - */ -void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx); - -/** - * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key. - * @param ctx The HMAC context - * @param key The authentication key - * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes - */ -void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen); - -/** - * Hash data with the HMAC. - * @param ctx The HMAC context - * @param data The data to hash - * @param len The length of the data, in bytes - */ -void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); - -/** - * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest. - * @param ctx The HMAC context - * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into - * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes - * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. - */ -int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); - -/** - * Hash an array of data with a key. - * @param ctx The HMAC context - * @param data The data to hash - * @param len The length of the data, in bytes - * @param key The authentication key - * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes - * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into - * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes - * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code. - */ -int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len, - const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen, - uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h deleted file mode 100644 index f5a4b62..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H - -#include "buffer.h" -#include "frame.h" -#include "log.h" -#include "pixfmt.h" - -enum AVHWDeviceType { - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, - AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, -}; - -typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; - -/** - * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, - * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. - * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, - * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding - * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be - * derived. - * - * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The - * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field - * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from - * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with - * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the - * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, - * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware - * state. - */ -typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { - /** - * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - - /** - * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any - * way by the caller. - */ - AVHWDeviceInternal *internal; - - /** - * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. - * - * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed - * afterwards. - */ - enum AVHWDeviceType type; - - /** - * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with - * this context. - * - * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the - * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the - * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). - * - * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified - * by the caller. - */ - void *hwctx; - - /** - * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). - * - * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to - * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. - * - * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this - * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects - * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. - */ - void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx); - - /** - * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. - */ - void *user_opaque; -} AVHWDeviceContext; - -typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; - -/** - * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with - * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are - * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. - * - * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a - * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor - * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext - * struct. - */ -typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { - /** - * A class for logging. - */ - const AVClass *av_class; - - /** - * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any - * way by the caller. - */ - AVHWFramesInternal *internal; - - /** - * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and - * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive - * additional references from it. - */ - AVBufferRef *device_ref; - - /** - * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to - * device_ref->data provided for convenience. - * - * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - */ - AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx; - - /** - * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with - * this context. - * - * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the - * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the - * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - * - * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this - * struct should not be modified by the caller. - */ - void *hwctx; - - /** - * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - * - * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to - * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. - */ - void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx); - - /** - * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. - */ - void *user_opaque; - - /** - * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). - * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must - * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw - * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before - * this struct's free() callback is invoked. - * - * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool - * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at - * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a - * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. - */ - AVBufferPool *pool; - - /** - * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support - * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. - * - * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be - * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. - */ - int initial_pool_size; - - /** - * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. - * - * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the - * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. - * - * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - */ - enum AVPixelFormat format; - - /** - * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware - * frames. - * - * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - * - * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but - * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully - * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be - * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). - */ - enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; - - /** - * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. - * - * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). - */ - int width, height; -} AVHWFramesContext; - -/** - * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. - * - * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). - * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if - * not found. - */ -enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name); - -/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. - * - * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. - * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type - * is not valid. - */ -const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); - -/** - * Iterate over supported device types. - * - * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type - * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. - * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or - * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. - */ -enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); - -/** - * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. - * - * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. - * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); - -/** - * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after - * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is - * used in any way. - * - * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); - -/** - * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. - * - * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers - * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device - * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using - * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). - * - * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller - * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of - * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be - * touched by the caller. - * - * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context - * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller - * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer - * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. - * @param type The type of the device to create. - * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. - * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in - * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. - * @param flags currently unused - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, - const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags); - -/** - * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. - * - * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally - * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate - * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the - * existing device of the same type as is requested. - * - * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source - * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will - * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in - * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. - * - * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created - * AVHWDeviceContext. - * @param type The type of the new device to create. - * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be - * used to create the new device. - * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. - * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx, - enum AVHWDeviceType type, - AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags); - - -/** - * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. - * - * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make - * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the - * function remains owned by the caller. - * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); - -/** - * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the - * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached - * to any frames. - * - * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref); - -/** - * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. - * - * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext - * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with - * newly allocated buffers. - * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags); - -/** - * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an - * AVHWFramesContext attached. - * - * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) - * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, - * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). - * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one - * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, - * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) - * - * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the - * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). - * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when - * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. - * - * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to - * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support - * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions - * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but - * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are - * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the - * destination frame is unspecified. - * - * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. - * @param src the source frame. - * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. - */ -int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); - -enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { - /** - * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, - - /** - * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, -}; - -/** - * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in - * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). - * - * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for - * @param dir the direction of the transfer - * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. - * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed - * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). - * If this function returns successfully, the format list will - * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). - * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. - * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, - enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, - enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags); - - -/** - * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to - * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned - * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by - * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. - */ -typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { - /** - * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, - * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats; - - /** - * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, - * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is - * not known. - */ - enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats; - - /** - * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. - * (Zero if not known.) - */ - int min_width; - int min_height; - - /** - * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. - * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) - */ - int max_width; - int max_height; -} AVHWFramesConstraints; - -/** - * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. - * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific - * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with - * av_free(). - * - * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. - * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on - * success or NULL on failure. - */ -void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx); - -/** - * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific - * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific - * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities - * of the device. - * - * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. - * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL - * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. - * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints - * on the device, or NULL if not available. - */ -AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref, - const void *hwconfig); - -/** - * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. - * - * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. - */ -void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints); - - -/** - * Flags to apply to frame mappings. - */ -enum { - /** - * The mapping must be readable. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, - /** - * The mapping must be writeable. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, - /** - * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent - * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values - * which are not overwritten are unspecified. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, - /** - * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in - * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may - * be much lower than normal memory. - */ - AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, -}; - -/** - * Map a hardware frame. - * - * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format - * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable - * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created - * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and - * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. - * - * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, - * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to - * the frame that src was originally mapped from. - * - * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function - * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and - * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be - * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - - * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to - * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. - * - * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is - * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. - * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst - * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is - * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate - * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). - * - * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not - * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return - * values indicate that it failed somehow. - * - * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. - * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. - * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. - * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags); - - -/** - * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing - * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. - * - * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. - * - * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created - * AVHWFramesContext. - * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new - * AVHWFramesContext on. - * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext - * which will be mapped to the derived context. - * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the - * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated - * in the derived device. - * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. - */ -int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx, - enum AVPixelFormat format, - AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx, - AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx, - int flags); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h deleted file mode 100644 index 81a0552..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H - -#ifndef CUDA_VERSION -#include -#endif - -#include "pixfmt.h" - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA. - * - * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return - * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr. - */ - -typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal; - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext { - CUcontext cuda_ctx; - CUstream stream; - AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal; -} AVCUDADeviceContext; - -/** - * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f91e9b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA. - * - * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is - * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate - * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture. - * - * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to - * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for - * this format. Refer to MSDN for details. - * - * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug" - * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation - * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers. - */ - -#include -#include - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext { - /** - * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to - * set the libavcodec decoding device. - * - * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other - * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience. - * - * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, - * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. - */ - ID3D11Device *device; - - /** - * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. - * - * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, - * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. - */ - ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context; - - /** - * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init. - * - * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, - * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. - */ - ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device; - - /** - * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init. - * - * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface, - * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. - */ - ID3D11VideoContext *video_context; - - /** - * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and - * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging - * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect - * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general. - * - * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an - * internal mutex. - * - * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the - * locking implementation. - */ - void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx); - void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx); - void *lock_ctx; -} AVD3D11VADeviceContext; - -/** - * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation. - * - * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs - * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the - * planes of the frame. - * - * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not - * necessarily point to an instance of this struct. - */ -typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor { - /** - * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is - * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release - * the interface. - * - * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0]. - */ - ID3D11Texture2D *texture; - - /** - * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0 - * if the texture is not an array texture. - * - * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t). - */ - intptr_t index; -} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor; - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext { - /** - * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL - * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array - * texture if initial_pool_size > 0. - * - * The only situation when the API user should set this is: - * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting - * AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext - * allocate the pool - * - of an array texture - * - and wants it to use it for decoding - * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init() - * - * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface, - * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated. - * - * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which - * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView - * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization. - */ - ID3D11Texture2D *texture; - - /** - * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must - * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for - * video decoding. - * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. - */ - UINT BindFlags; - - /** - * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation. - * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided. - */ - UINT MiscFlags; -} AVD3D11VAFramesContext; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h deleted file mode 100644 index 42709f2..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H - -#include -#include - -/** - * @file - * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM. - * - * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames - * must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always - * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is - * added in future. - */ - -enum { - /** - * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame. - */ - AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4 -}; - -/** - * DRM object descriptor. - * - * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file - * descriptor. - */ -typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor { - /** - * DRM PRIME fd for the object. - */ - int fd; - /** - * Total size of the object. - * - * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.) - */ - size_t size; - /** - * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*). - * - * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to - * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID. - */ - uint64_t format_modifier; -} AVDRMObjectDescriptor; - -/** - * DRM plane descriptor. - * - * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within - * a single object. - */ -typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor { - /** - * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects - * array of the enclosing frame descriptor. - */ - int object_index; - /** - * Offset within that object of this plane. - */ - ptrdiff_t offset; - /** - * Pitch (linesize) of this plane. - */ - ptrdiff_t pitch; -} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor; - -/** - * DRM layer descriptor. - * - * Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure - * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes. - */ -typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor { - /** - * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*). - */ - uint32_t format; - /** - * Number of planes in the layer. - * - * This must match the number of planes required by format. - */ - int nb_planes; - /** - * Array of planes in this layer. - */ - AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; -} AVDRMLayerDescriptor; - -/** - * DRM frame descriptor. - * - * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames. - * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in - * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain - * an object of this type. - * - * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be - * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import - * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions. - * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between - * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able - * to import it.) - * - * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and - * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by - * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would - * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format. - */ -typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor { - /** - * Number of DRM objects making up this frame. - */ - int nb_objects; - /** - * Array of objects making up the frame. - */ - AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; - /** - * Number of layers in the frame. - */ - int nb_layers; - /** - * Array of layers in the frame. - */ - AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES]; -} AVDRMFrameDescriptor; - -/** - * DRM device. - * - * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx. - */ -typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext { - /** - * File descriptor of DRM device. - * - * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be - * used in some derivation and mapping operations. - * - * If no device is required, set to -1. - */ - int fd; -} AVDRMDeviceContext; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h deleted file mode 100644 index e1b79bc..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2. - * - * Only fixed-size pools are supported. - * - * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs - * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9. - */ - -#include -#include - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext { - IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr; -} AVDXVA2DeviceContext; - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext { - /** - * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or - * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller. - */ - DWORD surface_type; - - /** - * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller, - * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by - * libavutil. - */ - IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces; - int nb_surfaces; - - /** - * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces. - * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this - * field is provided. - * - * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on - * it just before the internal surface pool is freed. - * - * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the - * decoder reference. - */ - IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release; -} AVDXVA2FramesContext; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h deleted file mode 100644 index 101a980..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H - -/** - * MediaCodec details. - * - * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext { - /** - * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user. - * - * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device. - */ - void *surface; -} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b98d611..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV. - * - * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must - * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct. - */ - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext { - mfxSession session; -} AVQSVDeviceContext; - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext { - mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces; - int nb_surfaces; - - /** - * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool. - */ - int frame_type; -} AVQSVFramesContext; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */ - diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0b2e071..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. - * - * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render - * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an - * argument to vaCreateContext(). - * - * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs - * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. - */ - -enum { - /** - * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected - * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). - */ - AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), - /** - * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by - * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them - * separately afterwards. - */ - AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), - - /** - * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, - * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. - */ - AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), - - /** - * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. - * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, - * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. - */ - AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), -}; - -/** - * VAAPI connection details. - * - * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { - /** - * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. - */ - VADisplay display; - /** - * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), - * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the - * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user - * may need to refer to this field when performing any later - * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. - */ - unsigned int driver_quirks; -} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; - -/** - * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. - * - * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. - */ -typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { - /** - * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in - * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. - */ - VASurfaceAttrib *attributes; - int nb_attributes; - /** - * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. - * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. - * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to - * vaCreateContext(). - */ - VASurfaceID *surface_ids; - int nb_surfaces; -} AVVAAPIFramesContext; - -/** - * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. - * - * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). - */ -typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { - /** - * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. - */ - VAConfigID config_id; -} AVVAAPIHWConfig; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b7ea1e..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU. - * - * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return - * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface. - */ - -/** - * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx - */ -typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext { - VdpDevice device; - VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address; -} AVVDPAUDeviceContext; - -/** - * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index 380918d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H -#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H - -#include - -#include - -#include "pixfmt.h" - -/** - * @file - * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX. - * - * This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox - * API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames. - * - * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return - * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef. - * - * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always - * NULL. - */ - -/** - * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat. - * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found. - */ -enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt); - -/** - * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format. - * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found. - */ -uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5b790ec..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/imgutils.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,277 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H -#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H - -/** - * @file - * misc image utilities - * - * @addtogroup lavu_picture - * @{ - */ - -#include "avutil.h" -#include "pixdesc.h" -#include "rational.h" - -/** - * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a - * format described by pixdesc. - * - * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of - * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first - * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same - * component. - * - * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step - * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel - * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the - * component in the plane with the max pixel step. - * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component - * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL. - */ -void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4], - const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); - -/** - * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width - * width for the plane plane. - * - * @return the computed size in bytes - */ -int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane); - -/** - * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and - * width width. - * - * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width); - -/** - * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and - * height height. - * - * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane - * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image - * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each - * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes() - * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative - * error code in case of failure - */ -int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height, - uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]); - -/** - * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and - * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly. - * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using - * av_freep(&pointers[0]). - * - * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment - * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative - * error code in case of failure - */ -int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4], - int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align); - -/** - * Copy image plane from src to dst. - * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each. - * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize - * bytes. - * - * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize - * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined. - * - * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst - * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src - */ -void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize, - const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize, - int bytewidth, int height); - -/** - * Copy image in src_data to dst_data. - * - * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data - * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data - */ -void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4], - const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4], - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where - * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such - * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain - * av_image_copy(). - * - * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required - * by the CPU architecture. - * - * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are - * int for av_image_copy(). - * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline - * size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance. - */ -void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4], - const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4], - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height); - -/** - * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image - * parameters and the provided array. - * - * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src - * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the - * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and - * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several - * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and - * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the - * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required - * size for the src buffer. - * - * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in - * one call, use av_image_alloc(). - * - * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in - * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in - * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL - * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image - * @param width the width of the image in pixels - * @param height the height of the image in pixels - * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment - * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code - * in case of failure - */ -int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4], - const uint8_t *src, - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); - -/** - * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an - * image with the given parameters. - * - * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image - * @param width the width of the image in pixels - * @param height the height of the image in pixels - * @param align the assumed linesize alignment - * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure - */ -int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); - -/** - * Copy image data from an image into a buffer. - * - * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size - * for the buffer to fill. - * - * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied - * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst - * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data - * @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data - * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image - * @param width the width of the source image in pixels - * @param height the height of the source image in pixels - * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst - * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value - * (error code) on error - */ -int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size, - const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4], - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align); - -/** - * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all - * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int. - * - * @param w the width of the picture - * @param h the height of the picture - * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx - * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL - * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all - * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed - * with a signed int. - * - * @param w the width of the picture - * @param h the height of the picture - * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept - * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown. - * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx - * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL - * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid. - * - * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio - * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the - * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid. - * - * @param w width of the image - * @param h height of the image - * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image - * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar); - -/** - * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a - * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel - * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some - * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment. - * - * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque. - * - * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all - * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported. - * - * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the - * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is - * not supported.) - * - * @param dst_data data pointers to destination image - * @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image - * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image - * @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV) - * @param width the width of the image in pixels - * @param height the height of the image in pixels - * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4], - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range, - int width, int height); - -/** - * @} - */ - - -#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe3d7ec..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intfloat.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H -#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H - -#include -#include "attributes.h" - -union av_intfloat32 { - uint32_t i; - float f; -}; - -union av_intfloat64 { - uint64_t i; - double f; -}; - -/** - * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. - */ -static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) -{ - union av_intfloat32 v; - v.i = i; - return v.f; -} - -/** - * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. - */ -static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) -{ - union av_intfloat32 v; - v.f = f; - return v.i; -} - -/** - * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. - */ -static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) -{ - union av_intfloat64 v; - v.i = i; - return v.f; -} - -/** - * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. - */ -static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) -{ - union av_intfloat64 v; - v.f = f; - return v.i; -} - -#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4c8413a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,644 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H -#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H - -#include -#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" -#include "attributes.h" -#include "bswap.h" - -typedef union { - uint64_t u64; - uint32_t u32[2]; - uint16_t u16[4]; - uint8_t u8 [8]; - double f64; - float f32[2]; -} av_alias av_alias64; - -typedef union { - uint32_t u32; - uint16_t u16[2]; - uint8_t u8 [4]; - float f32; -} av_alias av_alias32; - -typedef union { - uint16_t u16; - uint8_t u8 [2]; -} av_alias av_alias16; - -/* - * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of - * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros. - * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented - * as inline functions. - * - * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness. - * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their - * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A. - * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash - * depending on the platform. - * - * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H - -#include "config.h" - -#if ARCH_ARM -# include "arm/intreadwrite.h" -#elif ARCH_AVR32 -# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h" -#elif ARCH_MIPS -# include "mips/intreadwrite.h" -#elif ARCH_PPC -# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h" -#elif ARCH_TOMI -# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h" -#elif ARCH_X86 -# include "x86/intreadwrite.h" -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ - -/* - * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers. - */ - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN - -# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16) -# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16) -# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16) -# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16) -# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24) -# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24) -# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24) -# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24) -# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32) -# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32) -# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32) -# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32) -# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48) -# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48) -# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48) -# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48) -# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64) -# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64) -# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64) -# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64) -# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v) -# endif - -#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ - -# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16) -# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16) -# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16) -# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16) -# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24) -# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24) -# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24) -# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24) -# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32) -# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32) -# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32) -# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32) -# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48) -# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48) -# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48) -# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48) -# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64) -# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p) -# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64) -# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p) -# endif - -# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64) -# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v) -# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64) -# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v) -# endif - -#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */ - -/* - * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided - * by per-arch headers. - */ - -#if defined(__GNUC__) - -union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; -union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; -union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias; - -# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) -# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v)) - -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED - -# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p))) -# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v)) - -#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED - -# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) -# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) - -#else - -#ifndef AV_RB16 -# define AV_RB16(x) \ - ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB16 -# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \ - uint16_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL16 -# define AV_RL16(x) \ - ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL16 -# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \ - uint16_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB32 -# define AV_RB32(x) \ - (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB32 -# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \ - uint32_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL32 -# define AV_RL32(x) \ - (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL32 -# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \ - uint32_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB64 -# define AV_RB64(x) \ - (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \ - (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB64 -# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \ - uint64_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL64 -# define AV_RL64(x) \ - (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL64 -# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \ - uint64_t d = (val); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p) -# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v) -#else -# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p) -# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v) -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */ - -#ifndef AV_RN16 -# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RN32 -# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RN64 -# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN16 -# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN32 -# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN64 -# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v) -#endif - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) -# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) -# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) -# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) -#else -# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p)) -# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v)) -# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p) -# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v) -#endif - -#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0) - -#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x) -#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d) - -#ifndef AV_RB16 -# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB16 -# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL16 -# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL16 -# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB32 -# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB32 -# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL32 -# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL32 -# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB64 -# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB64 -# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL64 -# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL64 -# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB24 -# define AV_RB24(x) \ - ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB24 -# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL24 -# define AV_RL24(x) \ - ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ - (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL24 -# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RB48 -# define AV_RB48(x) \ - (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \ - (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WB48 -# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \ - uint64_t d = (darg); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL48 -# define AV_RL48(x) \ - (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \ - ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \ - (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0]) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL48 -# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \ - uint64_t d = (darg); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \ - ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \ - } while(0) -#endif - -/* - * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data - * in a type-safe way. - */ - -#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s) -#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v)) - -#ifndef AV_RN16A -# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RN32A -# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RN64A -# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN16A -# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN32A -# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_WN64A -# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v) -#endif - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p)) -# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v)) -#else -# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p) -# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_RL64A -# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p) -#endif -#ifndef AV_WL64A -# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v) -#endif - -/* - * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned - * memory locations. - */ - -#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s)); - -#ifndef AV_COPY16U -# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY32U -# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY64U -# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY128U -# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \ - do { \ - AV_COPY64U(d, s); \ - AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \ - } while(0) -#endif - -/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be - * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX, - * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code - * afterwards. - */ - -#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \ - (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n) - -#ifndef AV_COPY16 -# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY32 -# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY64 -# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_COPY128 -# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \ - do { \ - AV_COPY64(d, s); \ - AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b)) - -#ifndef AV_SWAP64 -# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b) -#endif - -#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0) - -#ifndef AV_ZERO16 -# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_ZERO32 -# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_ZERO64 -# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d) -#endif - -#ifndef AV_ZERO128 -# define AV_ZERO128(d) \ - do { \ - AV_ZERO64(d); \ - AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \ - } while(0) -#endif - -#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b66920..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lfg.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG - * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H -#define AVUTIL_LFG_H - -#include - -/** - * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG. - * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should - * not be accessed directly. Only its sizeof() is guranteed to stay the same - * to allow easy instanciation. - */ -typedef struct AVLFG { - unsigned int state[64]; - int index; -} AVLFG; - -void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed); - -/** - * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data. - * - * Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure. - */ -int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length); - -/** - * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG. - * - * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223, - * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case. - */ -static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){ - unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; - c->index += 1U; - return a; -} - -/** - * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG. - * - * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster. - */ -static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){ - unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63]; - unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63]; - a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b; - c->index += 1U; - return a; -} - -/** - * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian - * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg. - * - * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed - */ -void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h deleted file mode 100644 index d9554e6..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/log.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,362 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H -#define AVUTIL_LOG_H - -#include -#include "avutil.h" -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -typedef enum { - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, - AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API -}AVClassCategory; - -#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ - (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ - ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ - ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) - -#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ - (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ - ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ - ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) - -struct AVOptionRanges; - -/** - * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an - * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an - * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). - */ -typedef struct AVClass { - /** - * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the - * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. - */ - const char* class_name; - - /** - * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context - * instance ctx associated with the class. - */ - const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); - - /** - * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL - * - * @see av_set_default_options() - */ - const struct AVOption *option; - - /** - * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. - * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major - * version bumps everywhere. - */ - - int version; - - /** - * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. - * 0 means there is no such variable - */ - int log_level_offset_offset; - - /** - * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for - * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext - * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation - * could then leverage to display the parent context. - * The offset can be NULL. - */ - int parent_log_context_offset; - - /** - * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL - */ - void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev); - - /** - * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential - * AVOptions-enabled child. - * - * The difference between child_next and this is that - * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while - * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children. - */ - const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev); - - /** - * Category used for visualization (like color) - * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. - * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) - */ - AVClassCategory category; - - /** - * Callback to return the category. - * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) - */ - AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); - - /** - * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. - * available since version (52.12) - */ - int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); -} AVClass; - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_log - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Print no output. - */ -#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 - -/** - * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. - */ -#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 - -/** - * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. - * For example, no header was found for a format which depends - * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. - */ -#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 - -/** - * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. - * However, not all future data is affected. - */ -#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 - -/** - * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not - * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. - */ -#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 - -/** - * Standard information. - */ -#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 - -/** - * Detailed information. - */ -#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 - -/** - * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. - */ -#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 - -/** - * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. - */ -#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 - -#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. - * @code - av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); - @endcode - * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not - * recommended. - */ -#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) - -/** - * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal - * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to - * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback - * function. - * @see av_log_set_callback - * - * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. - * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref - * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". - * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how - * subsequent arguments are converted to output. - */ -void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); - - -/** - * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal - * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to - * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback - * function. - * @see av_log_set_callback - * - * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct. - * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref - * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". - * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how - * subsequent arguments are converted to output. - * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. - */ -void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl); - -/** - * Get the current log level - * - * @see lavu_log_constants - * - * @return Current log level - */ -int av_log_get_level(void); - -/** - * Set the log level - * - * @see lavu_log_constants - * - * @param level Logging level - */ -void av_log_set_level(int level); - -/** - * Set the logging callback - * - * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use - * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. - * - * @see av_log_default_callback - * - * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. - */ -void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); - -/** - * Default logging callback - * - * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. - * - * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct. - * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref - * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". - * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how - * subsequent arguments are converted to output. - * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. - */ -void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, - va_list vl); - -/** - * Return the context name - * - * @param ctx The AVClass context - * - * @return The AVClass class_name - */ -const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); -AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr); - -/** - * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. - * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line - * @param line_size size of the buffer - * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; - * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 - */ -void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, - char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); - -/** - * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. - * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; - * may be NULL if line_size is 0 - * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will - * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator - * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; - * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 - * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns - * the number of characters that would have been written for a - * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null - * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means - * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. - */ -int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl, - char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix); - -/** - * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of - * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to - * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some - * bad luck. - * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must - * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end - */ -#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 - -/** - * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. - * - * Results in messages such as: - * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts - */ -#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 - -void av_log_set_flags(int arg); -int av_log_get_flags(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h deleted file mode 100644 index c034039..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/lzo.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/* - * LZO 1x decompression - * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H -#define AVUTIL_LZO_H - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * - * @{ - */ - -#include - -/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode - * @{ */ -/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished -#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1 -/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer -#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2 -/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong -#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4 -/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream -#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8 -/** @} */ - -#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8 -#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12 - -/** - * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data. - * @param out output buffer - * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here - * @param in input buffer - * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here - * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above - * - * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide - * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes. - */ -int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2007ee5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/macros.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu - * Utility Preprocessor macros - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H -#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H - -/** - * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros - * - * String manipulation macros - * - * @{ - */ - -#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) -#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s - -#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b -#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) - -/** - * @} - */ - -#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) - -#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1)) - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h deleted file mode 100644 index c23b07c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H -#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H - -#include "frame.h" -#include "rational.h" - - -/** - * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of - * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014). - * - * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the - * appropriate type. - * - * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc() - * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata { - /** - * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order). - */ - AVRational display_primaries[3][2]; - - /** - * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point. - */ - AVRational white_point[2]; - - /** - * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). - */ - AVRational min_luminance; - - /** - * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2). - */ - AVRational max_luminance; - - /** - * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set. - */ - int has_primaries; - - /** - * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set. - */ - int has_luminance; - -} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata; - -/** - * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to - * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). - * - * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void); - -/** - * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame. - * - * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. - * - * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller. - */ -AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3). - * - * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the - * appropriate type. - * - * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc() - * and its size is not a part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata { - /** - * Max content light level (cd/m^2). - */ - unsigned MaxCLL; - - /** - * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2). - */ - unsigned MaxFALL; -} AVContentLightMetadata; - -/** - * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to - * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). - * - * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL - * on failure. - */ -AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size); - -/** - * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame. - * - * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. - * - * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller. - */ -AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5490180..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mathematics.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @addtogroup lavu_math - * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H -#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H - -#include -#include -#include "attributes.h" -#include "rational.h" -#include "intfloat.h" - -#ifndef M_E -#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ -#endif -#ifndef M_LN2 -#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ -#endif -#ifndef M_LN10 -#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ -#endif -#ifndef M_LOG2_10 -#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ -#endif -#ifndef M_PHI -#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ -#endif -#ifndef M_PI -#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ -#endif -#ifndef M_PI_2 -#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ -#endif -#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 -#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ -#endif -#ifndef M_SQRT2 -#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ -#endif -#ifndef NAN -#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) -#endif -#ifndef INFINITY -#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) -#endif - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_math - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Rounding methods. - */ -enum AVRounding { - AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. - AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. - AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. - AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. - AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. - /** - * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through - * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. - * - * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a - * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the - * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal - * cases. - * - * @code{.c} - * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); - * // Rescaling 3: - * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 - * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 - * // => 2 - * - * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); - * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: - * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN - * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through - * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE - * @endcode - */ - AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, -}; - -/** - * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. - * - * @param a,b Operands - * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0; - * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. - */ -int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); - -/** - * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. - * - * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that - * directly can overflow. - * - * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. - * - * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() - */ -int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; - -/** - * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. - * - * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that - * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. - * - * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() - */ -int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; - -/** - * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. - * - * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. - * - * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. - * - * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() - */ -int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; - -/** - * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. - * - * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. - * - * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() - */ -int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, - enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; - -/** - * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. - * - * @return One of the following values: - * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` - * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` - * - 0 if they represent the same position - * - * @warning - * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside - * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. - */ -int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); - -/** - * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. - * - * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers - * `a` and `b`. - * - * @code{.c} - * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2) - * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) - * @endcode - * - * @param a,b Operands - * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 - * @return - * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` - * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` - * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` - */ -int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); - -/** - * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. - * - * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input - * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() - * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. - * - * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all - * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be - * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. - * - * @param[in] in_tb Input time base - * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp - * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained - * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` - * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. - * duration of the current packet/frame) - * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of - * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable - * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase - * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` - * - * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not - * seconds. - */ -int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb); - -/** - * Add a value to a timestamp. - * - * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that - * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. - * - * @param[in] ts Input timestamp - * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base - * @param[in] inc Value to be added - * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` - */ -int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc); - - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca72ccb..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/md5.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_md5 - * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H -#define AVUTIL_MD5_H - -#include -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5 - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * MD5 hash function implementation. - * - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_md5_size; - -struct AVMD5; - -/** - * Allocate an AVMD5 context. - */ -struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize MD5 hashing. - * - * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size) - */ -void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx); - -/** - * Update hash value. - * - * @param ctx hash function context - * @param src input data to update hash with - * @param len input data length - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len); -#else -void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finish hashing and output digest value. - * - * @param ctx hash function context - * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored - */ -void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst); - -/** - * Hash an array of data. - * - * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into - * @param src The data to hash - * @param len The length of the data, in bytes - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len); -#else -void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5fb1a02..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/mem.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,700 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_mem - * Memory handling functions - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H -#define AVUTIL_MEM_H - -#include -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "avutil.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_mem - * Utilities for manipulating memory. - * - * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical - * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and - * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. - * - * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a - * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for - * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and - * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make - * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. - * - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros - * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) - * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. - * - * @code{.c} - * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; - * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; - * - * // The default-alignment equivalent would be - * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; - * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; - * @endcode - * - * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes - * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) - * @param v Name of the variable - */ - -/** - * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) - * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. - * - * @code{.c} - * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); - * @endcode - * - * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes - * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) - * @param v Name of the variable - */ - -/** - * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) - * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline - * assembly code. - * - * @code{.c} - * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); - * @endcode - * - * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes - * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) - * @param v Name of the variable - */ - -#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C) - #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v -#elif defined(__DJGPP__) - #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v -#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) - #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v - #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v -#elif defined(_MSC_VER) - #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v - #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v - #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v -#else - #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v - #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v - #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v -#endif - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes - * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. - * - * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or - * generate better code. - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @def av_malloc_attrib - * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. - * - * @see Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation - */ - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) - #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) -#else - #define av_malloc_attrib -#endif - -/** - * @def av_alloc_size(...) - * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is - * given by the specified parameter(s). - * - * @code{.c} - * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); - * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); - * @endcode - * - * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma - * - * @see Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation - */ - -#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) - #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) -#else - #define av_alloc_size(...) -#endif - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management - * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. - * - * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` - * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme - * caution when doing so. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses - * (including vectors if available on the CPU). - * - * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated - * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot - * be allocated - * @see av_mallocz() - */ -void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); - -/** - * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses - * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the - * block. - * - * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated - * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated - * @see av_malloc() - */ -void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); - -/** - * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). - * - * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. - * - * @param nmemb Number of element - * @param size Size of a single element - * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot - * be allocated - * @see av_malloc() - */ -av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); - -/** - * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). - * - * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. - * - * @param nmemb Number of elements - * @param size Size of the single element - * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot - * be allocated - * - * @see av_mallocz() - * @see av_malloc_array() - */ -av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); - -/** - * Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array(). - * - * Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function. - */ -void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib; - -/** - * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. - * - * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is - * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or - * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. - * - * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with - * av_realloc() or `NULL` - * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or - * reallocated - * - * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block - * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block - * - * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be - * correctly aligned. - * @see av_fast_realloc() - * @see av_reallocp() - */ -void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); - -/** - * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a - * pointer. - * - * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is - * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or - * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. - * - * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated - * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer - * is updated on success, or freed on failure. - * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or - * reallocated - * - * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure - * - * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be - * correctly aligned. - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size); - -/** - * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. - * - * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: - * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, - * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. - * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory - * leak with the classic - * @code{.c} - * buf = realloc(buf); - * if (!buf) - * return -1; - * @endcode - * pattern. - */ -void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); - -/** - * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. - * - * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If - * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. - * - * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with - * av_realloc() or `NULL` - * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array - * @param size Size of the single element of the array - * - * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block - * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block - * - * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be - * correctly aligned. - * @see av_reallocp_array() - */ -av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); - -/** - * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. - * - * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is - * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. - * - * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already - * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. - * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. - * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements - * @param[in] size Size of the single element - * - * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure - * - * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be - * correctly aligned. - */ -int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); - -/** - * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. - * - * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. - * - * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is - * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or - * freed. - * - * A typical use pattern follows: - * - * @code{.c} - * uint8_t *buf = ...; - * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); - * if (!new_buf) { - * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer - * av_freep(&buf); - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * } - * @endcode - * - * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` - * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is - * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 - * in case of failure. - * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` - * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated - * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of - * error - * @see av_realloc() - * @see av_fast_malloc() - */ -void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); - -/** - * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. - * - * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be - * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to - * avoid memleaks is necessary. - * - * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if - * `size_needed` is greater than 0. - * - * @code{.c} - * uint8_t *buf = ...; - * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); - * if (!buf) { - * // Allocation failed; buf already freed - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * } - * @endcode - * - * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. - * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new - * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure - * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is - * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 - * in case of failure. - * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` - * @see av_realloc() - * @see av_fast_mallocz() - */ -void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); - -/** - * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. - * - * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. - * Reused buffer is not cleared. - * - * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if - * `size_needed` is greater than 0. - * - * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. - * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new - * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure - * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is - * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 - * in case of failure. - * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` - * @see av_fast_malloc() - */ -void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size); - -/** - * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() - * or av_realloc() family. - * - * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. - * - * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. - * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving - * behind dangling pointers. - * @see av_freep() - */ -void av_free(void *ptr); - -/** - * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() - * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. - * - * @code{.c} - * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); - * av_free(buf); - * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental - * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a - * // security risk. - * - * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); - * av_freep(&buf); - * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a - * // NULL-pointer dereference. - * @endcode - * - * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed - * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. - * @see av_free() - */ -void av_freep(void *ptr); - -/** - * Duplicate a string. - * - * @param s String to be duplicated - * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a - * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated - * @see av_strndup() - */ -char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib; - -/** - * Duplicate a substring of a string. - * - * @param s String to be duplicated - * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the - * terminating byte) - * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a - * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated - */ -char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; - -/** - * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). - * - * @param p Buffer to be duplicated - * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied - * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a - * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated - */ -void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size); - -/** - * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. - * - * @param dst Destination buffer - * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of - * the overlapping window); must be > 0 - * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 - * - * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, - * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. - */ -void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array - * - * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. - * - * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when - * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. - * - * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically - * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the - * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the - * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of - * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. - * - * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically - * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need - * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and - * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. - * - * @code - * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values - * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array - * - * type to_be_added = ...; - * type to_be_added2 = ...; - * - * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); - * if (nb == 0) - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * - * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); - * if (nb == 0) - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * - * // Now: - * // nb == 2 - * // &to_be_added == array[0] - * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] - * - * av_freep(&array); - * @endcode - * - * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a - * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() - * implements this mechanism. - * - * @code - * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values - * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array - * - * type to_be_added = ...; - * type to_be_added2 = ...; - * - * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); - * if (!addr) - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); - * - * // Shortcut of the above. - * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), - * (const void *)&to_be_added2); - * if (!addr) - * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); - * - * // Now: - * // nb == 2 - * // to_be_added == array[0] - * // to_be_added2 == array[1] - * - * av_freep(&array); - * @endcode - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. - * - * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to - * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already - * allocated structure. - * - * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. - * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. - * - * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to - * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` - * is incremented. - * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and - * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. - * - * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow - * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array - * @param[in] elem Element to add - * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() - */ -void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); - -/** - * Add an element to a dynamic array. - * - * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), - * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code - * instead and leave current buffer untouched. - * - * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise - * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem); - -/** - * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. - * - * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. - * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. - * - * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to - * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` - * is incremented. - * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and - * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. - * - * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow - * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array - * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array - * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If - * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is - * allocated but left uninitialized. - * - * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated - * space - * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() - */ -void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, - const uint8_t *elem_data); - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions - * - * Other functions related to memory allocation. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. - * - * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication - * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow - */ -static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r) -{ - size_t t = a * b; - /* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize - * are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */ - if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b) - return AVERROR(EINVAL); - *r = t; - return 0; -} - -/** - * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. - * - * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref - * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." - * - * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. - * - * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size - * - * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch - * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. - */ -void av_max_alloc(size_t max); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h deleted file mode 100644 index ec29556..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H -#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H - -#include - -typedef struct AVMotionVector { - /** - * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes - * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future. - * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction". - */ - int32_t source; - /** - * Width and height of the block. - */ - uint8_t w, h; - /** - * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area. - */ - int16_t src_x, src_y; - /** - * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area. - */ - int16_t dst_x, dst_y; - /** - * Extra flag information. - * Currently unused. - */ - uint64_t flags; - /** - * Motion vector - * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale - * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale - */ - int32_t motion_x, motion_y; - uint16_t motion_scale; -} AVMotionVector; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b09175..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/murmur3.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_murmur3 - * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H -#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H - -#include - -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3 - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation. - * - * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three - * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby: - * - * - 32-bit output - * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms - * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms - * - * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit - * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms, - * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced - * performance. - * - * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo - * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this, - * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a - * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer - * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()). - * - * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to - * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context. - * - * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error - */ -struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed. - * - * @param[out] c Hash context - * @param[in] seed Random seed - * - * @see av_murmur3_init() - * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of - * seeds for MurmurHash3. - */ -void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed); - -/** - * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context. - * - * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed. - * - * @param[out] c Hash context - * - * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded() - * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of - * seeds for MurmurHash3. - */ -void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c); - -/** - * Update hash context with new data. - * - * @param[out] c Hash context - * @param[in] src Input data to update hash with - * @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src` - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len); -#else -void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finish hashing and output digest value. - * - * @param[in,out] c Hash context - * @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored - */ -void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 39f4a8d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/opt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,865 +0,0 @@ -/* - * AVOptions - * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H -#define AVUTIL_OPT_H - -/** - * @file - * AVOptions - */ - -#include "rational.h" -#include "avutil.h" -#include "dict.h" -#include "log.h" -#include "pixfmt.h" -#include "samplefmt.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions - * @ingroup lavu_data - * @{ - * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs - * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible - * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to. - * - * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions - * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct. - * - * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore - * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it. - * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array - * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default - * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must - * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field - * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct - * should also be set when applicable, but are not required. - * - * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct: - * @code - * typedef struct test_struct { - * const AVClass *class; - * int int_opt; - * char *str_opt; - * uint8_t *bin_opt; - * int bin_len; - * } test_struct; - * - * static const AVOption test_options[] = { - * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt), - * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, - * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt), - * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING }, - * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt), - * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY }, - * { NULL }, - * }; - * - * static const AVClass test_class = { - * .class_name = "test class", - * .item_name = av_default_item_name, - * .option = test_options, - * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, - * }; - * @endcode - * - * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer - * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to - * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the - * AVOptions API. - * - * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically - * free all the allocated string and binary options. - * - * Continuing with the above example: - * - * @code - * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void) - * { - * test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret)); - * ret->class = &test_class; - * av_opt_set_defaults(ret); - * return ret; - * } - * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo) - * { - * av_opt_free(*foo); - * av_freep(foo); - * } - * @endcode - * - * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting - * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another - * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in - * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports - * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the - * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply - * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the - * parent struct's AVClass. - * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a - * child_struct field: - * - * @code - * typedef struct child_struct { - * AVClass *class; - * int flags_opt; - * } child_struct; - * static const AVOption child_opts[] = { - * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", - * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX }, - * { NULL }, - * }; - * static const AVClass child_class = { - * .class_name = "child class", - * .item_name = av_default_item_name, - * .option = child_opts, - * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT, - * }; - * - * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev) - * { - * test_struct *t = obj; - * if (!prev && t->child_struct) - * return t->child_struct; - * return NULL - * } - * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev) - * { - * return prev ? NULL : &child_class; - * } - * @endcode - * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into - * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through - * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on - * child_struct right after it is created). - * - * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next() - * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next() - * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next() - * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext - * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its - * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish - * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will - * iterate over all available codecs with private options. - * - * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants - * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit - * field of the option the constants should apply to a string and - * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST - * with their unit field set to the same string. - * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named - * constant. - * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option - * above, put the following into the child_opts array: - * @code - * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.", - * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" }, - * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" }, - * @endcode - * - * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions - * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct. - * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or - * AVFormatContext in libavformat. - * - * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions - * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates - * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches - * for an option with the given name. - * - * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct - * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag - * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively. - * - * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to - * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children - * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call - * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The - * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its - * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read - * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and - * av_opt_next() on each result). - * - * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions - * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the - * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For - * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the - * option type. - * - * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string - * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you - * have to free it with av_free(). - * - * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an - * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this - * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary - * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options - * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known - * before the file is actually opened. - */ - -enum AVOptionType{ - AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, - AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64, - AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE, - AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, - AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL, - AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length - AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64, - AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, - AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers - AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational - AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION, - AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR, - AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT, - AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL, -}; - -/** - * AVOption - */ -typedef struct AVOption { - const char *name; - - /** - * short English help text - * @todo What about other languages? - */ - const char *help; - - /** - * The offset relative to the context structure where the option - * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants. - */ - int offset; - enum AVOptionType type; - - /** - * the default value for scalar options - */ - union { - int64_t i64; - double dbl; - const char *str; - /* TODO those are unused now */ - AVRational q; - } default_val; - double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option - double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option - - int flags; -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8 -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16 -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32 -/** - * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller. - */ -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64 -/** - * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read. - * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set. - */ -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128 -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering -#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information -//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags - - /** - * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant - * options and corresponding named constants share the same - * unit. May be NULL. - */ - const char *unit; -} AVOption; - -/** - * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value. - */ -typedef struct AVOptionRange { - const char *str; - /** - * Value range. - * For string ranges this represents the min/max length. - * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case. - */ - double value_min, value_max; - /** - * Value's component range. - * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII. - */ - double component_min, component_max; - /** - * Range flag. - * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value. - */ - int is_range; -} AVOptionRange; - -/** - * List of AVOptionRange structs. - */ -typedef struct AVOptionRanges { - /** - * Array of option ranges. - * - * Most of option types use just one component. - * Following describes multi-component option types: - * - * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE: - * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height). - * component index 1: range of width. - * component index 2: range of height. - * - * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must - * provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or - * av_opt_query_ranges_default function. - * - * Multi-component range can be read as in following example: - * - * @code - * int range_index, component_index; - * AVOptionRanges *ranges; - * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future. - * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE); - * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) { - * for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++) - * range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index]; - * //do something with range here. - * } - * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges); - * @endcode - */ - AVOptionRange **range; - /** - * Number of ranges per component. - */ - int nb_ranges; - /** - * Number of componentes. - */ - int nb_components; -} AVOptionRanges; - -/** - * Show the obj options. - * - * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the - * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags. - * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the - * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags). - * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options - */ -int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags); - -/** - * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. - * - * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) - */ -void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s); - -/** - * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these - * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their - * default applied to s. - * - * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass) - * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* - * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_* - */ -void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags); - -/** - * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair - * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the - * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using - * AVOptions. - * - * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL - * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to - * separate key from value - * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * two pairs from each other - * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative - * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: - * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, - * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair - * cannot be set - */ -int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, - const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); - -/** - * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found, - * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx. - * - * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on - * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a - * delimiter - * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand - * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part, - * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand; - * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is - * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is - * found; after that, all options must be named - * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * key from value, for example '=' - * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' - * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative - * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error: - * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed, - * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair - * cannot be set - * - * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _ - * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each - * other. - */ -int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts, - const char *const *shorthand, - const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep); -/** - * Free all allocated objects in obj. - */ -void av_opt_free(void *obj); - -/** - * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field. - * - * @param field_name the name of the flag field option - * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check - * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set, - * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist. - */ -int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name); - -/** - * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. - * - * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass - * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced - * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. - * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller - * with av_dict_free(). - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, - * but could not be set. - * - * @see av_dict_copy() - */ -int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options); - - -/** - * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object. - * - * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass - * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced - * by a new one containing all options not found in obj. - * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller - * with av_dict_free(). - * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj, - * but could not be set. - * - * @see av_dict_copy() - */ -int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags); - -/** - * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string. - * - * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to - * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep - * or the final NUL) - * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * key from value, for example '=' - * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate - * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ',' - * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below - * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free() - * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free() - * - * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular: - * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present - * - */ -int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts, - const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep, - unsigned flags, - char **rkey, char **rval); - -enum { - - /** - * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned - * as NULL. - */ - AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1, -}; - -/** - * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings - * @{ - * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings - * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(), - * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer. - * - * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass. - * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated. - * @param val string to be evaluated. - * @param *_out value of the string will be written here. - * - * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure. - */ -int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out); -int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out); -int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out); -int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out); -int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out); -int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out); -/** - * @} - */ - -#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the - given object first. */ -/** - * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass - * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is - * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding - * object. - */ -#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ (1 << 1) - -/** - * In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL, - * rather than returning an empty string. - */ -#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2) - -/** - * Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than - * one component for certain option types. - * @see AVOptionRanges for details. - */ -#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12) - -/** - * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which - * have all the specified flags set. - * - * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a - * pointer to an AVClass. - * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. - * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. - * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit - * it belongs to. - * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). - * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. - * - * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option - * was found. - * - * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable - * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options - * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this - * flag. - */ -const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, - int opt_flags, int search_flags); - -/** - * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which - * have all the specified flags set. - * - * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a - * pointer to an AVClass. - * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set. - * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for. - * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit - * it belongs to. - * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG). - * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*. - * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be - * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present - * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ. - * - * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option - * was found. - */ -const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, - int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj); - -/** - * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj. - * - * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an - * AVClass describing it. - * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object - * or NULL - * @return next AVOption or NULL - */ -const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev); - -/** - * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj. - * - * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL - * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL - */ -void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev); - -/** - * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent. - * - * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL - * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL - */ -const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev); - -/** - * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions - * @{ - * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value. - * - * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. - * @param[in] name the name of the field to set - * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not - * of a string type, then the given string is parsed. - * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported. - * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named - * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators - * is undefined. - * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric - * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag - * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags; - * similarly, '-' unsets a flag. - * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN - * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj. - * - * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of - * error: - * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists - * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range - * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid - */ -int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_double (void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags); -int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags); -/** - * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The - * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it. - */ -int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags); - -/** - * Set a binary option to an integer list. - * - * @param obj AVClass object to set options on - * @param name name of the binary option - * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with - * regard to the contents of the list) - * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) - * @param flags search flags - */ -#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \ - (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \ - AVERROR(EINVAL) : \ - av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \ - av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags)) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions - * @{ - * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object. - * - * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass. - * @param[in] name name of the option to get. - * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN - * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj. - * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here - * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise - */ -/** - * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller - * - * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the option has - * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING or AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set - * to NULL instead of an allocated empty string. - */ -int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val); -int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val); -int av_opt_get_double (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val); -int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); -int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out); -int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt); -int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt); -int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val); -int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout); -/** - * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must - * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller - */ -int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val); -/** - * @} - */ -/** - * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct. - * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or - * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled, - * - * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read - * or written to. - */ -void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name); - -/** - * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL. - */ -void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges); - -/** - * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option. - * - * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile. - * - * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance - * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges - * - * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges. - * - * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise - */ -int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); - -/** - * Copy options from src object into dest object. - * - * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object. - * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory. - * - * @param dest Object to copy from - * @param src Object to copy into - * @return 0 on success, negative on error - */ -int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src); - -/** - * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option. - * - * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback - * and can be used as fallback from within the callback. - * - * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance - * AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges - * - * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges. - * - * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise - */ -int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags); - -/** - * Check if given option is set to its default value. - * - * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state. - * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(). - * - * @param obj AVClass object to check option on - * @param o option to be checked - * @return >0 when option is set to its default, - * 0 when option is not set its default, - * <0 on error - */ -int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o); - -/** - * Check if given option is set to its default value. - * - * @param obj AVClass object to check option on - * @param name option name - * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_* - * @return >0 when option is set to its default, - * 0 when option is not set its default, - * <0 on error - */ -int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags); - - -#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only. -#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only. - -/** - * Serialize object's options. - * - * Create a string containing object's serialized options. - * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values. - * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or - * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function. - * - * @param[in] obj AVClass object to serialize - * @param[in] opt_flags serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG) - * @param[in] flags combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags - * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options. - * Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed. - * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value - * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other - * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error - * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same. - */ -int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer, - const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h deleted file mode 100644 index e66d24b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/parseutils.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,193 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H -#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H - -#include - -#include "rational.h" - -/** - * @file - * misc parsing utilities - */ - -/** - * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q. - * - * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is - * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you - * want to exclude those values. - * - * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string. - * - * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio - * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format - * num:den, a float number or an expression - * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator - * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log - * level of log_ctx - * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max, - int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \ - av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL) - -/** - * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values. - * - * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected - * width value - * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected - * height value - * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format - * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation. - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str); - -/** - * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate. - * - * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected - * frame rate - * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format - * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation - * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise - */ -int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str); - -/** - * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color. - * - * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of - * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence, - * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha - * component. - * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an - * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which - * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent, - * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque). - * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed. - * The string "random" will result in a random color. - * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the - * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string - * containing nothing else than the color. - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of - * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed). - */ -int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen, - void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named - * colors. - * - * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by - * av_parse_color(). - * - * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0 - * @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB - * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array - */ -const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb); - -/** - * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of - * microseconds. - * - * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding - * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it - * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If - * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of - * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot - * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN. - - * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration. - * - If a date the syntax is: - * @code - * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z] - * now - * @endcode - * If the value is "now" it takes the current time. - * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is - * interpreted as UTC. - * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current - * year-month-day. - * - If a duration the syntax is: - * @code - * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...] - * [-]S+[.m...] - * @endcode - * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not - * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date - * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an - * AVERROR code otherwise - */ -int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration); - -/** - * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL. - * - * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done. - * Return 1 if found. - */ -int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info); - -/** - * Simplified version of strptime - * - * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and - * store its results in the structure dt. - * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported - * by the standard strptime(). - * - * The supported input field descriptors are listed below. - * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the - * range '00' through '23' - * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX - * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the - * range '00' through '59' - * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the - * range '00' through '59' - * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar - * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12' - * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' - * through '31' - * - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S' - * - %%: a literal '%' - * - * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function - * call. In case the input string contains more characters than - * required by the format string the return value points right after - * the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string - * is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of - * the string. On failure NULL is returned. - */ -char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt); - -/** - * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value. - */ -time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h deleted file mode 100644 index c055810..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,440 +0,0 @@ -/* - * pixel format descriptor - * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H -#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "pixfmt.h" -#include "version.h" - -typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor { - /** - * Which of the 4 planes contains the component. - */ - int plane; - - /** - * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels. - * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. - */ - int step; - - /** - * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel. - * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise. - */ - int offset; - - /** - * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away - * to get the value. - */ - int shift; - - /** - * Number of bits in the component. - */ - int depth; - -#if FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 - /** deprecated, use step instead */ - attribute_deprecated int step_minus1; - - /** deprecated, use depth instead */ - attribute_deprecated int depth_minus1; - - /** deprecated, use offset instead */ - attribute_deprecated int offset_plus1; -#endif -} AVComponentDescriptor; - -/** - * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are - * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the - * subsampling factors and number of components. - * - * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV - * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values - * are stored not what these values represent. - */ -typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor { - const char *name; - uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4) - - /** - * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width. - * For YV12 this is 1 for example. - * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w) - * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. - * This value only refers to the chroma components. - */ - uint8_t log2_chroma_w; - - /** - * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height. - * For YV12 this is 1 for example. - * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h) - * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up. - * This value only refers to the chroma components. - */ - uint8_t log2_chroma_h; - - /** - * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags. - */ - uint64_t flags; - - /** - * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed. - * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0. - * If the format has 3 or 4 components: - * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue; - * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V. - * - * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component. - */ - AVComponentDescriptor comp[4]; - - /** - * Alternative comma-separated names. - */ - const char *alias; -} AVPixFmtDescriptor; - -/** - * Pixel format is big-endian. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0) -/** - * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1) -/** - * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2) -/** - * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3) -/** - * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4) -/** - * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale). - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5) - -/** - * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that it contains a - * fixed palette in the 2nd plane but the palette is fixed/constant for each - * PIX_FMT. This allows interpreting the data as if it was PAL8, which can - * in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on - * the pixel format without using the palette. - * An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8 - * - * @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed, - * the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only - * actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a - * palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the - * extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to - * allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required - * before the deprecation, though). - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6) - -/** - * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that - * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always - * straight, never pre-multiplied. - * - * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to - * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g. - * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA. - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7) - -/** - * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8) - -/** - * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double, - * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits). - */ -#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9) - -/** - * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format - * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number - * of bits per sample. - * - * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually - * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are - * not counted. - */ -int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); - -/** - * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format - * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits. - */ -int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc); - -/** - * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if - * this pixel format is unknown. - */ -const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil. - * - * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. - * - * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor - */ -const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev); - -/** - * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc - * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor. - */ -enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc); - -/** - * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from - * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor. - * - * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format - * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift) - * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift) - * - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format - */ -int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, - int *h_shift, int *v_shift); - -/** - * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a - * valid pixel format. - */ -int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown. - */ -const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range); - -/** - * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found. - */ -int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown. - */ -const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries); - -/** - * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found. - */ -int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown. - */ -const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer); - -/** - * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found. - */ -int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown. - */ -const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space); - -/** - * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found. - */ -int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown. - */ -const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location); - -/** - * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found. - */ -int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * Return the pixel format corresponding to name. - * - * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a - * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian - * format of name. - * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16", - * then for "gray16le". - * - * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. - */ -enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name); - -/** - * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is - * unknown. - * - * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string() - */ -const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with - * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative. - * - * @param buf the buffer where to write the string - * @param buf_size the size of buf - * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the - * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the - * corresponding header. - */ -char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, - enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the - * pixel format component c to dst. - * - * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image - * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image - * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image - * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read - * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read - * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of - * values to write to dst - * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted - * format writes the values corresponding to the palette - * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in - * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted. - * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte) - */ -void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], - const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, - int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component, - int dst_element_size); - -void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], - const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, - int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component); - -/** - * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an - * image line. - * - * @param src array containing the values to write - * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the - * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed. - * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image - * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image - * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write - * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write - * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of - * values to write to the image line - * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte) - */ -void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4], - const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, - int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size); - -void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], - const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, - int x, int y, int c, int w); - -/** - * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format. - * - * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format - * - * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists, - * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE - */ -enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */ -#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */ -#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */ -#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */ -#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */ -#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */ - -/** - * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific - * pixel format to another. - * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. - * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will - * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to - * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of - * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss - * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. - * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses - * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. - * - * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format - * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format - * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. - * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur - * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). - */ -int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt, - enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, - int has_alpha); - -/** - * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific - * pixel format to another. - * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur. - * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will - * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to - * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of - * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss - * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization. - * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses - * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another. - * - * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format - * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format - * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. - * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur - * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt). - */ -enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2, - enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h deleted file mode 100644 index a8dbc15..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H -#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H - -#include -#include -#include "common.h" - -/** - * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x]) - */ -typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1, - const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2); - -/** - * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences - * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype). - * - * @param w_bits 1< - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H -#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H - -/** - * @file - * pixel format definitions - */ - -#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" -#include "version.h" - -#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 -#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 - -/** - * Pixel format. - * - * @note - * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA - * color is put together as: - * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B - * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on - * big-endian CPUs. - * - * @note - * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor - * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. - * - * @par - * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized - * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in - * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is - * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is - * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette - * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. - * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed - * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. - * - * @par - * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like - * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function - * allocating the picture. - */ -enum AVPixelFormat { - AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp - AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb - AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb - AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range - AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 - AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) - AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) - AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped - - AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... - AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... - AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... - AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... - - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined - - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian , X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined - -#if FF_API_VAAPI - /** @name Deprecated pixel formats */ - /**@{*/ - AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers - AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers - AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID - /**@}*/ - AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, -#else - /** - * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a - * VASurfaceID. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, -#endif - - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer - - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha - - AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 - - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian - - /** - * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth. - * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding. - * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp - AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) - - AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface - - AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 - AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 - AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples) - AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb - - AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) - AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) - - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian - /** - * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the - * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, - /** - * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the - * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, - - AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer - - /** - * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers - * exactly as for system memory frames. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, - - AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined - AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined - - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range - - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */ - AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */ - - AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing - - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox - - AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec - - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian - - /** - * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. - * - * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 - * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. - * - * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the - * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is - * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, - - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian - - /** - * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. - * - * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, - /** - * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. - * - * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used - * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. - */ - AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, - - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian - AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian - - AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V) - AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped - - AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions -}; - -#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN -# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be -#else -# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le -#endif - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) - -#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) -#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) - -/** - * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. - * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1. - */ -enum AVColorPrimaries { - AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, - AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B - AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, - AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, - AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) - - AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above - AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C - AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 - AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 - AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors - AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -/** - * Color Transfer Characteristic. - * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2. - */ -enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { - AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, - AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 - AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, - AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, - AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM - AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, - AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" - AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" - AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" - AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 - AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut - AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) - AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system - AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 - AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, - AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" - AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -/** - * YUV colorspace type. - * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3. - */ -enum AVColorSpace { - AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB) - AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / SMPTE RP177 Annex B - AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, - AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3, - AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) - AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 - AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC - AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above - AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 - AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, - AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system - AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system - AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x - AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system - AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system - AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp - AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -/** - * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. - */ -enum AVColorRange { - AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, - AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges - AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges - AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -/** - * Location of chroma samples. - * - * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the - * image, the left shows only luma, the right - * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay - * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII - * - * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions - * v v v v - * ______ ______ - *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, - * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions - *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position - */ -enum AVChromaLocation { - AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, - AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 - AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 - AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 - AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, - AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, - AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, - AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI -}; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0462a04..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/random_seed.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H -#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H - -#include -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions. - * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases. - * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed. - * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster - * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform. - */ -uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c6b67b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rational.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -/* - * rational numbers - * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_math_rational - * Utilties for rational number calculation. - * @author Michael Niedermayer - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H -#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H - -#include -#include -#include "attributes.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational - * @ingroup lavu_math - * Rational number calculation. - * - * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the - * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the - * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of - * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic - * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and - * denominators. - * - * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in - * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all - * rational numbers. - * - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). - */ -typedef struct AVRational{ - int num; ///< Numerator - int den; ///< Denominator -} AVRational; - -/** - * Create an AVRational. - * - * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. - * - * @note The return value is not reduced. - * @see av_reduce() - */ -static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) -{ - AVRational r = { num, den }; - return r; -} - -/** - * Compare two rationals. - * - * @param a First rational - * @param b Second rational - * - * @return One of the following values: - * - 0 if `a == b` - * - 1 if `a > b` - * - -1 if `a < b` - * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` - */ -static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){ - const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; - - if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1; - else if(b.den && a.den) return 0; - else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31); - else return INT_MIN; -} - -/** - * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. - * @param a AVRational to convert - * @return `a` in floating-point form - * @see av_d2q() - */ -static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){ - return a.num / (double) a.den; -} - -/** - * Reduce a fraction. - * - * This is useful for framerate calculations. - * - * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator - * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator - * @param[in] num Source numerator - * @param[in] den Source denominator - * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` - * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise - */ -int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max); - -/** - * Multiply two rationals. - * @param b First rational - * @param c Second rational - * @return b*c - */ -AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; - -/** - * Divide one rational by another. - * @param b First rational - * @param c Second rational - * @return b/c - */ -AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; - -/** - * Add two rationals. - * @param b First rational - * @param c Second rational - * @return b+c - */ -AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; - -/** - * Subtract one rational from another. - * @param b First rational - * @param c Second rational - * @return b-c - */ -AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; - -/** - * Invert a rational. - * @param q value - * @return 1 / q - */ -static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) -{ - AVRational r = { q.den, q.num }; - return r; -} - -/** - * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. - * - * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or - * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. - * - * @param d `double` to convert - * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator - * @return `d` in AVRational form - * @see av_q2d() - */ -AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; - -/** - * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. - * - * @param q Rational to be compared against - * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested - * @return One of the following values: - * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` - * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` - * - 0 if they have the same distance - */ -int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); - -/** - * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. - * - * @param q Reference rational - * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` - * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array - */ -int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); - -/** - * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point - * format. - * - * @param q Rational to be converted - * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit - * integer. - * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. - */ -uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h deleted file mode 100644 index 029cd2a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/rc4.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -/* - * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H -#define AVUTIL_RC4_H - -#include - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4 - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -typedef struct AVRC4 { - uint8_t state[256]; - int x, y; -} AVRC4; - -/** - * Allocate an AVRC4 context. - */ -AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void); - -/** - * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context. - * - * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8 - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect - * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise - */ -int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt); - -/** - * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm. - * - * @param count number of bytes - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL - * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used - */ -void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h deleted file mode 100644 index b49bf1a..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/replaygain.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H -#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H - -#include - -/** - * ReplayGain information (see - * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification). - * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVReplayGain { - /** - * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB). - * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown. - */ - int32_t track_gain; - /** - * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values - * may overflow). 0 when unknown. - */ - uint32_t track_peak; - /** - * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album. - */ - int32_t album_gain; - /** - * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album, - */ - uint32_t album_peak; -} AVReplayGain; - -#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0db6858..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/ripemd.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer - * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_ripemd - * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H -#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H - -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * RIPEMD hash function implementation. - * - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_ripemd_size; - -struct AVRIPEMD; - -/** - * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context. - */ -struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize RIPEMD hashing. - * - * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size) - * @param bits number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits) - * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise - */ -int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits); - -/** - * Update hash value. - * - * @param context hash function context - * @param data input data to update hash with - * @param len input data length - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); -#else -void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finish hashing and output digest value. - * - * @param context hash function context - * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored - */ -void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8cd43ae..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H -#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H - -#include - -#include "avutil.h" -#include "attributes.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_audio - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats - * - * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Audio sample formats - * - * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. - * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed - * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. - * - * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range - * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. - * - * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg - * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: - * - * @par - * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, - * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data - * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data - * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, - * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. - * - */ -enum AVSampleFormat { - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double - - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar - - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically -}; - -/** - * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not - * recognized. - */ -const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE - * on error. - */ -enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name); - -/** - * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or - * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the - * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the - * input. - */ -enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar); - -/** - * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. - * - * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is - * the same as the input. - * - * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. - */ -enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. - * - * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is - * the same as the input. - * - * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or - AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. - */ -enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with - * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. - * - * @param buf the buffer where to write the string - * @param buf_size the size of buf - * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the - * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the - * corresponding header. - * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is - * unknown or in case of other errors - */ -char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Return number of bytes per sample. - * - * @param sample_fmt the sample format - * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given - * sample format - */ -int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Check if the sample format is planar. - * - * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect - * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved - */ -int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. - * - * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL - * @param nb_channels the number of channels - * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel - * @param sample_fmt the sample format - * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) - * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure - */ -int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, - enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); - -/** - * @} - * - * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation - * - * Functions that manipulate audio samples - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample - * format sample_fmt. - * - * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: - * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, - * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. - * - * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each - * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the - * buffer for all channels for packed layout. - * - * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples - * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), - * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel - * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL - * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples - * @param nb_channels the number of channels - * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel - * @param sample_fmt the sample format - * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) - * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure - * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case - * of success at the next bump - */ -int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, - const uint8_t *buf, - int nb_channels, int nb_samples, - enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); - -/** - * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and - * linesize accordingly. - * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) - * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. - * - * @see enum AVSampleFormat - * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. - * - * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel - * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL - * @param nb_channels number of audio channels - * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel - * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) - * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure - * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump - * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() - * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() - */ -int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, - int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); - -/** - * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples - * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. - * - * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data - * pointers array. - * - * @see av_samples_alloc() - */ -int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels, - int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); - -/** - * Copy samples from src to dst. - * - * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes - * @param src source array of pointers to data planes - * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst - * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src - * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied - * @param nb_channels number of audio channels - * @param sample_fmt audio sample format - */ -int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset, - int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, - enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * Fill an audio buffer with silence. - * - * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes - * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling - * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill - * @param nb_channels number of audio channels - * @param sample_fmt audio sample format - */ -int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, - int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ -#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h deleted file mode 100644 index c0180e5..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_sha - * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H -#define AVUTIL_SHA_H - -#include -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. - * - * This module supports the following SHA hash functions: - * - * - SHA-1: 160 bits - * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 - * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2 - * - * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512. - * - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_sha_size; - -struct AVSHA; - -/** - * Allocate an AVSHA context. - */ -struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing. - * - * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size) - * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits) - * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise - */ -int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits); - -/** - * Update hash value. - * - * @param ctx hash function context - * @param data input data to update hash with - * @param len input data length - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len); -#else -void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finish hashing and output digest value. - * - * @param context hash function context - * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored - */ -void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h deleted file mode 100644 index bef714b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/sha512.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer - * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu_sha512 - * Public header for SHA-512 implementation. - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H -#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H - -#include -#include - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512 - * @ingroup lavu_hash - * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations. - * - * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions: - * - * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits - * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits - * - SHA-384: 384 bits - * - SHA-512: 512 bits - * - * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha. - * - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_sha512_size; - -struct AVSHA512; - -/** - * Allocate an AVSHA512 context. - */ -struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing. - * - * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size) - * @param bits number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits) - * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise - */ -int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits); - -/** - * Update hash value. - * - * @param context hash function context - * @param data input data to update hash with - * @param len input data length - */ -#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len); -#else -void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len); -#endif - -/** - * Finish hashing and output digest value. - * - * @param context hash function context - * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored - */ -void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h deleted file mode 100644 index cef759c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/spherical.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,232 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Spherical video - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H -#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H - -#include -#include - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical - * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a - * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion - * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before - * the video should be mapped and displayed. - */ - -/** - * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere. - */ -enum AVSphericalProjection { - /** - * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using - * equirectangular projection. - */ - AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR, - - /** - * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a - * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right, - * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is - * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is - * to the back. - */ - AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP, - - /** - * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface - * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate - * the position of the current video in a larger surface. - */ - AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE, -}; - -/** - * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining - * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier. - * - * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and - * its size is not a part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVSphericalMapping { - /** - * Projection type. - */ - enum AVSphericalProjection projection; - - /** - * @name Initial orientation - * @{ - * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after - * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the - * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always - * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll. - * - * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the - * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to - * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll). - * - * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer - * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere - * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of - * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right. - * - * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point. - * - * See this equirectangular projection as example: - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * Yaw - * -180 0 180 - * 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180 - * | | | up - * P | | | y| forward - * i | ^ | | /z - * t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | / - * c | | | | / - * h | | | 0|/_____right - * | | | x - * -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180 - * - * X - the default camera center - * ^ - the default up vector - * @endcode - */ - int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180]. - int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90]. - int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180]. - /** - * @} - */ - - /** - * @name Bounding rectangle - * @anchor bounding - * @{ - * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where - * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are - * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic - * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds(). - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * +----------------+----------+ - * | |bound_top | - * | +--------+ | - * | bound_left |tile | | - * +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right - * | +--------+ | - * | | | - * | bound_bottom| | - * +----------------+----------+ - * @endcode - * - * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived - * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds, - * like in the following example: - * - * @code{c} - * original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right; - * original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom; - * @endcode - * - * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular - * projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE), - * and should be ignored in all other cases. - */ - uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge - uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge - uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge - uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge - /** - * @} - */ - - /** - * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face. - * - * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type - * (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other - * cases. - */ - uint32_t padding; -} AVSphericalMapping; - -/** - * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default - * values. - * - * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure - */ -AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size); - -/** - * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo - * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels. - * - * @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from. - * @param width Width of the current frame or stream. - * @param height Height of the current frame or stream. - * @param left Pixels from the left edge. - * @param top Pixels from the top edge. - * @param right Pixels from the right edge. - * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge. - */ -void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map, - size_t width, size_t height, - size_t *left, size_t *top, - size_t *right, size_t *bottom); - -/** - * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection. - * - * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection. - * - * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown". - */ -const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection); - -/** - * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name. - * - * @param name The input string. - * - * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found. - */ -int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name); -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h deleted file mode 100644 index d421aac..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,233 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Stereoscopic video - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H -#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H - -#include - -#include "frame.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video - * @{ - * - * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d - * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single - * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all - * possible codec-independent view arrangements. - * */ - -/** - * List of possible 3D Types - */ -enum AVStereo3DType { - /** - * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there). - */ - AV_STEREO3D_2D, - - /** - * Views are next to each other. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LLLLRRRR - * LLLLRRRR - * LLLLRRRR - * ... - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE, - - /** - * Views are on top of each other. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LLLLLLLL - * LLLLLLLL - * RRRRRRRR - * RRRRRRRR - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM, - - /** - * Views are alternated temporally. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * frame0 frame1 frame2 ... - * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL - * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL - * LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL - * ... ... ... - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE, - - /** - * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LRLRLRLR - * RLRLRLRL - * LRLRLRLR - * ... - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD, - - /** - * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling - * apply a checkerboard pattern. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R - * LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R - * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R - * LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX, - - /** - * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LLLLLLLL - * RRRRRRRR - * LLLLLLLL - * ... - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_LINES, - - /** - * Views are packed per column. - * - * @code{.unparsed} - * LRLRLRLR - * LRLRLRLR - * LRLRLRLR - * ... - * @endcode - */ - AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS, -}; - -/** - * List of possible view types. - */ -enum AVStereo3DView { - /** - * Frame contains two packed views. - */ - AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED, - - /** - * Frame contains only the left view. - */ - AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT, - - /** - * Frame contains only the right view. - */ - AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT, -}; - -/** - * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view. - */ -#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT (1 << 0) - -/** - * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed - * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed. - * - * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and - * its size is not a part of the public ABI. - */ -typedef struct AVStereo3D { - /** - * How views are packed within the video. - */ - enum AVStereo3DType type; - - /** - * Additional information about the frame packing. - */ - int flags; - - /** - * Determines which views are packed. - */ - enum AVStereo3DView view; -} AVStereo3D; - -/** - * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values. - * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep(). - * - * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure. - */ -AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void); - -/** - * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame. - * - * @param frame The frame which side data is added to. - * - * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller. - */ -AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame); - -/** - * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type. - * - * @param type The input stereo3d type value. - * - * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown". - */ -const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type); - -/** - * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name. - * - * @param name The input string. - * - * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found. - */ -int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h deleted file mode 100644 index dd929bd..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tea.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm - * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H -#define AVUTIL_TEA_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm - * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_tea_size; - -struct AVTEA; - -/** - * Allocate an AVTEA context - * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) - */ -struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVTEA context. - * - * @param ctx an AVTEA context - * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption - * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard") - */ -void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context. - * - * @param ctx an AVTEA context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, - int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h deleted file mode 100644 index 42ce655..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., - * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H -#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H - -typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue; - -typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags { - - /** - * Perform non-blocking operation. - * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and - * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed. - */ - AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1, - -} AVThreadMessageFlags; - -/** - * Allocate a new message queue. - * - * @param mq pointer to the message queue - * @param nelem maximum number of elements in the queue - * @param elsize size of each element in the queue - * @return >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if - * lavu was built without thread support - */ -int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq, - unsigned nelem, - unsigned elsize); - -/** - * Free a message queue. - * - * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread. - */ -void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq); - -/** - * Send a message on the queue. - */ -int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, - void *msg, - unsigned flags); - -/** - * Receive a message from the queue. - */ -int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, - void *msg, - unsigned flags); - -/** - * Set the sending error code. - * - * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will - * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or - * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or - * suspend its operation. - */ -void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, - int err); - -/** - * Set the receiving error code. - * - * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will - * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages. - * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used - * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation. - */ -void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, - int err); - -/** - * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an - * operation is removing messages from the queue. - */ -void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq, - void (*free_func)(void *msg)); - -/** - * Return the current number of messages in the queue. - * - * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built - * without thread support - */ -int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); - -/** - * Flush the message queue - * - * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message - * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between - * reads). - */ -void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h deleted file mode 100644 index dc169b0..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/time.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H -#define AVUTIL_TIME_H - -#include - -/** - * Get the current time in microseconds. - */ -int64_t av_gettime(void); - -/** - * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point. - * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock - * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time. - * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic - * clock is not available. - */ -int64_t av_gettime_relative(void); - -/** - * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source - * is monotonic. - */ -int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void); - -/** - * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in - * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the - * system timer. - * - * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep. - * @return zero on success or (negative) error code. - */ -int av_usleep(unsigned usec); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h deleted file mode 100644 index 37c1361..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timecode.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier - * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * Timecode helpers header - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H -#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H - -#include -#include "rational.h" - -#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23 - -enum AVTimecodeFlag { - AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame - AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours - AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed -}; - -typedef struct { - int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number) - uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ... - AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form - unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field -} AVTimecode; - -/** - * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code. - * - * @param framenum frame number to adjust - * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60 - * @return adjusted frame number - * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94 - */ -int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps); - -/** - * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation. - * - * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized - * @param framenum frame number - * @return the SMPTE binary representation - * - * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode, - * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(). - * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. - * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity - * correction (PC) bits are set to zero. - */ -uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum); - -/** - * Load timecode string in buf. - * - * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long - * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized - * @param framenum frame number - * @return the buf parameter - * - * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than - * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set. - * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start. - */ -char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum); - -/** - * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format. - * - * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long - * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode - * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit - * is arbitrary - * @return the buf parameter - */ -char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df); - -/** - * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format). - * - * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long - * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode - * @return the buf parameter - */ -char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit); - -/** - * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters. - * - * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field - * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log) - * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode - * @param rate frame rate in rational form - * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ... - * (see AVTimecodeFlag) - * @param frame_start the first frame number - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise - */ -int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff). - * - * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a - * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log). - * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode - * @param rate frame rate in rational form - * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise - */ -int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate - * - * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise - */ -int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h deleted file mode 100644 index e082f01..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/timestamp.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H -#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H - -#include "common.h" - -#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64) -#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -#endif - -#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 - -/** - * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp - * representation. - * - * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE - * @param ts the timestamp to represent - * @return the buffer in input - */ -static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts) -{ - if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); - else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts); - return buf; -} - -/** - * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in - * function arguments but never stand-alone. - */ -#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts) - -/** - * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time - * representation. - * - * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE - * @param ts the timestamp to represent - * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp - * @return the buffer in input - */ -static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb) -{ - if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS"); - else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts); - return buf; -} - -/** - * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in - * function arguments but never stand-alone. - */ -#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb) - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h deleted file mode 100644 index d5e0aeb..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tree.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * A tree container. - * @author Michael Niedermayer - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H -#define AVUTIL_TREE_H - -#include "attributes.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree - * @ingroup lavu_data - * - * Low-complexity tree container - * - * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and - * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity. - * @{ - */ - - -struct AVTreeNode; -extern const int av_tree_node_size; - -/** - * Allocate an AVTreeNode. - */ -struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void); - -/** - * Find an element. - * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree - * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous - * element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist, - * then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged. - * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, - * API identical to that of Standard C's qsort - * It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp() - * will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the - * user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context). - * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element - * exists in the tree. - */ -void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key, - int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]); - -/** - * Insert or remove an element. - * - * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists. - * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless - * it already exists in the tree. - * - * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that - * the root node can change during insertions, this is required - * to keep the tree balanced. - * @param key pointer to the element key to insert in the tree - * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user - * must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least - * av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to - * NULL if it has been consumed. - * For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and - * av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was - * used for the removed element. - * This allows the use of flat arrays, which have - * lower overhead compared to many malloced elements. - * You might want to define a function like: - * @code - * void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, - * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b), - * AVTreeNode **next) - * { - * if (!*next) - * *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size); - * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); - * } - * void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, - * int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next)) - * { - * av_freep(next); - * return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next); - * } - * @endcode - * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical - * to that of Standard C's qsort - * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or - * removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned. - * Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You - * should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code. - */ -void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key, - int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), - struct AVTreeNode **next); - -void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t); - -/** - * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range. - * - * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the - * range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an - * element inside the range - * - * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the - * tree. - */ -void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque, - int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem), - int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem)); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h deleted file mode 100644 index 813cfec..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/twofish.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -/* - * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm - * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H -#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H - -#include - - -/** - * @file - * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm - * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -extern const int av_twofish_size; - -struct AVTWOFISH; - -/** - * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context - * To free the struct: av_free(ptr) - */ -struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context. - * - * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context - * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption - * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise - */ -int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context - * - * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 16 byte blocks - * @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ -#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h deleted file mode 100644 index b1f2d96..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/tx.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H -#define AVUTIL_TX_H - -#include -#include - -typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext; - -typedef struct AVComplexFloat { - float re, im; -} AVComplexFloat; - -enum AVTXType { - /** - * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type AVComplexFloat. - * Scaling currently unsupported - */ - AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0, - /** - * Standard MDCT with sample data type of float and a scale type of - * float. Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame) - */ - AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1, -}; - -/** - * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform. - * - * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init() - * is not allowed. - * - * @param s the transform context - * @param out the output array - * @param in the input array - * @param stride the input or output stride (depending on transform direction) - * in bytes, currently implemented for all MDCT transforms - */ -typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride); - -/** - * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration - * Currently power of two lengths from 4 to 131072 are supported, along with - * any length decomposable to a power of two and either 3, 5 or 15. - * - * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error - * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set - * @param type type the type of transform - * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform - * @param len the size of the transform in samples - * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type - * @param flags currently unused - * - * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure - */ -int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type, - int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags); - -/** - * Frees a context and sets ctx to NULL, does nothing when ctx == NULL - */ -void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx); - -#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index 24ca8ab..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -/* - * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lavu - * Libavutil version macros - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H -#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H - -#include "macros.h" - -/** - * @addtogroup version_utils - * - * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain - * backward compatibility. - * - * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to - * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) - * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg - * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. - * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. - * - * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to - * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. - * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy - * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. - * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 - * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new - * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib - * versions. - * - * @{ - */ - -#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c)) -#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c -#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) - -/** - * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned - * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() - */ -#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) -#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8) -#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF) - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics - * - * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime - * which version of libavutil is in use. - * - * @{ - */ - -#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56 -#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 31 -#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 - -#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT - -#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) - -/** - * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards - * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be - * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of - * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. - * - * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually - * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all - * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. - * - * @{ - */ - -#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI -#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP -#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 -#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME -#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS -#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T -#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET -#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif -#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL -#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57) -#endif - - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h deleted file mode 100644 index 735427c..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libavutil/xtea.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* - * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm - * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H -#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H - -#include - -/** - * @file - * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm - * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA - * @ingroup lavu_crypto - * @{ - */ - -typedef struct AVXTEA { - uint32_t key[16]; -} AVXTEA; - -/** - * Allocate an AVXTEA context. - */ -AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize an AVXTEA context. - * - * @param ctx an AVXTEA context - * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, - * interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers - */ -void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); - -/** - * Initialize an AVXTEA context. - * - * @param ctx an AVXTEA context - * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption, - * interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers - */ -void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, - * in big endian format. - * - * @param ctx an AVXTEA context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, - int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, - * in little endian format. - * - * @param ctx an AVXTEA context - * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src - * @param src source array, can be equal to dst - * @param count number of 8 byte blocks - * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used - * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption - */ -void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, - int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h deleted file mode 100644 index c7b84fb..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/swresample.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,579 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at) - * - * This file is part of libswresample - * - * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H -#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup lswr - * libswresample public header - */ - -/** - * @defgroup lswr libswresample - * @{ - * - * Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library. - * - * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is - * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters - * must be set with the @ref avoptions API. - * - * The first thing you will need to do in order to use lswr is to allocate - * SwrContext. This can be done with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). If you - * are using the former, you must set options through the @ref avoptions API. - * The latter function provides the same feature, but it allows you to set some - * common options in the same statement. - * - * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample - * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to - * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing - * matrix). This is using the swr_alloc() function. - * @code - * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc(); - * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0); - * av_opt_set_channel_layout(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0); - * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0); - * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0); - * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0); - * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); - * @endcode - * - * The same job can be done using swr_alloc_set_opts() as well: - * @code - * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc_set_opts(NULL, // we're allocating a new context - * AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, // out_ch_layout - * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, // out_sample_fmt - * 44100, // out_sample_rate - * AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, // in_ch_layout - * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, // in_sample_fmt - * 48000, // in_sample_rate - * 0, // log_offset - * NULL); // log_ctx - * @endcode - * - * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If - * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters - * using @ref AVOptions, as described above in the first example; or by using - * swr_alloc_set_opts(), but with the first argument the allocated context. - * You must then call swr_init() again. - * - * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert(). - * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient - * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future" - * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any - * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0). - * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling - * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count. - * - * The samples used in the conversion process can be managed with the libavutil - * @ref lavu_sampmanip "samples manipulation" API, including av_samples_alloc() - * function used in the following example. - * - * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using - * swr_get_delay(). - * - * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters - * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output(): - * @code - * uint8_t **input; - * int in_samples; - * - * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) { - * uint8_t *output; - * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) + - * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP); - * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples, - * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0); - * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples, - * input, in_samples); - * handle_output(output, out_samples); - * av_freep(&output); - * } - * @endcode - * - * When the conversion is finished, the conversion - * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free(). - * A swr_close() function is also available, but it exists mainly for - * compatibility with libavresample, and is not required to be called. - * - * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before - * swr_free(). - */ - -#include -#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h" -#include "libavutil/frame.h" -#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" - -#include "libswresample/version.h" - -/** - * @name Option constants - * These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr. - * @{ - * - */ - -#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate -//TODO use int resample ? -//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically? - -/** Dithering algorithms */ -enum SwrDitherType { - SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0, - SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR, - SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR, - SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS, - - SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI - SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ, - SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED, - SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED, - SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED, - SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA, - SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA, - SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA, - SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI -}; - -/** Resampling Engines */ -enum SwrEngine { - SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */ - SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */ - SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI -}; - -/** Resampling Filter Types */ -enum SwrFilterType { - SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */ - SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc */ - SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser windowed sinc */ -}; - -/** - * @} - */ - -/** - * The libswresample context. Unlike libavcodec and libavformat, this structure - * is opaque. This means that if you would like to set options, you must use - * the @ref avoptions API and cannot directly set values to members of the - * structure. - */ -typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext; - -/** - * Get the AVClass for SwrContext. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - * @return the AVClass of SwrContext - */ -const AVClass *swr_get_class(void); - -/** - * @name SwrContext constructor functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Allocate SwrContext. - * - * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or - * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init(). - * - * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free() - * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise - */ -struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void); - -/** - * Initialize context after user parameters have been set. - * @note The context must be configured using the AVOption API. - * - * @see av_opt_set_int() - * @see av_opt_set_dict() - * - * @param[in,out] s Swr context to initialize - * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure. - */ -int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s); - -/** - * Check whether an swr context has been initialized or not. - * - * @param[in] s Swr context to check - * @see swr_init() - * @return positive if it has been initialized, 0 if not initialized - */ -int swr_is_initialized(struct SwrContext *s); - -/** - * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters. - * - * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the - * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters - * on the allocated context. - * - * @param s existing Swr context if available, or NULL if not - * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) - * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). - * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz) - * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*) - * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*). - * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz) - * @param log_offset logging level offset - * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL - * - * @see swr_init(), swr_free() - * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise - */ -struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s, - int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate, - int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate, - int log_offset, void *log_ctx); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name SwrContext destructor functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL. - * - * @param[in] s a pointer to a pointer to Swr context - */ -void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s); - -/** - * Closes the context so that swr_is_initialized() returns 0. - * - * The context can be brought back to life by running swr_init(), - * swr_init() can also be used without swr_close(). - * This function is mainly provided for simplifying the usecase - * where one tries to support libavresample and libswresample. - * - * @param[in,out] s Swr context to be closed - */ -void swr_close(struct SwrContext *s); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name Core conversion functions - * @{ - */ - -/** Convert audio. - * - * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the - * end. - * - * If more input is provided than output space, then the input will be buffered. - * You can avoid this buffering by using swr_get_out_samples() to retrieve an - * upper bound on the required number of output samples for the given number of - * input samples. Conversion will run directly without copying whenever possible. - * - * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set - * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio - * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel - * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio - * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel - * - * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error - */ -int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count, - const uint8_t **in , int in_count); - -/** - * Convert the next timestamp from input to output - * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units. - * - * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes. - * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX) - * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated - * @li When automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX) - * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers. - * See ffmpeg-resampler(1) for the two modes of compensation. - * - * @param s[in] initialized Swr context - * @param pts[in] timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown - * @see swr_set_compensation(), swr_drop_output(), and swr_inject_silence() are - * function used internally for timestamp compensation. - * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample - */ -int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name Low-level option setting functions - * These functons provide a means to set low-level options that is not possible - * with the AVOption API. - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Activate resampling compensation ("soft" compensation). This function is - * internally called when needed in swr_next_pts(). - * - * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context. If it is not initialized, - * or SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE is not set, swr_init() is - * called with the flag set. - * @param[in] sample_delta delta in PTS per sample - * @param[in] compensation_distance number of samples to compensate for - * @return >= 0 on success, AVERROR error codes if: - * @li @c s is NULL, - * @li @c compensation_distance is less than 0, - * @li @c compensation_distance is 0 but sample_delta is not, - * @li compensation unsupported by resampler, or - * @li swr_init() fails when called. - */ -int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance); - -/** - * Set a customized input channel mapping. - * - * @param[in,out] s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized - * @param[in] channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel - * indexes, -1 for a muted channel) - * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. - */ -int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map); - -/** - * Generate a channel mixing matrix. - * - * This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the - * default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for - * building custom matrices. - * - * @param in_layout input channel layout - * @param out_layout output channel layout - * @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel - * @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s) - * @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel - * @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent - * overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be - * normalized. - * @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is - * the weight of input channel i in output channel o. - * @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the - * matrix array - * @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii) - * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL - * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout, - double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level, - double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval, - double rematrix_volume, double *matrix, - int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding, - void *log_ctx); - -/** - * Set a customized remix matrix. - * - * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized - * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is - * the weight of input channel i in output channel o - * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix - * @return >= 0 on success, or AVERROR error code in case of failure. - */ -int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name Sample handling functions - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Drops the specified number of output samples. - * - * This function, along with swr_inject_silence(), is called by swr_next_pts() - * if needed for "hard" compensation. - * - * @param s allocated Swr context - * @param count number of samples to be dropped - * - * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count); - -/** - * Injects the specified number of silence samples. - * - * This function, along with swr_drop_output(), is called by swr_next_pts() - * if needed for "hard" compensation. - * - * @param s allocated Swr context - * @param count number of samples to be dropped - * - * @return >= 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR code on failure - */ -int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count); - -/** - * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample. - * - * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available - * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay. - * This function returns the sum of all such delays. - * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or - * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the - * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly - * for upsampling and the input sample rate. - * - * @param s swr context - * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be: - * @li if it's set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds - * @li if it's set to 1000 the returned delay is in milliseconds - * @li if it's set to the input sample rate then the returned - * delay is in input samples - * @li if it's set to the output sample rate then the returned - * delay is in output samples - * @li if it's the least common multiple of in_sample_rate and - * out_sample_rate then an exact rounding-free delay will be - * returned - * @returns the delay in 1 / @c base units. - */ -int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base); - -/** - * Find an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert - * call will output, if called with in_samples of input samples. This - * depends on the internal state, and anything changing the internal state - * (like further swr_convert() calls) will may change the number of samples - * swr_get_out_samples() returns for the same number of input samples. - * - * @param in_samples number of input samples. - * @note any call to swr_inject_silence(), swr_convert(), swr_next_pts() - * or swr_set_compensation() invalidates this limit - * @note it is recommended to pass the correct available buffer size - * to all functions like swr_convert() even if swr_get_out_samples() - * indicates that less would be used. - * @returns an upper bound on the number of samples that the next swr_convert - * will output or a negative value to indicate an error - */ -int swr_get_out_samples(struct SwrContext *s, int in_samples); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name Configuration accessors - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Return the @ref LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant. - * - * This is useful to check if the build-time libswresample has the same version - * as the run-time one. - * - * @returns the unsigned int-typed version - */ -unsigned swresample_version(void); - -/** - * Return the swr build-time configuration. - * - * @returns the build-time @c ./configure flags - */ -const char *swresample_configuration(void); - -/** - * Return the swr license. - * - * @returns the license of libswresample, determined at build-time - */ -const char *swresample_license(void); - -/** - * @} - * - * @name AVFrame based API - * @{ - */ - -/** - * Convert the samples in the input AVFrame and write them to the output AVFrame. - * - * Input and output AVFrames must have channel_layout, sample_rate and format set. - * - * If the output AVFrame does not have the data pointers allocated the nb_samples - * field will be set using av_frame_get_buffer() - * is called to allocate the frame. - * - * The output AVFrame can be NULL or have fewer allocated samples than required. - * In this case, any remaining samples not written to the output will be added - * to an internal FIFO buffer, to be returned at the next call to this function - * or to swr_convert(). - * - * If converting sample rate, there may be data remaining in the internal - * resampling delay buffer. swr_get_delay() tells the number of - * remaining samples. To get this data as output, call this function or - * swr_convert() with NULL input. - * - * If the SwrContext configuration does not match the output and - * input AVFrame settings the conversion does not take place and depending on - * which AVFrame is not matching AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED, AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED - * or the result of a bitwise-OR of them is returned. - * - * @see swr_delay() - * @see swr_convert() - * @see swr_get_delay() - * - * @param swr audio resample context - * @param output output AVFrame - * @param input input AVFrame - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure or nonmatching - * configuration. - */ -int swr_convert_frame(SwrContext *swr, - AVFrame *output, const AVFrame *input); - -/** - * Configure or reconfigure the SwrContext using the information - * provided by the AVFrames. - * - * The original resampling context is reset even on failure. - * The function calls swr_close() internally if the context is open. - * - * @see swr_close(); - * - * @param swr audio resample context - * @param output output AVFrame - * @param input input AVFrame - * @return 0 on success, AVERROR on failure. - */ -int swr_config_frame(SwrContext *swr, const AVFrame *out, const AVFrame *in); - -/** - * @} - * @} - */ - -#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index a0b361b..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswresample/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Version macros. - * - * This file is part of libswresample - * - * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H -#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H - -/** - * @file - * Libswresample version macros - */ - -#include "libavutil/avutil.h" - -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3 -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 5 -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100 - -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT - -#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION) - -#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/swscale.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/swscale.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7713f51..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/swscale.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,336 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer - * - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H -#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H - -/** - * @file - * @ingroup libsws - * external API header - */ - -#include - -#include "libavutil/avutil.h" -#include "libavutil/log.h" -#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" -#include "version.h" - -/** - * @defgroup libsws libswscale - * Color conversion and scaling library. - * - * @{ - * - * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant. - */ -unsigned swscale_version(void); - -/** - * Return the libswscale build-time configuration. - */ -const char *swscale_configuration(void); - -/** - * Return the libswscale license. - */ -const char *swscale_license(void); - -/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */ -#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1 -#define SWS_BILINEAR 2 -#define SWS_BICUBIC 4 -#define SWS_X 8 -#define SWS_POINT 0x10 -#define SWS_AREA 0x20 -#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40 -#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80 -#define SWS_SINC 0x100 -#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200 -#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400 - -#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000 -#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16 - -#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456 - -#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000 - -//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented -//internal chrominance subsampling info -#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000 -//input subsampling info -#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000 -#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000 -#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000 -#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000 -#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000 - -#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002 - -#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1 -#define SWS_CS_FCC 4 -#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5 -#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5 -#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5 -#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7 -#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5 -#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9 - -/** - * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace - * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails(). - * - * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid, - * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used. - */ -const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace); - -// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements -// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors -typedef struct SwsVector { - double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients - int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector -} SwsVector; - -// vectors can be shared -typedef struct SwsFilter { - SwsVector *lumH; - SwsVector *lumV; - SwsVector *chrH; - SwsVector *chrV; -} SwsFilter; - -struct SwsContext; - -/** - * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0 - * otherwise. - */ -int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0 - * otherwise. - */ -int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format - * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is - * supported, 0 otherwise. - */ -int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); - -/** - * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to - * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and - * sws_setColorspaceDetails(). - */ -struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void); - -/** - * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context. - * - * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on - * error - */ -av_warn_unused_result -int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter); - -/** - * Free the swscaler context swsContext. - * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing. - */ -void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext); - -/** - * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform - * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale(). - * - * @param srcW the width of the source image - * @param srcH the height of the source image - * @param srcFormat the source image format - * @param dstW the width of the destination image - * @param dstH the height of the destination image - * @param dstFormat the destination image format - * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling - * @param param extra parameters to tune the used scaler - * For SWS_BICUBIC param[0] and [1] tune the shape of the basis - * function, param[0] tunes f(1) and param[1] f´(1) - * For SWS_GAUSS param[0] tunes the exponent and thus cutoff - * frequency - * For SWS_LANCZOS param[0] tunes the width of the window function - * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error - * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is - * written - */ -struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, - int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, - int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, - SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); - -/** - * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled - * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive - * rows in an image. - * - * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in - * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in - * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined. - * - * @param c the scaling context previously created with - * sws_getContext() - * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of - * the source slice - * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of - * the source image - * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to - * process, that is the number (counted starting from - * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice - * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number - * of rows in the slice - * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of - * the destination image - * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of - * the destination image - * @return the height of the output slice - */ -int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[], - const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH, - uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]); - -/** - * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) - * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg) - * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] - * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x] - * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction - * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction - * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction - * @return -1 if not supported - */ -int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4], - int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange, - int brightness, int contrast, int saturation); - -/** - * @return -1 if not supported - */ -int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table, - int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange, - int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation); - -/** - * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients. - */ -SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length); - -/** - * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff - * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality. - */ -SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality); - -/** - * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value. - */ -void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar); - -/** - * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height. - */ -void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height); - -#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR -attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length); -attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void); -attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); -attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); -attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b); -attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift); -attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a); -attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level); -#endif - -void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a); - -SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur, - float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen, - float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift, - int verbose); -void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter); - -/** - * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one. - * - * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new - * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already - * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current - * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with - * the new parameters. - * - * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they - * are assumed to remain the same. - */ -struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context, - int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat, - int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat, - int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter, - SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param); - -/** - * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits. - * - * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette. - * - * @param src source frame buffer - * @param dst destination frame buffer - * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert - * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src - */ -void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); - -/** - * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits. - * - * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC". - * - * @param src source frame buffer - * @param dst destination frame buffer - * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert - * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src - */ -void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette); - -/** - * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with - * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. - * - * @see av_opt_find(). - */ -const AVClass *sws_get_class(void); - -/** - * @} - */ - -#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/version.h b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/version.h deleted file mode 100644 index acb289d..0000000 --- a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/ffmpeg/include/libswscale/version.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -/* - * This file is part of FFmpeg. - * - * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - * - * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - * Lesser General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public - * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software - * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA - */ - -#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H -#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H - -/** - * @file - * swscale version macros - */ - -#include "libavutil/version.h" - -#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5 -#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 5 -#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100 - -#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \ - LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \ - LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO) -#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT - -#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION) - -/** - * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be - * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of - * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. - */ - -#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR -#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6) -#endif - -#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */ diff --git a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/scrcpy-server b/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/scrcpy-server deleted file mode 100644 index c04e181..0000000 Binary files a/QtScrcpy/QtScrcpyCore/src/third_party/scrcpy-server and /dev/null differ